Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
    The New Zealand Government: A United States SEC Registered Corporation  |  Who Owns New Zealand's Banks - And Australia's Banks - Anyone's Banks?
 
Wake Up Kiwi
 
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

· Home / Introduction

CURRENT AFFAIRS

· Current Events & Breaking News

· Cabal / Illuminati / NWO Watch

· Mainstream Media Manipulation

· Banking Crimes & Criminals

· Political Crimes & Criminals

· Feature Articles

· Positive Developments

ILLUMINATI / NWO

· NWO Globalist Agenda

· Secret Societies & The Illuminati

· Conspiracy To Rule The World

· What / Who Is "The Crown"?

· Agenda 21 In New Zealand

· Surveillance Society/Police State

· 'Terrorism' & Engineered Wars

· Eugenics / Depopulation Agenda

· Religion As A Tool For Control

· Common Law Vs Statute Law

SCIENCE / TECHNOLOGY

· The Climate Change Scam

· Chemtrails & Geoengineering

· Suppressed Science

· Positive New Technologies

· Cures, Health & Wellbeing

· Dangerous & Dirty Technology

· Spiritual Aspects & Metaphysics

· The Extra-Terrestrial Presence

HISTORY

· Suppressed / Hidden History

· Real New Zealand History

· The Opal File: NZ / AUS History

· 150+ NWO Globalist Quotes

MISCELLANEOUS

· Political Commentary

· Positive Resources

· Resistance, Resources & Links

· Contact


Newsletter archive - click here

Site Search:









 

Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Keeping Watch on the Cabal / Illuminati / New World Order / Khazarian / Zionists



Part 1: Click here

Part 2: Click here

Part 3: Click here

Part 4: Click here


Part 5: Click here

Part 6: Click here

Part 7: Click here

Part 8: Click here


Part 9: Click here

Part 10: Click here

Part 11: Click here

Part 12: Click here


Part 13: Click here

Part 14: Click here

Part 15: Click here

Part 16: Click here


Part 17: Click here

Part 18: Click here




Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

America Is Something That You Can Easily Maneuver - Bibi Netanyahu + If They Want To Burn It, You Want To Read It!
May 27 2017 | From: Geopolitics / Gilad / Various

Israel was established based on a lie that they are the Chosen, yet God-forsaken, People on Earth. They have successfully turned every story upside down, playing with Western values emotion of always having the moral high ground, with the effective use of Hollywood sorcery.



Any employment of truth about the real motive behind the creation of the State of Israel is considered anti-Semitic criticisms.

Related: The 'Chosen People' - And 'Friends Of Israel'

But what if one can show the world that their sinister plans against Palestine, America and the rest of the world are extracted directly from the horse’s mouth, i.e. in this case, from Bibi Netanyahu himself?

Here’s the evidence that America, as it is today, is nothing more than a Sheeplehood of the State of Israel.





Transcript:


Netanyahu: Today everyone understands the slogan ‘The Settlements are here’. They are everywhere. What’s the difference? What do you think [Palestinian leader Yassir] Arafat wants? He wants one big settlement that is called Tel Aviv. As far as they are concerned, I think, the territorial waters are also theirs [Palestinians’]. That they want us to be pushed into the sea is obvious, but only further away…

The main thing is, first of all, to strike them, not once but several times, so painfully that the price they pay will be unbearable. So far, the price-tag is not unbearable. [I mean] a large-scale attack on the Palestinian Authority, causing them to fear that everything is about to collapse. Fear is what brings them to…

Host: Hold on, then ‘the world’ will again say that we’re aggressors.

Netanyahu: They can say whatever they want.

Host: Aren’t you afraid of what they’ll say?

Netanyahu: No.

Host: Especially today with the U.S. I know how they are…

Netanyahu: America is something that you can easily maneuver and move in the right direction. And even if they do say something, so then they say something… so what? 80% of Americans support us! It’s absurd! We have such support there, and here we’re thinking ‘what should we do if?’…

Look, I wasn’t afraid to maneuver [the Clinton Administration]. I wasn’t afraid to confront Clinton. I wasn’t afraid to go against the U.N. What happened with the Oslo Accords? The Accords, which were ratified by Parliament. I was asked before the [1996] elections: “Will you fulfil them?”

I said: “Yes, subject to reciprocity, and minimizing pull-outs.” But how can one minimize the [obliged] pull-outs? I gave my own interpretation to the agreements, in such a way that will allow me to stop the race back to the 1967 borders.

Host: How did we manage to do this?

Netanyahu: Nobody defined what “Military Facilities” are. So I also defined them as being ‘security zones’. The entire Jordan Valley, for me, is a “military facility”. Nobody has…

Host: Yes. Like the Beit She’an valley.

Netanyahu: You see, go figure. But then there was the question of who will define these “military facilities”? I received a letter from [Secretary of State, Warren] Christopher, sent to me and to Arafat at the same time, saying that Israel and Israel alone will define the “military facilities”, their locations, and size.

Now, they didn’t want to give this letter so I refused to sign the Hebron Accords [of 1997]. I stopped the government meeting and I said: “I won’t sign.” And only when the letter arrived, during that meeting, to me and to Arafat, did I sign the Hebron Accords. Or ratified it, to be exact – it was already signed.

Why is this important? Because at that very moment, in fact, I halted the fulfillment of the Oslo Agreements.

It’s better to give 2% than 100%. This is the choice we’re facing. “You gave 2%, but you stopped the withdrawal, rather than 100%.” The wisdom is not to be there and break, but rather to be there and pay the minimum.

Now, is this Israel or Jew bashing?

How can it be when even a sizable number of American Jews are embarrassed of what their State of Israel is?



Related: Netanyahu Admits ISIS Are Israeli Soldiers


"Increasingly, the orientation of many American Jews toward Israel is one neither of instinctive loyalty nor of pride but of indifference, embarrassment, or hostility.

… If age is one window into differences in attitude, politics is another. Pew reports that levels of attachment to Israel decrease, often dramatically, as one moves from right to left - that is, from conservative to liberal - on the political spectrum.

Thus, half of Republican Jewish respondents describe themselves as “very attached” to Israel, but only a quarter of Jewish Democrats do so. Conversely, while only 2 percent of Jewish Republicans describe themselves as “not at all attached” to Israel, among Jewish Democrats the number is fully five times higher.

… The fundamental cause has to do with neither policies nor religious and ethnic fashions but with what Israel essentially, irrevocably, is."

- Source: MosaicMagazine

Again, this truth will be labeled again as Jew-bashing by people who only care to listen to themselves.

Somebody even made the ridiculous argument that “Palestine didn’t even exist prior to Israel,” so it has no right to complain about the systematic stealing of their lands.



Related: Top Israeli General Speaks Out Against Israel’s Crimes Against Palestinians + Parallels Between Israel & 1930's Germany & Ten Facts Why Netanyahu Is A Criminal And That Israel Is A “Rogue State”

Just because the State of Palestine wasn’t incorporated yet prior to the incorporation of the State of Israel doesn’t mean that it doesn’t exist at all, in much the same way that the American natives exist as a relatively advanced society prior to the incursion of the Europeans. They just don’t have a system of land ownership, or statehood, on paper.

Only the robber barons, now posing as statesmen, philanthropist, and royal bloodliners, have been doing that.



The Dumbest People Ever

Americans are dumber than ever before. Here's the shocking proof...






How Did the State of Israel Come to Be?

To better understand the Palestinian bid for membership in the United Nations, it is important to understand the original 1947 U.N. action on Israel-Palestine.

The common representation of Israel’s birth is that the U.N. created Israel, that the world was in favor of this move, and that the U.S. governmental establishment supported it. All these assumptions are demonstrably incorrect.

In reality, while the U.N. General Assembly recommended the creation of a Jewish state in part of Palestine, that recommendation was non-binding and never implemented by the Security Council.



Related: The True Cost Of Israel + The Reality Of Zionist Control

The passage of the General Assembly recommendation sparked increased violence in the region. Over the following months the armed wing of the pro-Israel movement, which had long been preparing for war, perpetrated a series of massacres and expulsions throughout Palestine, implementing a plan to clear the way for a majority-Jewish state.

It was this armed aggression, and the ethnic cleansing of at least three-quarters of a million indigenous Palestinians, that created the Jewish state on land that had been 95 percent non-Jewish prior to Zionist immigration and that even after years of immigration remained 70 percent non-Jewish.

And despite the shallow patina of legality its partisans extracted from the General Assembly, Israel was born over the opposition of American experts and of governments around the world, who opposed it on both pragmatic and moral grounds.


Background of the U.N. Partition Recommendation

In 1947 the U.N. took up the question of Palestine, a territory that was then administered by the British.

Approximately 50 years before, a movement called political Zionism had begun in Europe. Its intention was to create a Jewish state in Palestine through pushing out the Christian and Muslim inhabitants who made up over 95 percent of its population and replacing them with Jewish immigrants.

As this colonial project grew through subsequent years, the indigenous Palestinians reacted with occasional bouts of violence; Zionists had anticipated this since people usually resist being expelled from their land.

In various written documents cited by numerous Palestinian and Israeli historians, they discussed their strategy: They would either buy up the land until all the previous inhabitants had emigrated or, failing this, use violence to force them out.



Related: Rothschild’s Greater Israel Plan Is Effectively Defeated

When the buy-out effort was able to obtain only a few percent of the land, Zionists created a number of terrorist groups to fight against both the Palestinians and the British.

Terrorist and future Israeli Prime Minister Menachem Begin later bragged that Zionists had brought terrorism both to the Middle East and to the world at large.

Finally, in 1947 the British announced that they would be ending their control of Palestine, which had been created through the League of Nations following World War I, and turned the question of Palestine over to the United Nations.

At this time, the Zionist immigration and buyout project had increased the Jewish population of Palestine to 30 percent and land ownership from 1 percent to approximately 6 percent.

Since a founding principle of the U.N. was “self-determination of peoples,” one would have expected to the U.N. to support fair, democratic elections in which inhabitants could create their own independent country.

Instead, Zionists pushed for a General Assembly resolution in which they would be given a disproportionate 55 percent of Palestine. (While they rarely announced this publicly, their stated plan was to later take the rest of Palestine.)



Related: The Real Story of How Israel Was Created

According to the UN, Israel has now established an apartheid regime.

A new United Nations report accuses Israel of having established “an apartheid regime that oppresses and dominates the Palestinian people as a whole”.

The publication comes amid renewed debate about whether, through its settlement policy and rejection of Palestinian self-determination, the Israeli government is creating – or even has already created – a de facto “one-state”, which critics warn would constitute a form of apartheid.

It urged governments to “support boycott, divestment and sanctions [BDS] activities and respond positively to calls for such initiatives”.

The report – Israeli Practices towards the Palestinian People and the Question of Apartheid – was commissioned and published by the UN Economic and Social Commission for Western Asia (ESCWA) and launched in Beirut.


… “the expert consensus [is] that the prohibition of apartheid is universally applicable and was not rendered moot by the collapse of apartheid in South Africa“, the report argues that Israel is “guilty of policies and practices that constitute the crime of apartheid”, a “crime against humanity under customary international law and the Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court”.


- Source: Aljazeera

Having said that, Israel is just a front by which the conquest of the Arabs could be waged from, to camouflage the Hidden Hand behind the curtain.

America needs to grow some balls. Both the facade and the Hidden Hand need to be eliminated at the same time, instead of colluding with them.

Related: Nazionists Are On Some Agonizing Deathbed Tantrums




If They Want To Burn It, You Want To Read It!

Jewish history is a chain of disasters: inquisitions, holocausts and pogroms. Time after time, throughout their history, Jews find themselves discriminated against, persecuted and expelled and, to most Jews, this continuum of tragedy is largely a mystery.



Yet one would expect that Jews, clever people for sure, would peer into their past, understand it and take whatever measures necessary to change their fate.

Related: Israel - A Nation Founded Upon A Monumental Lie

I was born and raised in Israel and it was many years before I realised that Israel was Palestine. When I was a young Israeli boy, the Holocaust and Jewish suffering were somehow foreign to me and my peers. It was the history of a different people, namely the diaspora Jews and we young Israelis didn’t much like their Jewish past.

We didn’t want to associate ourselves with those people, so hated by so many, so often and in so many different places. Erasing two thousand years of imaginary ‘exile’, we saw ourselves as the sons and daughters of our Biblical ‘ancestors.’ We were proud youngsters and we were disgusted by victimhood.

So Jewish suffering has, in many ways, been a riddle to me. But yesterday, at the London School of Economics (LSE), I witnessed a spectacle of Jewish bad behaviour, so incredible, that much that hitherto had been unclear, suddenly became all too clear.



Related: The Federal Reserve And The Bank Of England Financed The 3rd Reich + International Red Cross Report Confirms The Holocaust Of Six Million Jews Is A Hoax

At a talk given by one of the greatest humanists of our generation, Professor. Richard Falk, it took Israel-advocate Jonathan Hoffman just sixty minutes of intensive hooliganism to cause him to be ejected from the hall. As Hoffman and his associate were thrown out of the building, the entire room expressed their feelings by shouting “Out, out, out”

Hoffman wasn’t just a run-of-the-mill thug. Waving his Jewish nationalist symbols, he was acting openly as a Jewish-ethnic activist. Later I learned that he is associated with many Jewish and Zionist institutions: BOD, Zionist Federation and so on.

Behaving as he did with total disrespect to an academic institution, did Hoffman think that the LSE was some kind of yeshiva or perhaps just his local synagogue? I guess not. My guess is he just assumed that, like so many spaces in our country today, the LSE was simply ‘occupied’.

It seems that merely the presence in a room of just one Zionist is enough to transform that room into occupied territory.




Related: Israeli Defense Minister Confirms Israel Backing Of ISIS In Syria

Never in my life have I seen an entire room so united in its outrage and if anyone within the Jewish community believes that hooliganism a la Hoffman & co is going to make Jews popular, they are wrong. Judging by the reaction I witnessed in the LSE yesterday, there is now total fatigue with Zionist thought control, book burning and brutality.

But I would also like to use this opportunity to issue a sincere apology. In Falk’s book launch yesterday, I suggested to a Palestinian supporter that, rather than reading Jewish historian David Cesarani on the Holocaust, he may like to give David Irving a try.




The Zionist Influence Over Winston Churchill

Q & A session with WWII researcher David Irving commenting on Winston Churchill's Jewish ancestry and about how the Zionist Network was able to drag America into World War One and Two.








Some Jewish students were outraged by my comment so I would like here to correct my statement, to make it more inclusive and categorical. Don’t just read David Irving. If you genuinely want to understand the world around you, make sure you hear every voice these people want to suppress and read every text these people try to burn.

If they want to burn it, you want to read it!

Once you’ve read it, you decide whether the text should make it to your bookshelves - or to the pyre.

So to Jewish thought-controllers and book burners, both Zionist and ‘anti’:

You have clearly launched a war against academic freedom. You are engaged in thought-control and book burning. You have begun a fight with core Western values: openness, scholarship, tolerance.



Related: Amazon Bans, Shreds, And Burns Thousands of Books: “Holocaust Denial”

All those things associated, not with Jerusalem, but with Athens. I have no doubt that in this war you may win some battles, you may manage to cancel a talk here and there, you may even manage to burn a book or two. But you will lose the war. Freedom will prevail, for the yearning for freedom is engraved in the human soul.

I urge Jews and Jewish institutions to consider carefully whether their behaviour really serves Jewish interests. As the author of the most read book on Jewish identity politics, I can see in the making, a disaster.

Beware.


Related Articles:

Israel Settlement Law Crosses ‘Thick Red Line’: UN

Exactly who is it that is in ‘Denial’?

Anger not Surprising

Signs of Closed Minds

Racing For Palestine: Film Review

The Goy According To Hoenlein

UN Labels Israel 'Apartheid Regime', Israel Retorts UN Like Nazis


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Heartbreaking Letter From Dying EPA Scientist Begs Monsanto “Moles” Inside The Agency To Stop Lying About Dangers Of RoundUp (Glyphosate) & Monsanto Funneled Money To Front Groups To Attack Anti-GMO Activists, Court Documents Reveal
May 26 2017 | From: NaturalNews / Various

The following letter from EPA scientist Marion Copley (now deceased from cancer) has surfaced in the unsealed court documents originally uncovered by U.S. Right to Know and posted in plain text at this Glyphosate.news document page.



The original PDF of this document is found at the USRTK website, with a backup copy archived at Natural News.

Related: Monsanto's Glyphosate Herbicide Detected in Organic Foods

In this letter, EPA scientist Marion Copley begs Monsanto “mole” Jess Rowland to do his job and protect the public rather than protecting Monsanto’s profit interests, saying:


"For once in your life, listen to me and don’t play your political conniving games with the science to favor the registrants. For once do the right thing and don’t make decisions based on how it affects your bonus.”

She also accuses Rowland and another EPA scientist Anna Lowit (still with the EPA) of engaging in science intimidation tactics to force EPA scientists and bureaucrats to change their conclusions in favor of Monsanto.


"You and Anna Lowit intimidated staff on CARC and changed MI ARC and IIASPOC final reports to favor industry,”
says Copley.

This tactic, by the way, is 100% aligned with the deeply evil corporate culture at Monsanto, which routinely engages in intimidation legal tactics, science intimidation and character assassination campaigns against anti-Monsanto activists.



Related: Roundup Now Proven To Cause Liver Disease, And It’s In Your Food

Copley further warns that EPA scientists are likely being bribed by Monsanto, saying:


"Your Nebraska colleague took industry funding, he clearly has a conflict of interest. Just promise me not to ever let Anna on the CARC committee, her decisions don’t make rational sense. If anyone in OPP is taking bribes, it is her.”

Marion Copley signs off with a plea for humanity, knowing that she is nearing death but wanting to help save humanity from the toxic chemical “holocaust” being pushed by Monsanto and a criminal EPA:

I have cancer and I don’t want these serious issues in MED to go unaddressed before I go to my grave. I have done my duty.



Related: Monsanto Promoting Worldwide Infertility? + Academic GMO Shills Exposed: Fraud And Collusion With Monsanto

Read the full letter to Jess Rowland (the “Monsanto mole” inside the EPA) from Marion Copley (now deceased, former EPA scientist) to get the full picture. Read the entire unsealed court document that includes this letter at this page on Glyphosate.news.


Letter from Marion Copley to Jess Rowland, March 4, 2013


Jess,

Since I left the Agency with cancer, I have studied the tumor process extensively and I have some mechanism comments which may be very valuable to CARC based on my decades of pathology experience. I’ll pick one chemical to demonstrate my points.

Glyphosate was originally designed as a chelating agent and 1 strongly believe that is the identical process involved in its tumor formation, which is highly supported by the literature.

Chelators inhibit apoptosis, the process by which our bodies kill tumor cells

Chelators are endocrine disruptors, involved in tumorigenesis

Glyphosate induces lymphocyte proliferation

Glyphosate induces free radical formation

Chelators inhibit free radical scavenging enzymes requiring Zn, Mn or Cu for activity (i.e. SODs)

Chelators bind zinc, necessary for immune system function

Glyphosate is genotoxic, a key cancer mechanism

Chelators inhibit DNA repair enzymes requiring metal cofactors

Chelators bind Ca, Zn, Mg, etc to make foods deficient for these essential nutrients

Chelators bind calcium necessary for calcineurin-mediated immune response

Chelators often damage the kidneys or pancreas, as glyphosate does, a mechanism to tumor formation

Kidney/pancreas damage can lead to clinical chemistry changes to favor tumor growth

Glyphosate kills bacteria in the gut and the gastrointestinal system is 80% of the immune system

Chelators suppress the immune system making the body susceptible to tumors

Previously, CARC concluded that glyphosate was a “possible human carcinogen”. The kidney pathology in the animal studies would lead to tumors with other mechanisms listed above. Any one of these mechanisms alone listed can cause tumors, but glyphosate causes all of them simultaneously.

It is essentially certain that glyphosate causes cancer. With all of the evidence listed above, the CARC category should be changed to “probable human carcinogen”. Blood cells arc most exposed to chelators, if any study shows proliferation of lymphocytes, then that is confirmatory that glyphosate is a carcinogen.

Jess, you and I have argued many times on CARC. You often argued about topics outside of your knowledge, which is unethical. Your trivial MS degree from 1971 Nebraska is far outdated, thus CARC science is 10 years behind the literature in mechanisms.

For once in your life, listen to me and don’t play your political conniving games with the science to favor the registrants. For once do the right thing and don’t make decisions based on how it affects your bonus. You and Anna Lowit intimidated staff on CARC and changed MI ARC and IIASPOC final reports to favor industry.

Chelators clearly disrupt calcium signaling, a key signaling pathway in all cellos and mediates tumor progression. Greg Ackerman is supposed to be our expert on mechanisms, but he never mentioned any of these concepts at CARC and when I tried to discuss it with him he put me off.

Is Greg playing your political games as well, incompetent or does he have some conflict of interest of some kind? Your Nebraska colleague took industry funding, he clearly has a conflict of interest. Just promise me not to ever let Anna on the CARC committee, her decisions don’t make rational sense. If anyone in OPP is taking bribes, it is her.

I have cancer and I don’t want these serious issues in MED to go unaddressed before I go to my grave. I have done my duty.

Marion Copley March 4, 2013

Read the full text of the unsealed court document at this page on Glyphosate.news.



Monsanto Funneled Money To Front Groups To Attack Anti-GMO Activists, Court Documents Reveal

Things just keep getting worse for Monsanto: Not only has the biotech firm been found guilty of crimes against humanity by the International Monsanto Tribunal, the corporation has also recently been involved in a number of scandals. First, it came to light that the world’s most hated company had been colluding with the EPA, and now they’re being accused of yet another misdeed.



Recently obtained court documents have revealed that Monsanto has been secretly feeding money to “think tanks,” such as the infamous Genetic Literacy Project. From the document obtained by US Right To Know:

Related: Cancer all-clear given to weedkiller glyphosate by New Zealand scientific review

Monsanto quietly funnels money to “think tanks” such as the “Genetic Literacy Project” and the “American Council on Science and Health,” organizations intended to shame scientists and highlight information helpful to Monsanto and other chemical producers.

For example, the American Council on Science and Health has recently published articles accusing the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) of ignoring the “science” on glyphosate.

The Genetic Literacy Project, led by exposed wife beater and former Forbes.com writer Jon Entine, has also published articles calling for the IARC to possibly be abolished and has even gone so far to accuse the US of “unwittingly funding” conspiracies against Monsanto.


Related: Monsanto's Dirty Dozen: 12 More Crimes Against Humanity And The Environment Concocted By The World's Most Evil Corporation + New Evidence About the Dangers of Monsanto’s Roundup

Sources say that these allegations are backed up by a string of emails which were used in court as evidence.

Some of these exchanges even involved Monsanto executives instructing their staff to “ghost write” material on their products and then have some phony “independent scientists” sign their names to cut back on costs. One such exchange occurred between Monsanto’s William Heydens and his colleagues:


"A less expensive/more palatable approach might be to involve experts only for the areas of contention, epidemiology and possibly MOA (depending on what comes out of the IARC meeting), and we ghost-write the Exposure Tox & Genetox sections.

An option would be to add Greim and Kier or Kirkland to have their names on the publication, but we would be keeping the cost down by us doing the writing and they would just edit & sign their names so to speak. Recall that is how we handled Williams Kroes & Munro, 2000." 

In addition to the emails and evidence of Monsanto’s collusion with government agencies and “think tank” organizations, there is also reason to believe that Monsanto has been hiring “trolls” to defend the company on the web - and to attack anyone who dares speak out against them.

Evidence presented in the pretrials of Monsanto court cases at the US District Court in San Francisco has revealed that under their ever-so-aptly titled “Let Nothing Go” program, Monsanto reportedly hired individuals who appeared to have no relation to the company for the sole purpose of trolling the internet with positive comments, defend Monsanto, and praise their toxic chemicals and GMO crops.

The goal of the “Let Nothing Go” program is “to leave nothing, not even Facebook comments, unanswered…” and the plaintiffs say that Monsanto has been targeting all forms of social media and other online materials under this initiative.

Even comments on social networks that merely mention the potential hazards of things like glyphosate or genetically modified crops have been targeted by Monsanto’s trolls.



Related: The Complete History Of Monsanto, The World’s Most Evil Corporation

Anti-GMO activists like Mike Adams, have been particularly susceptible to these attacks. Unsurprisingly, Adams has been a prime target for GMO trolls: The Genetic Literacy Project and other shills have published hit pieces on him and other activists - all with the goal of trying to discredit them and silence journalists who expose Monsanto’s nefarious operations.

The evidence revealed in these court documents certainly leaves Monsanto with a lot of explaining to do. But it seems that they are already losing in the court of public opinion.

Related: Learn more about Monsanto at MonsantoMafia.com


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Mainstream Media Insults The Public's Intelligence On Vaccines & Vaccinated Vs. Unvaccinated Pilot Study: Early Vaccination Sees Exponential Increase In Chronic Disorders + Lies, Vaccines And The New Zealand Media
May 26 2017 | From: Sott / GreenMedInfo / WavesNZ / Various

Mainstream media and medical groups, typically funded or backed by Big Pharma, cast parents who are skeptical about vaccines as conspiracy theorists whose backward beliefs put the public at risk.



Vaccine skeptics cast vaccine promoters as paid shills, hired by Big Pharma to cover up documented vaccine-related injuries.

Related: Taking a Stand: 22,000 Nurses Refuse “Mandatory” Vaccinations

In mainstream and progressive media coverage (Mother Jones, Alternet, Huffington Post, Truthout, Progressive, The Nation) there is zero tolerance for critical debate about vaccine safety. Question why the hepatitis B vaccine is routinely given to babies at birth - for a disease mainly transmitted through sex and I.V. drug use - and you're labeled "anti-science."

Suggest that some vaccines, including those such as the highly promoted HPV Gardasil and Cervarix (both of which have been linked to adverse reactions and death) are not exactly "life-saving," and you might as well yell "bring back polio."

The media routinely discredits parents of vaccine-injured children, accusing them of not knowing anything about medicine (except raising their own challenged child of course) and of "imagining" or even causing their child's deficits.

Progressive news sites that would never defend corporate media coverage of Monsanto or GMOs drink the vaccines-are-safe Kool-Aid. Last month, Jezebel ran this headline: "Robert De Niro and Robert F. Kennedy Jr. Call Vaccines Dangerous, Which They Are Not."



Related: Kennedy, De Niro Challenge: $100,000 To The first Person Who Can Find A Scientific Study Proving Thimerosal (Mercury) Is Safe To Inject Into Children

In a 2015 article, the Atlantic sneered that "Vaccines Are Profitable, So What?" And the Daily Beast has gone so far as to praise Paul Offit, perhaps the nation's most extreme vaccine promoter.



Comment: According to Robert F, Kennedy Jr: Dr. Offit is a "thorough charlatan, a snake oil salesman and he has everyone flimflammed. That made me angry. After that, I learned that he was also venal."

RS: What do you mean "venal"?


RFK, JR: Well, my original assumption was that he was lying in service to the vaccine program. I later learned that vaccines were a lavishly profitable enterprise for Dr. Offit.

RS: How so?

RFK, JR: He is on permanent retainer to Merck to "right vaccine wrongs". And, both Merck and the CDC have rewarded his service with extraordinarily lucrative opportunities. In 1999, the CDC allowed him to sit on the committee that voted the rotavirus vaccine onto the schedule, even though he was working on his own rotavirus patent.

Electing not to recuse himself, he cast his vote to add rotavirus to the schedule. That version of the rotavirus vaccine caused so many agonizing childhood deaths from intussusception that the CDC had to withdraw it a year later, making room for Offit's version, a turn of events that made him a vaccine tycoon.

His rotavirus vaccine patent sold for $182 million; his cut was at least $29 million. When I learned about this caper and his other money schemes, I just thought, "Well, he's a hoodlum."

RS: He's also a misogynist and a bully.

RFK, JR: It's disturbing because the media treats him like a deity. And, like all bullies, he's a coward. He dismisses women who question him as superstitious hysterics.

He lobs vicious bombs at the mothers of vaccine-injured children from the editorial pages and national TV shows which give him a platform for his poison. But, he refuses to debate me or anyone else who knows what they are talking about.

RS: Do you think, when Paul Offit says that babies could safely be given 10,000 vaccines at the same time, that he really believes that?

RFK, JR: I don't feel competent to psychoanalyze Offit. It's hard to look into another person's mind. And Offit's brain has got to be a really dark and scary zip code where I don't really want to spend time. In his defense, we all have some capacity for self-deception and it's possible that Offit is as gifted at deceiving himself as he is at deceiving the public.

Upton Sinclair observed that, "It's difficult to get a man to understand something, when his salary depends upon his not understanding it." But I do think it's more likely that he knows that what he's saying is dishonest. For years, he claimed Bill Thompson's 2004 study was "the definitive proof" of thimerosal safety.

He's been silent about that since Thompson disavowed his own study. That suggests a purposeful mendacity. Like a lot of other people, Offit seems to have made the self-serving calculation that all of the dead and damaged children are just collateral damage - unfortunate sacrifices in a program that serves the greater good.

RS: Is that even a legitimate moral calculation?

RFK, JR: You mean to kill one child in order to save fifty? Ethicists and theologians could argue the point. But that isn't Offit's real moral dilemma.

Offit's moral Donnybrook is his absolutist defense of the industry position that all vaccines are always safe for all people and that the safety of thimerosal is unassailable. That approach has unnecessarily damaged vulnerable subgroups that could easily have been protected and sacrificed millions of kids, not for the greater good but for the bottom line.

As the vaccine industry's lead pitchman for thimerosal, Offit's been extraordinarily successful at crafting a persuasive alternative to fact-based reality and selling it like a carnival barker. He has made himself the high priest of the weird dogma that it's somehow safe to inject mercury into babies.

One wants to ask these progressive sites: Do you really think Pharma has never steered us wrong, just for the sake of profit? What about all the drugs that had to be pulled from the market, after Pharma insisted they were safe?

Drugs like Vioxx, Baycol, Trovan, Meridia, Seldane, Hismanal, Darvon, Raxar, Redux, Mylotarg, Lotronex, Propulsid, phenylpropanolamine (PPA), Prexige, phenacetin, Oraflex, Omniflox, Posicor, Serzone and Duract?



Related: How Big Pharma Gets Away With Selling 'P' / Methamphetamine To Children: By Renaming It 'Adderall'

The fact is vaccines are not all safe. That's why the National Vaccine Injury Compensation (VICP) program, established to provide monetary compensation to victims of vaccine injuries, exists. The VICP website states:



"Most people who get vaccines have no serious problems. In very rare cases, a vaccine can cause a serious problem, such as a severe allergic reaction.

In these instances, the National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program (VICP) may provide financial compensation to individuals who file a petition and are found to have been injured by a VICP-covered vaccine."

Even the very pro-Pharma Forbes reports:


"It's true that there have been 24,000 reports of adverse events with Gardasil" and "106 deaths."
But the author of the Forbes article rationalizes:

"There have also been 60,000 reports of adverse events with the mumps, measles, and rubella vaccine, and 26,000 following vaccination with . . . Prevnar, for pneumococcus bacteria."

We ask: Do two wrongs make a right, Forbes?

The CDC maintains a Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS) where people can see for themselves the adverse effects and deaths related to a particular vaccine. A search for people who have died from the measles vaccines MEA, MER, MM, MMR or MMRV revealed 416 deaths. Last summer, the mainstream science outlet



Related: MMR Vaccine, Autism, CDC Coverup

EurekaAlert submitted that reading VAERS info "may not build public trust or adherence."

That is an understatement.


Profiteering and Conflicts of Interest Not Even Hidden

There is no question vaccines are profitable. In some states, Blue Cross Blue Shield gives doctors bonuses for the vaccines they give patients. And an increasing number of drugstore chains now offer vaccines.


Comment: Doctors pushing vaccines receive 'Merck Vaccination Service Awards'

Where does your doctor's allegiance lie? Does your healthcare professional listen to your needs and wants as a parent or are they nothing more than affiliate distributors for pharmaceutical companies?

It was reported by independent journalist recently that some doctors offices are now demanding their patients sign an immunization contract. What's an immunization contract you ask?

The contract - created outside of law and denying informed consent - requires prospective patients to agree, by signature, to allow 25 vaccines to be injected into their child over a series of visits.

Also uncovered in the same investigation, doctors can receive up to $225 per service achieved in the insurance provider category of "childhood immunization [combo 2]".



Related:
Boston Herald calls for government-run execution squads to MASS MURDER naturopaths, scientists and journalists who oppose mercury in immunizations

There are brazen and unhidden conflicts of interest between mainstream media and vaccine makers who influence reporting and discourage healthy debate about vaccine safety. Mike Papantonio, of the America's Lawyer TV show, reports:


"According to a 2009 study by Fairness and Accuracy in Reporting, with the exception of CBS, every major media outlet in the United States shares at least one board member with at least one drug company. These board members wake up, they go to a meeting at Merck or Pfizer, and then they have their driver take them over to a meeting at a TV station."

The Gates Foundation is deeply entangled with vaccine makers, as are our own government agencies, including the CDC.



Related: Vaccination is Not Immunization

It's clearly a fox-guarding-the-henhouse situation. The vaccine industry also "gives millions to the Academy of Pediatrics for conferences, grants, medical education classes and even helped build their headquarters," reports CBS.

In 2013, the Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health reported that the seriousness with which academics portrayed the 2009-2010 swine flu outbreak was shaped proportionately by how much funding they had received from Pharma.



What Does the Science Say?

When you read the scientific papers published about vaccine safety - and especially about links to childhood autism - it seems as if they are all written by four scientists who know each other and who work for Big Vac.

Despite overwhelming evidence that the mercury used in vaccines, thimerosal, is harmful to children and to pregnant women and the elderly, the official position of pro-vaccine scientists is "it was totally safe but we took it out anyway."

Robert F. Kennedy Jr., chairman of The World Mercury Project, disagrees. Vaccines containing thimerosal are neither safe, nor is thimerosal gone from vaccines he claims.



Related: RFK gives eye-opening interview on the dangers of vaccines on Tucker Carlson


Kennedy offers $100,000 to anyone who can find a published study indexed in PubMed proving mercury levels in vaccines are harmless for infants and developing fetuses at the levels they are given.

Though they are scientists, pro-vaccine researchers use embarrassing non-logic in their vaccine defenses - they actually employ the "Raven Paradox" which many of us learned in Logic 101.

It declares that "all ravens are black; that bird is black; it must be a raven." In other words, according to logic-challenged researchers: "Mercury is safe - and it doesn't cause autism - so all vaccines are safe."


Meanwhile, the pro-vaccine scientists seldom, if ever, address the more complicated scientific questions surrounding vaccines - such as other metals used in them, like aluminum.

Or whether the current series of multiple vaccines administered to children today could overwhelm their immune systems. Or whether live vaccines or disease antibodies could paradoxically cause the disease they're intended to prevent.




Related: Science paper accidentally admits most flu shots don't work

According to published articles, it's not just the thimerosal but metals in general, such as the currently used aluminum in vaccines, that are under suspicion. Such metals can cross the child's blood brain barrier and set off increased oxidative stress which is linked to autism, say journal reports.

Oxidative stress is an imbalance between the production of free radicals and the ability of the body to counteract or detoxify their harmful effects through neutralization by antioxidants.

Too many vaccines given too closely together to children that are too young also increases the stress, say those who question vaccines and vaccine schedules.

When a scientific paper appears to clearly show a link between childhood vaccines recommended in the U.S. and impaired neurodevelopment, pro-vaccine scientists savage it.




Related: Premature Babies Are Knowingly Harmed Or Killed With Vaccines To Comply With Vaccination Schedule

A 2010 paper published in Acta Neurobiologiae Experimentalis, a quarterly peer-reviewed scientific journal covering neuroscience, found that "rhesus macaque infants receiving the complete U.S. childhood vaccine schedule" did not "undergo the maturational changes over time in amygdala volume that was observed in unexposed animals."

Why does the amygdala matter? The researchers wrote:



"Neuropathological and neuroimaging studies of individuals with an ASD [autism spectrum disorder] . . . have provided growing evidence of a central role for the amygdala." Specifically, it is enlarged in such children "compared with neurotypical controls."

Pro-vaccine scientists pounced. Not enough monkeys were used to establish a scientific finding, said one scientist. Opposite findings about the amygdala have been reached, which invalidate the study, said another scientist.

One angry scientist was even willing to discredit the monkey study by claiming that monkeys are not a valid model for human disease - thus annulling millions of experiments including the ones on which human drugs are approved! Of course, many in the animal welfare community have questioned the validity of animal "models."



Insulting Illogic

On behalf of Pharma, mainstream science and media set up a strawman called "vaccines cause autism." Then they knocked it down and declared vaccines safe.

It is an insult to the public's intelligence, especially in light of clear injuries that exist, including those documented in the VAERS database - not to mention injured people, especially parents of injured children.



Related: Are we asking the right questions about vaccination and children’s health?

The National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program alone has awarded $3.18 billion in 16,000 claims since 1988.

Do vaccine injury cases prove that vaccines are always unsafe and should always be avoided? Of course not. But those cases do prove that vaccines are not "completely safe" as the well-funded vaccine dogma continues to insultingly tell us.




Vaccine Dangers Being Hidden From the Public

Dr. Suzanne Humphries explains how vaccines became the norm in modern medicine. She also explains why you rarely hear about any risks or dangers associated with them. Find out how those issues are being kept from the public.





Related Articles:

A new idea that has nothing to do with government

Bend Over: The Unpopular Opinion on Vaccines

Australian Couple Seeks Compensation for Vaccine-injured Daughter

Kim Kardashian now pushing dangerous morning sickness drugs linked to devastating birth defects




Vaccinated Vs. Unvaccinated Pilot Study: Early Vaccination Sees Exponential Increase In Chronic Disorders

The move towards mandatory vaccination is no longer a conspiracy theory. California Senate Bill 277 snapped families into a reality where informed consent and health freedom do not apply.

Presently, the American people are facing 173 vaccine-related bills in 40 states. The language of many of the new bills aims to increase tracking, target non-vaccinating families, force vaccine schedules, and further persecute families who choose not to accept vaccines; the private products of for-profit, legally protected pharmaceutical companies.

Related: First ever vaccinated vs. unvaccinated kid study erased from internet - wonder why?

The corporate media and medical industries have thrown their full influence behind Big Pharma’s transparent ‘safe and effective’ messaging. At the same time, both industries are simultaneously censoring discussions around the fraud, dangers, mounting injuries, and criminal behavior inherent within the vaccine industry and those pushing for mandatory vaccination.

A central point of contention, and human rights violation, is the fact that historically, no true study has been conducted between vaccinated versus unvaccinated populations. However, such a study has now come to fruition. 


The Study

Having worked on the study for 15 years, from its original conception to completion, Dr. Anthony Mawson and his coauthors have now had their work published in the Journal of Translational Science.The study, titled, ‘Pilot comparative study on the health of vaccinated and unvaccinated 6- to 12- year-old U.S. children’. [1]

Since long-term health outcomes of the current vaccination schedule haven’t been studied, Dr. Mawson and his coauthors set out to compare vaccinated and unvaccinated children across a broad range of health outcomes.



Related: Sweden outlaws coercive mandatory vaccines laws, citing violations of the Swedish Constitution

The study was designed as a cross-sectional survey of homeschooling mothers on their vaccinated and unvaccinated biological children ages 6 to 12. It included mothers of 666 children ranging from fully vaccinated, partially vaccinated and unvaccinated.

The mothers were asked to indicate on a list of more than 40 acute and chronic illnesses all those for which her child or children had received a diagnosis by a physician among other questions. 





Direct Order | Soldiers Ordered to Take Anthrax Vax That Caused Brain Damage

“DIRECT ORDER” An Award-Winning Documentary Tells the Story of Members of the Military who were Ordered Against their Will to Take the Controversial Anthrax Vaccine.

Federal regulators approved a plan by biotechnology company, VaxGen to test its experimental anthrax vaccine on about 100 people.








The Results

The vaccinated children were significantly more likely than the unvaccinated to have been diagnosed with the following: allergic rhinitis, other allergies, eczema/atopic dermatitis, a learning disability, autism spectrum disorder, any neurodevelopmental disorder (NDD) (i.e., learning disability, ADHD or ASD) and chronic illness. 

The following is a breakdown of the specific results for vaccinated children: 

Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) was 4.7-fold higher in vaccinated children

ADHD risk was 4.7-fold higher

Learning disability risk was 3.7-fold higher 

Vaccinated children in the study were 3.7 times more likely to have been diagnosed with some kind of (NDD).

Preterm birth and vaccination was associated with 6.6-fold increased odds of NDD

Vaccinated children were also significantly more likely to be diagnosed with an immune-related disorder. The risk of allergic rhinitis (commonly known as hay fever) was over 30 times higher in vaccinated children, while the risk of other allergies was increased 3.9 fold and the eczema risk was increased 2.4 fold.


The Conclusion 

Given the current global climate as described in this article’s introduction, the study highlighted three extremely noteworthy conclusions as follows:  

“…the strength and consistency of the findings, the apparent “dose-response” relationship between vaccination status and several forms of chronic illness, and the significant association between vaccination and NDDs all support the possibility that some aspect of the current vaccination program could be contributing to risks of childhood morbidity.

Vaccination also remained significantly associated with neurodevelopmental disorders after controlling for other factors…”

“…preterm birth coupled with vaccination was associated with an apparent synergistic increase in the odds of neurodevelopmental disorder above that of vaccination alone.” 


While all three conclusions should be, and are, resonating deeply within the masses of health professionals and parents, the study’s third conclusion is especially timely and relevant beyond its stated assertion.

Over the last year, numerous medical whistleblowers and scientific research papers have warned and demonstrated that routine vaccine injury to preterm infants in hospital neonatal intensive care units (NICU) is occurring. Whistleblower nurses Michelle Rowton James and Joanne [last name unavailable] publicly spotlighted how inhuman and commonplace NICU vaccine injury have rooted in the culture of establishment medicine.



Related: Dirty Vaccines: Every Human Vaccine Tested Was Contaminated With Metals and Debris in New Study

While three major studies [2],[3],[4] have corroborated the nurse’s whistleblowing admissions. Meanwhile, in April 2017 The Institute for Pure and Applied Knowledge (IPAK) released a statement asking for all Americans to join them in their call for a ban on vaccination of infants in the NICU. Speaking on the call to action Dr. James Lyons-Weiler, PhD, CEO, and Director of IPAK, stated: 


"We’ve asked the biomedical community to produce studies that show ill effect of vaccines on neonates, and they have not produced them.

There is currently a clash happening between religious-like vaccine dogma and increasingly aware segments of the public, research, and medical communities. In the balance hangs the opportunity for a truly open discussion on vaccines and a rare chance to reform a pharmaceutically-dominated medical community that has lost its way.

Giving the current trend, the consequences of not seizing the opportunity for open dialogue appears to lead down a road of mandatory medicine and censorship of exponentially mounting human injury and mortality.

Put simply, the battle now rages between openness and transparency versus the protection, through omission and overt censorship, of Big Pharma’s business model and need for ever-expanding bottom lines at all costs.




Bombshell: Study Proves Unvaccinated Children Are Healthier

Studies put to question the safety of current vaccination practices. Celeste McGovern joins Rob Dew and Owen Shroyer to discuss the first ever study comparing the health levels of vaccinated and unvaccinated children.





See the archived studies here.



Lies, Vaccines And The New Zealand Media


Another day, another poorly-written and ill-advised scare story in New Zealand’s fabulous ‘print media’. This time, a piece in the Dominion Post claiming measles ‘could have been eradicated by now if it were not for anti-vaccine campaigners and conspiracy theorists’. Nothing to do with faulty live-virus vaccines, is it?



According to the article, posted on Stuff.co.nz, the measles vaccine is safe, and the reason people are refusing it is because of a ‘study’ by Dr Andrew Wakefield that was ‘discredited’ and led to him being struck off the register by the GMC. That or because they listen to ‘conspiracy theorists’.

Related: Timaru school opts out of vaccine programme

No mention, of course, that it wasn’t a study – it was a small case series – or that his co-author who was also struck off the register, Dr John Walker-Smith, was exonerated and the case overturned two years ago, following an appeal.

The entire trial against the doctors was dismissed as faulty and the General Medical Council admonished for a trial that was full of ‘inadequate and superficial reasoning and, in a number of instances, a wrong conclusion’.

The Dominion Post piece states that we were struck off the charities register for promoting a view that vaccination was ‘ineffective and dangerous’ – again, this is not true. The reason for our removal from the register was that we were viewed as promoting a viewpoint rather than advancing education (one of the categories for being on the register).

While we disagree with the basis of the decision, the reality is that it makes little difference to who we are and what we do – we are still a charitable organisation and still work hard to ensure parents have the information necessary to make an informed decision about vaccination.



Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

Related: Measles myths blamed for outbreaks

So, to the data.

The Ministry of Health tell us that New Zealand has a 93% uptake of vaccination by age two. This is worth remembering when reading the following paragraphs.

According to the article, there were 274 cases of pertussis (whooping cough) in Auckland in 2012, and a further 328 on the West Coast in the same year. In reality, according to the Public Health Surveillance Report for the year on pertussis, there were a total of 5,389 cases reported up until the 7th December 2012 for that year, the majority of which were in vaccinated persons.

According to the report, 252 cases were reported in Auckland up until that date for the year, and the West Coast had just 139 cases. Of the over 5,000 cases reported for the year, there were just two deaths – one in a premature infant too young to be vaccinated, and one in a child with ‘underlying health conditions’.

The data is also available online for the year 2013, so why 2012 was highlighted in the article is something of a mystery…

On to measles. According to Helen Petousis-Harris of the Immunisation Advisory Centre, measles could be eradicated in New Zealand if it weren’t for us pesky ‘anti-immunisation’ groups.

This statement is laughable for a number of reasons (not least that WAVESnz is not an ‘anti-immunisation’ group, but a group lobbying for informed choice and freedom of choice in health decisions).

Firstly, we have 93% uptake of vaccinations in this country by age two, which includes MMR at 15 months. Given the theoretical ‘herd immunity threshold’, or number of vaccinated persons needed to eliminate the disease amongst a population is generally accepted as being somewhere around 92-94%, it’s somewhat astonishing we’re still seeing these outbreaks, don’t you think?



Related:
No Vaccines Necessary, that's the truth

Sounds to me that it’s less a case of rogue families making their own minds up about the health of their families, and more a case of a vaccine that simply does not work the way the media and government would have us believe.

Yes, those naughty parents who think for themselves and decide not to vaccinate make a very convenient scapegoat for a vaccine that simply does not work the way we’re told it does.

According to the 2012 report, the latest available, there were a total of 68 cases of measles reported for that year. Of those, 21 were in children aged under 15 months, which we will discount when assessing vaccination efficacy as they aren’t eligible for vaccination according to the New Zealand schedule (though one was reported to have had a single dose anyway!).

That leaves us with 47 cases of measles in persons aged 15 months and over, 17 of whom had had at least one or two doses of a measles vaccine, with 20 reporting no vaccination and 10 with unknown vaccination status.

Surely, if the vaccine worked so well, we’d see the vast majority of those cases in unvaccinated people, rather than an almost 50/50 split? And while it could be argued that this does lean towards better odds being vaccinated than not given the higher population of vaccinated individuals, one has to question how exactly that works given the vaccine datasheet claims 95% efficacy against measles…



Related: Documents Indicate That the Chicken Pox Vaccination Has Been Added to the MMR Without Our Knowledge

Despite the claims of the pro-vaccine lobbyists, vaccination does not guarantee you won’t get the virus in the first place, as those vaccinated individuals who contract the disease have discovered. Nor does not getting vaccinated guarantee you will get it – and if you do, the chances of it being a serious disease in a healthy individual replete with Vitamin A are extremely low.

It’s worth noting now that the vaccine contains live attenuated measles virus (as well as live rubella and mumps).

The datasheet itself contains warnings about not vaccinating immune-compromised individuals due to risk of infection, notes that the rubella component can be ‘shed’ and spread by recently-vaccinated individuals, and while it states that there are ‘no reports’ of transmission of the measles component from recent vaccinees, it doesn’t mean that it can’t happen.

What it does mention, however, is that a common side-effect is fever or a ‘measles-like rash’ or both (which of course can’t be measles, it’s all a coincidence, it just looks like measles!). Very interesting… could it be that the vaccine itself is responsible for some of these outbreaks?



Related: Dirty Vaccines: What the Industry Knows and Isn't Telling You

Next, to call organisations such as ourselves as ‘anti-immunisation’ is misleading to say the least – we have no problem with immunisation. In fact, it is something we actively encourage. Immunisation simply means to ‘make immune’, not ‘to vaccinate’, which often doesn’t lead to any significant ‘immunity’ at all.

We actively advocate for and encourage long-term breastfeeding, good nutrition, healthy lifestyles, sleep, exercise, and generally supporting the body’s natural immune system so that we can all live happy, health lives. All of which can be classed as a form of ‘immunisation’ and protection against these diseases the media love to hype so very much.

Lastly, it’s worth pointing out the glaringly obvious part that the fear-and-blame piece has left out: what to do if your child DOES contract either measles or pertussis (the terror illnesses du jour), and how to prevent them becoming the terrible diseases they’d have us believe…

Dr Suzanne Humphries has written a fantastic piece on pertussis and how to treat it using Vitamin C, which can be found here: The Vitamin C treatment for Whooping Cough - Suzanne Humphries, MD

And it would be worth any interested party investigating the link between Vitamin A deficiency and severity of measles infection, as well as the use of Vitamin A in the treatment of measles.



More info here: Measles on Hysteria Street

So, what is really to blame for an uptick in measles cases lately? Is it, despite very high rates of vaccination that should be buoying us up with the mythical ‘herd immunity’ we hear so much about, the naughty few who choose to think for themselves and opt out of vaccination?

Is it terrible organisations such as WAVESnz who promote freedom of choice in healthcare? Is it a nearly 16-year-old case series written by an English doctor who has been thrashed in every media outlet globally since that time, who most people haven’t even looked at and most believe is a fraud?

Or could it be a failing live-virus vaccine that simply does not work the way we’re told it does, which is causing illness throughout the community, and which parents are beginning to question despite the poorly-written anti-choice propaganda churned out by the corporate-owned media on a near daily basis?


Related Articles:


Australian parents who don’t vaccinate their children will be fined $14 per week by the authoritarian regime

HPV Vaccine Warning: Why This Doctor Says This Vaccine 'Must Be Stopped Immediately'

Controlled opposition in the Truth Movement


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

BBC Host: We Must “Get Used” To Islamic Terror Attacks
& UK Warns Of 'Imminent' Second Attack
May 25 2017 | From: Infowars / NBR / Various

Public told to accept helplessness.



Following the Manchester bombing that just rocked the UK, BBC host Katty Kay said that Europeans have to get used to more Islamic terror attacks.

Related: 'Suicide bomber' strikes at Manchester Arena: Nineteen people are killed and 50 injured in terrorist attack as 'nail bomb near the exit' explodes, ripping into teens leaving packed Ariana Grande gig

Speaking on MSNBC’s Morning Joe on Tuesday, Kay said that Europeans have no choice but to accept terrorists murdering their children because it’s impossible to get rid of Islamic terrorism.


“Europe is getting used to attacks like this, Mika. They have to, because we are never going to be able to totally wipe this out,”
Kay said. “As ISIS gets squeezed in Syria and Iraq, we’re going to see more of these kinds of attacks taking place in Europe and Europe is starting to get used to that.”



Kay then said that nobody is “used to having children targeted,” suggesting that Europeans are more acclimated to adults being killed by terror attacks.

Kay isn’t the only person to tell people to get used to terror attacks rather than offer a solution.

London’s own mayor Sadiq Khan has said that Islamic terror attacks are “part and parcel of living in a big city” following the Manhattan bombing last September.


“That means being vigilant, having a police force that is in touch with communities, it means the security services being ready, but it also means exchanging ideas and best practice,”
Khan said.

Interestingly, the 23-year-old terrorist, identified as Salman Abedi, was known to authorities before he committed the attack, reported CBS.

There are over 3,000 potential terrorists that have been monitored in the UK since 2015, including about 400 ISIS-trained fighters that have returned from war zones in Syria and Iraq, according to British security services.



So far, 22 people, including children, were killed and over 50 injured when Abedi blew himself up at an Ariana Grande concert in Manchester, England attended by 21,000 people.

ISIS responded to the attack with a slightly inaccurate statement, saying that a “caliphate soldier managed to place a number of devices among a gathering of crusaders in Manchester, and detonated them,” when only one explosion took place according to officials, indicating that Abedi could be a “lone wolf” jihadist.


Manchester Terror Attack 22 Dead





Related: England Runs Up White Flag For ISIS




Manchester Arena - Ariana Grande Hoax: Controlled Explosion Passed Off As Terror Attack




Related Articles:

Suicide bomber behind Manchester Arena attack that killed 22 people

Video From Inside Manchester Arena as Explosion Took Place


Stars from Manchester and beyond express shock at bomb attack



UK Warns Of 'Imminent' Second Attack

The UK government has raised the threat level of international terrorism to “critical” - meaning an attack is expected imminently - according to the MI5 intelligence service’s website.



The threat from Northern Ireland-related terrorism remains at “severe” in Northern Ireland itself, and “substantial” in Great Britain, adding further evidence the Manchester bombing on May 22 was committed by a foreign-affiliated individual.

Related: The Latest: Britain raises terror level after concert attack

Up to 5000 soldiers and special forces personnel, alongside armed police officers, will also deploy on to key streets across the UK and around expected targets, under a previously revealed plan called “Operation Temperer.”

The announcement marks the first time since October 2012 the terror alert for international terrorism has been lifted (it was then increased from “substantial” to “severe”).

UK Prime Minister Theresa May, who has called an early election for June 8, says the risk of a follow-on attack is high.


“It is a possibility we cannot ignore that there is a wider group of individuals linked to this attack,”
she says.




Manchester Attack: What They’re NOT Telling You

The truth they hide. Which is more important – not hurting Muslims’ feelings, or our children being blown up?






Counter-terrorism officials are reportedly hunting for accomplices or others associated with Salman Abedi, who allegedly detonated an explosive at a concert in Manchester on May 22. The attack is believed to have been a suicide bombing.

Deaths from the attack have reached 22 concertgoers while at least 59 others are severely wounded. Several video recordings captured the attack as the Ariana Grande show was ending at 10.33pm local time and attendees departed through the venue foyer.

Mrs May described the bombing as “one of the worst terrorist incidents we have ever experienced in the UK.”


“It stands out for its appalling, sickening cowardice – deliberately targeting innocent, defenceless children and young people who should have been enjoying one of the most memorable nights of their lives.”

Given the complexity and good planning of the attack, British authorities believe Mr Abedi travelled to Libya and may have received bombmaking and terrorist training in either that or another North African or Middle Eastern country before returning to the UK.

The authorities also say the bomber was previously known to security services.



Related: London Police Launch Free Speech Crackdown Amid Manchester Attack

The Islamic State’s media arm Amaq posted a claim of responsibility for the attack on May 23, saying Mr Abedi was a “soldier of the caliphate.” However, it is unknown whether the bomber was directly instructed and directed by the group, which has franchise operations in half a dozen countries.


Related Articles:

Nigel Farage to Tucker Carlson: ‘Direct Attack on Children Marks a New Low For Terrorism’

Sweden: Migrants Responsible For 90% of Shootings


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Hacker Kim Dotcom: “I Knew Seth Rich Was The Wikileaks Source - I Was Involved”
+ Newt Gingrich Calls Murder Of Seth Rich An Assassination
May 25 2017 | From: TheGatewayPundit / DCclothesline / Various

Kim Dotcom, a famous internet entrepreneur and hacker, admitted today he was part of the operation along with Seth Rich to get stolen DNC emails to Wikileaks.




It wasn’t Russia!On July 8, 2016, 27 year-old Democratic staffer Seth Conrad Rich was murdered in Washington DC. The killer or killers took nothing from their victim, leaving behind his wallet, watch and phone.

Related: ‘Complete Panic’ at Highest Levels of DNC Over Kim DotCom’s Seth Rich Announcement





Shortly after the killing, Redditors and social media users were pursuing a “lead” saying that Rich was en route to the FBI the morning of his murder, apparently intending to speak to special agents about an “ongoing court case” possibly involving the Clinton family.

Seth Rich’s father Joel told reporters:


“If it was a robbery - it failed because he still has his watch, he still has his money - he still has his credit cards, still had his phone so it was a wasted effort except we lost a life.”





The Metropolitan police posted a reward for information on Rich’s murder.



Related: Proof that owner of bar where Seth Rich was last seen alive visited White House 4 days earlier

In August Wikileaks offered a $20,000 reward for information on the murder of DNC staffer Seth rich.

Julian Assange also suggested in August that Seth Rich was a Wikileaks informant.
Via Mike Cernovich:

Kim Dotcom tweeted out yesterday that he has evidence Seth Rich, the murdered DNC operative, is the Wikileaks source.

He’s ready to release the evidence to Congressional investigators! The tweet reads:


“If Congress includes #SethRich case into their Russia probe I’ll give written testimony with evidence that Seth Rich was @Wikileaks source.”

Last night Sean Hannity asked Kim Dotcom to explain in more detail.



Then Kim Dotcom dropped this bomb:

“I knew Seth Rich. I know he was the @Wikileaks source. I was involved."



What a brave man. Kim Dotcom better make a recording and hire some security.






Newt Gingrich Calls Murder Of Seth Rich An Assassination

Assassination (noun): killing or murder for political reasons.

Sunday morning, appearing on Fox & Friends, referring to the murder of DNC staffer Seth Rich, former Speaker of the House Newt Gingrich said (0:41 mark):

Related: Hannity Invites Hacker Kim Dotcom to Discuss Seth Rich on TV, Radio: ‘Buckle Up’


"We have this very strange story now of this young man who worked for the Democratic National Committee, who apparently was assassinated at four in the morning, having given WikiLeaks something like 23,000, I’m sorry, 53,000 emails and 17,000 attachments.

Nobody’s investigating that. And what does that tell you about what was going on, because it turns out it wasn’t the Russians.

It was this young guy who I suspect was disgusted by the corruption of the Democratic National Committee. He’s been killed and apparently nothing serious has been done to investigate his murder.”



Related: DNC Staffer Seth Rich Leaked 44,000 Emails To WikiLeaks Before His Murder + Did Washington Post Publish Dubious Russia Story To Distract From Seth Rich Bombshell?

Meanwhile, Kim Dotcom - a German-Finnish Internet entrepreneur, businessman, musician, and political party founder who resides in Auckland, New Zealand - has come forth claiming that:


“I knew Seth Rich. I know he was the @Wikileaks source. I was involved.”



Related: Kim Dotcom: I Know Seth Rich Was Involved in DNC Leaks

Kim Dotcom has been invited by Sean Hannity to appear on the latter’s TV show this coming Tuesday, May 23. Kim Dotcom tweets he will meet his legal team Monday and issue a statement on Sean Hannity radio and TV on Tuesday.

DC Demonrats reportedly are in a panic.

An anonymous poster on 4chanwho says he works in Washington, DC, writes:


"Anons, I work in D.C.

I know for certain that the Seth Rich case has scared the shit out of certain high ranking current and former Democratic Party officials.

This is the reason why they have backed away from impeachment talk. They know the smoking gun is out there, and they’re terrified you will find it, because when you do it will bring down the entire DNC, along with a couple of very big name politicians.

It appears that certain DNC thugs were not thorough enough when it came time to cover their tracks. Podesta saying he wanted to “make an example of the leaker” is a huge smoking gun.

The behavior is near open panic. To even mention this name in D.C. circles will bring you under automatic scrutiny. To even admit that you have knowledge of this story puts you in immediate danger.

If there was no smoke there would be no fire. I have never, in my 20 years of working in D.C. seen such a panicked reaction from anyone.

I have strong reason to believe that the smoking gun in this case is out of the hands of the conspirators, and will be discovered by anons.

I know for certain that Podesta is deeply concerned. He’s been receiving anonymous calls and emails from people saying they know the truth. Same with Hillary..”



Related: Seth Rich Plot Thickens: DC Insider Speaks of "Complete Panic" at "Highest Levels of DNC"

Lastly, reward posters for information on Seth Rich’s murder are popping up in D.C.

Four days ago, this poster offering a $130,000 reward was spotted at a bus stop on Rhode Island Ave. in the Columbia Heights section of Washington, DC, where Rich was gunned down early Sunday morning, July 10, 2016.




Related Articles:

Arkancide: Seth Rich was murdered for leaking DNC emails to WikiLeaks

Murdered DNC staffer Seth Rich was alive and conscious when found by police

ER surgeon at Seth Rich’s hospital says his wounds were not fatal

Owner of bar where Seth Rich was last seen alive, may have visited Obama White House 4 days earlier

Proof that owner of bar where Seth Rich was last seen alive visited White House 4 days earlier


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Mainstream Media Waging Information War On Trump, Says Russian Senator + Kalla Says Violent Extremism Results From Twisted Interpretation Of Islam
May 24 2017 | From: Infowars / JakartaGlobe / Various

Goal is to restrict Trump or impeach him under false pretexts.



A top member of Russian parliament has warned that the establishment media is waging an “information war” on President Donald Trump, with the goal to see him impeached or blocked from implementing his agenda – a mandate of the American people.

Related: Professor Steven Cohen: Assault on Trump presidency by intelligence agencies is greatest ever threat to national security


"President Trump has been facing an information war declared against him by the so-called mainstream media,”
said Alexey Pushkov, Chairman of Russia’s Federation Council Interim Commission on Information Policy.

“ Their goal is either to impeach Trump or limit his freedom of maneuver, bind him hand and foot.”

Earlier this week, Pushkov assessed that Congress was placing “another mine under Trump” by passing a bill to place sanctions on allies of Syria – which would include Russia.


"Seeking to impose sanctions on Syria’s pro-allies, the US Congress wants to disrupt the very possibility of reconstructing United States and Russia’s [public relations],”
he tweeted.

“Another mine under Trump.”



“If Trump approves the bill, he will sign his powerlessness to oppose McCain and Co. [If he] will not sign – will be the object of another attack,”
he went on, noting that the bill could present a no-win situation for Trump in the midst of the contrived ‘Russia conspiracy’ witch hunt.



““Democrats in the U.S. failed to [topple] Trump at election time - now preparing to put him through impeachment under false pretenses,”
he added.

Another Russian outlet, SM News, provides context for Pushkov’s statements.


“Member of the Federation Council Alexey Pushkov is convinced that the actions of the US Congress are contrary to the political course of American leader Donald Trump,”
reports the outlet. “The discrepancy concerns the Syrian question.”

“The senator believes such measures increasingly distance Russia and the United States from cooperation in the fight against terrorism in the region. In the end, even the possibility of interaction can be unreachable.”

The mainstream media has already admitted there’s “no evidence of collusion” between President Trump and Russia; in contrast, Trump’s opponent in the 2016 election, Hillary Clinton, was caught helping Putin gain control of a large percentage of America’s uranium, according to the New York Times.



Related: Top Republican: Coup Attempt Against Trump Being Led by GOP Insiders


“A Reuters report detailing how Trump campaign advisers were in contact with Russia during the last seven months of the campaign admits that there was no evidence of collusion between the two parties to influence the election, dismantling the left’s entire Russian narrative,”
reported Paul Joseph Watson.

“Although presented as another major scoop designed to damage Trump, the article, which is based on intelligence sources, completely vindicates him.”

Compare that to the New York Times piece from April 23, 2015:


“As the Russians gradually assumed control of Uranium One in three separate transactions from 2009 to 2013, Canadian records show, a flow of cash made its way to the Clinton Foundation. Uranium One’s chairman used his family foundation to make four donations totaling $2.35 million.

Those contributions were not publicly disclosed by the Clintons, despite an agreement Mrs. Clinton had struck with the Obama White House to publicly identify all donors. Other people with ties to the company made donations as well.

And shortly after the Russians announced their intention to acquire a majority stake in Uranium One, Mr. Clinton received $500,000 for a Moscow speech from a Russian investment bank with links to the Kremlin that was promoting Uranium One stock.



In other words, the mainstream media is projecting Clinton’s behavior on Trump.

Russian officials have made clear their disgust with the mainstream Western media and “schizophrenic” American political establishment.


“You know what surprises me? Those who are destabilizing the internal US political situation using anti-Russian slogans either don’t understand that they are bringing this nonsense in on their own side, and then they are just stupid, or else they understand everything, and then they are dangerous and corrupt people,”
said Vladimir Putin earlier this week. “

We see that the United States has been developing political schizophrenia, this is the only thing I can think of when I hear allegations saying that the president has revealed some secrets to Lavrov.”

“Are you guys American newspaper reading again? Don’t need to read them,” cautioned Russian Foreign Ministry spokeswoman, Maria Zakharova.

“They can be used in different ways, but there is no need to read lately. It is not only unhealthy, but dangerous.”

"Moscow has offered to release a full transcript of the meeting between President Trump and Russian ambassador, Sergey Lavrov, to prove that Trump did not disclose highly classified information, as the Washington Post has claimed in a report that the Kremlin called “utter nonsense.”


American MSM Worse Than Old Soviet Media






Related Articles:

President Trump's Trip Abroad

It’s Official! Infowars Receives White House Press Credentials

How Infowars Is Forcing Truth Into The MSM

Globalist Mag Urges WH Staff to Abandon Trump

Trump Touched A Glowing Orb In Saudi Arabia And Everyone Has Gone Insane

Defeating Deep State Coup D’état – Step 2: Stop Mainstream Media



Leaked Chat Logs Purport To Show ‘Deep State’ Planting Anti-Trump Stories With Media

Intel agents discuss Comey memo before it happened.



Images purportedly circulating on the “dark web” show unidentified individuals alleged to be members of the intelligence community scheming on how to plant stories with the media to embarrass President Trump.

The chat logs, taken from Gliph, an encrypted secure messaging service, purport to show a conversation:


“Held between approximately 5 individuals in the United States intelligence community on Wednesday, May 17th from 2:31 pm to 3:15 pm,”
reports the Third Estate Newsgroup.

Infowars cannot independently verify that the chat logs are genuine. They could have been mocked up. We are not asserting that they are authentic, although this story is now circulating and is worthy of discussion given the content of the messages.

The messages were leaked by an individual by the name of ‘FreshCamel’ who posted them on dark web message boards on Wednesday night.

He claims to have accessed a high-level FBI employee’s computer on April 24 via a falsified “phishing” email that installed spyware on the computer when a link was opened.

‘FreshCamel’ monitored the chats for weeks without realizing what they were but was alerted when a topic discussed on Wednesday became breaking news across the country just hours later.



The chat mentions “RR” and Mueller, a clear reference to Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein naming former FBI Director Robert Mueller as a special prosecutor to head up the investigation into collusion between Trump and Russia.


“RR isn’t taking shit and he knows our friends have stuff on him,”
writes one user called ‘Dooku’, adding, “I’m hearing Mueller, maybe by the end of the week.”

“Hearing that too, WH will be blind-sided,” responds another user called ‘Severus’.

Another user called ‘Jules’ subsequently comments, “RM is happening tonight,” to which ‘Dooku’ responds, “Tonight. Fuck. Quicker than I thought.”

Parts of the conversation also relate to MF (Michael Flynn), with the intention of putting him “back in the news” by having someone called ‘S’ draft a “memo” that connects Flynn to Turkey.

The next day, news broke that Flynn had allegedly accepted money from the Turkish government to block a plan to arm Kurdish forces in Syria.

A user called ‘Huck’ makes reference to “our friends in New York” in the context of the Flynn story.


“I’m sure we’ll need a few more “memos” down the road. Good practice,”
remarks ‘Severus’, ending the comment with a wink emoticon, a possible reference to the Comey memo that was reported later that day.

The chat log also mentions a “project” that involves feeding fake stories to someone referred to as “Limey,” which the Third Estate Newsgroup speculates is a reference to Louise Mensch, a ‘Never Trump’ British journalist who has become infamous for releasing dubious stories about Trump’s collusion with the Kremlin.


“Third Estate Newsgroup suspects, but cannot confirm, that this mention of “Limey” refers to Mensch, and if true, would suggest that Mensch’s “sources” might be members of the intelligence community, but could be feeding her false information to support their own leaking and disinformation operations,”
states the report.

Another portion of the chat mentions AEWP – possibly a reference to a Washington Post journalist – and a “tape” that was supposedly given to this individual.

The whistleblower who allegedly leaked the chats is not interested in U.S. politics and claims he initially thought the intel agents were just talking about routine job responsibilities.


“These screenshots might just be the first “proof” for Trump supporters who have decried the existence of a subversive “deep state” working to bring down Trump’s presidency for months.

Somehow, the individuals present in this chat were aware of both the timing and identity of the Special Prosecutor before he was announced, and seemed to provide the information used in the stories about Flynn that surfaced on Thursday,”
concludes the Third Estate Newsgroup report.

To emphasize, we cannot independently confirm the legitimacy of these messages and do not hold them up as evidence of a “deep state” conspiracy, but the content is intriguing nonetheless, and we leave it to our readers to decide their authenticity.


David Horowitz Lays Out Globalist Plan to Overthrow Trump







Kalla Says Violent Extremism Results From Twisted Interpretation Of Islam

Vice President Jusuf Kalla says religion is not a source of conflict and that recent incidents of extremism and terrorism across the globe are the result of an incorrect interpretation of Islam.

In a public lecture at the Oxford Center for Islamic Studies in England on Thursday (18/05), the vice president touched on a variety of issues, including wealth disparities, as the root causes of radicalism in Indonesia.

Related: Trump & 55 Muslim-majority states sign pact pledging 34,000 troops to fight ISIS in Iraq & Syria


“There are many root causes of radicalism – from economic, political, social and cultural factors combined. These factors then, as a rule, are justified by a twisted interpretation of religious teachings,"
Kalla said in his address, as quoted in a press release issued by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Jakarta on Friday.

Kalla said the government is planning to establish an international Islamic university in Jakarta, which will become a center for teaching peace and tolerance.

He said Indonesia is contributing to regional and global peace efforts by empowering moderate Muslims, or ummatan wasatan. Despite rising religious tensions in the archipelago, Kalla said Indonesian Muslims belong in this category, because they are inclusive, tolerant and harmonious believers.


“Only by empowering moderate Muslims in Indonesia and the Islamic world can we reduce the influence of radicalism and political extremism,"
Kalla said

He added that the government is doing its best to improve the welfare of Indonesians and to eradicate poverty.


“Only through such measures can we eliminate economic injustice, which is an ideal breeding ground for political extremism,"
Kalla said.

He also encouraged mosques in Indonesia to "continue to play a role in promoting tolerance and pluralism," as well as in creating prosperity, which he said can be achieved by them creating economic opportunities.

He concluded his speech by saying: "Diversity is a blessing, but unity must be earned."

Responding to a question related to the recent Jakarta gubernatorial election and the sentencing of incumbent Governor Basuki "Ahok" Tjahaja Purnama to a two-year prison term for blasphemy, Kalla emphasized that these events do not constitute discrimination but that it is proof of a democratic and lawful process, without government intervention.

BBC Indonesia meanwhile reported that Kalla likened Ahok's case with breaking lèse-majesté laws, or the crime of violating the dignity of a reigning sovereign, which exist in countries such as Thailand and the United Kingdom.

The Oxford Center for Islamic Studies, established in 1985, is a recognized independent center at the University of Oxford. Its mission is to encourage the scholarly study of Islam and the Islamic world.




President Trump's Speech at Arab Islamic American Summit in Saudi Arabia

Coverage of President Trump's Islam Speech in Saudi Arabia at the Arab Islamic American Summit.





Related: Transcript of Trump's speech in Saudi Arabia


Related Articles:

Saudi Foreign Minister Says He Wants to ‘Drain the Swamp’ During Presser

President Trump Participates in the Arab Islamic American Summit Riyadh

President Trump Participates in a Bilateral Meeting with the Amir of Kuwait

President Trump Participates in a Bilateral Meeting with the King of Bahrain

President Trump Participates in a Bilateral Meeting with the President of Egypt

President Trump Participates in a Bilateral Meeting with the Emir of Qatar


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Mind Control Theories And Techniques Used By Mass Media
May 24 2017 | From: WorldTruth

Mass media is the most powerful tool used by the ruling class to manipulate the masses. It shapes and molds opinions and attitudes and defines what is normal and acceptable.



TThis article looks at the workings of mass media through the theories of its major thinkers, its power structure and the techniques it uses, in order to understand its true role in society.


Related: Corporate Mass Media Controls Your Mind

Most of the articles on this site discuss occult symbolism found in objects of popular culture. From these articles arise many legitimate questions relating to the purpose of those symbols and the motivations of those who place them there, but it is impossible for me to provide satisfactory answers to these questions without mentioning many other concepts and facts.

I’ve therefore decided to write this article to supply the theoretical and methodological background of the analyzes presented on this site as well as introducing the main scholars of the field of mass communications.



Related: Monarch Mind Control & The MK-Ultra Program

Some people read my articles and think I’m saying “Lady Gaga wants to control our minds”. That is not the case. She is simply a small part of the huge system that is the mass media.



Programming Through Mass Media

Mass media are media forms designed to reach the largest audience possible. They include television, movies, radio, newspapers, magazines, books, records, video games and the internet.

Many studies have been conducted in the past century to measure the effects of mass media on the population in order to discover the best techniques to influence it.

From those studies emerged the science of Communications, which is used in marketing, public relations and politics.



Related: Apple Mind-Control News Is On The Way

Mass communication is a necessary tool to insure the functionality of a large democracy; it is also a necessary tool for a dictatorship. It all depends on its usage.

In the 1958 preface for A Brave New World, Aldous Huxley paints a rather grim portrait of society. He believes it is controlled by an “impersonal force”, a ruling elite, which manipulates the population using various methods.



"Impersonal forces over which we have almost no control seem to be pushing us all in the direction of the Brave New Worldian nightmare; and this impersonal pushing is being consciously accelerated by representatives of commercial and political organizations who have developed a number of new techniques for manipulating, in the interest of some minority, the thoughts and feelings of the masses.”

- Aldous Huxley, Preface to A Brave New World

His bleak outlook is not a simple hypothesis or a paranoid delusion. It is a documented fact, present in the world’s most important studies on mass media. Here are some of them:


Elite Thinkers

Walter Lippmann



Walter Lippmann, an American intellectual, writer and two-time Pulitzer Prize winner brought forth one of the first works concerning the usage of mass media in America. 

In Public Opinion (1922), Lippmann compared the masses to a “great beast” and a “bewildered herd” that needed to be guided by a governing class. He described the ruling elite as “a specialized class whose interests reach beyond the locality.

This class is composed of experts, specialists and bureaucrats. According to Lippmann, the experts, who often are referred to as “elites,” are to be a machinery of knowledge that circumvents the primary defect of democracy, the impossible ideal of the “omnicompetent citizen."

The trampling and roaring “bewildered herd” has its function: to be “the interested spectators of action,” i.e. not participants. Participation is the duty of “the responsible man”, which is not the regular citizen.



Related: Television Mind Control Exposed

Mass media and propaganda are therefore tools that must be used by the elite to rule the public without physical coercion. One important concept presented by Lippmann is the “manufacture of consent”, which is, in short, the manipulation of public opinion to accept the elite’s agenda.

It is Lippmann’s opinion that the general public is not qualified to reason and to decide on important issues. It is therefore important for the elite to decide ”for its own good” and then sell those decisions to the masses.


“That the manufacture of consent is capable of great refinements no one, I think, denies.

The process by which public opinions arise is certainly no less intricate than it has appeared in these pages, and the opportunities for manipulation open to anyone who understands the process are plain enough. . . . as a result of psychological research, coupled with the modern means of communication, the practice of democracy has turned a corner.

A revolution is taking place, infinitely more significant than any shifting of economic power. . . . Under the impact of propaganda, not necessarily in the sinister meaning of the word alone, the old constants of our thinking have become variables.

It is no longer possible, for example, to believe in the original dogma of democracy; that the knowledge needed for the management of human affairs comes up spontaneously from the human heart.

Where we act on that theory we expose ourselves to self-deception, and to forms of persuasion that we cannot verify. It has been demonstrated that we cannot rely upon intuition, conscience, or the accidents of casual opinion if we are to deal with the world beyond our reach.”


–Walter Lippmann, Public Opinion 

It might be interesting to note that Lippmann is one of the founding fathers of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), the most influential foreign policy think tank in the world.



This fact should give you a small hint of the mind state of the elite concerning the usage of media.


“Political and economic power in the United States is concentrated in the hands of a “ruling elite” that controls most of U.S.-based multinational corporations, major communication media, the most influential foundations, major private universities and most public utilities.

Founded in 1921, the Council of Foreign Relations is the key link between the large corporations and the federal government. It has been called a “school for statesmen” and “comes close to being an organ of what C. Wright Mills has called the Power Elite – a group of men, similar in interest and outlook shaping events from invulnerable positions behind the scenes.

The creation of the United Nations was a Council project, as well as the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank.”


– Steve Jacobson, Mind Control in the United States

Some current members of the CFR include David Rockefeller, Dick Cheney, Barack Obama, Hilary Clinton, mega-church pastor Rick Warren and the CEOs of major corporations such as CBSNike,Coca-Cola and Visa.


Carl Jung



Carl Jung is the founder of analytical psychology (also known an Jungian psychology), which emphasizes understanding the psyche by exploring dreams, art, mythology, religion, symbols and philosophy.

The Swiss therapist is at the origin of many psychological concepts used today such as the Archetype, the Complex, the Persona, the Introvert/Extrovert and Synchronicity. He was highly influenced by the occult background of his family.

Carl Gustav, his grandfather, was an avid Freemason (he was Grand Master) and Jung himself discovered that some of his ancestors were Rosicrucians.




Related: The Rosicrucians


This might explain his great interest in Eastern and Western philosophy, alchemy, astrology and symbolism. One of  his most important (and misunderstood) concept was theCollective Unconscious.


"My thesis, then, is as follows: In addition to our immediate consciousness, which is of a thoroughly personal nature and which we believe to be the only empirical psyche (even if we tack on the personal unconscious as an appendix), there exists a second psychic system of a collective, universal, and impersonal nature which is identical in all individuals.

This collective unconscious does not develop individually but is inherited. It consists of pre-existent forms, the archetypes, which can only become conscious secondarily and which give definite form to certain psychic contents.”


– Carl Jung, The Concept of the Collective Unconscious

The collective unconscious transpires through the existence of similar symbols and mythological figures in different civilizations. 

Archetypal symbols 
seem to be embedded in our collective subconscious, and, when exposed to them, we demonstrate natural attraction and fascination.

Occult symbols can therefore exert a great impact on people, even if many individuals were never personally introduced to the symbol’s esoteric meaning. Mass media thinkers, such as Edward D. Bernays, found in this concept a great way to manipulate the public’s personal and collective unconscious.




1955 Time Magazine cover featuring Carl Jung. Looks a little like Avatar, doesn’t it?


Edward  Bernays



Edward Bernays is considered to be the “father of public relations” and used concepts discovered by his uncle Sigmund Freud to manipulate the public using the subconscious.

He shared Walter Lippmann’s view of the general population by considering it irrational and subject to the “herd instinct”. In his opinion, the masses need to be manipulated by an invisible government to insure the survival of democracy.


“The conscious and intelligent manipulation of the organized habits and opinions of the masses is an important element in democratic society. Those who manipulate this unseen mechanism of society constitute an invisible government which is the true ruling power of our country.

We are governed, our minds are molded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never heard of. This is a logical result of the way in which our democratic society is organized. Vast numbers of human beings must cooperate in this manner if they are to live together as a smoothly functioning society.

Our invisible governors are, in many cases, unaware of the identity of their fellow members in the inner cabinet.”

– Edward Bernays, Propaganda

Bernay’s trailblazing marketing campaigns profoundly changed the functioning of American society.

He basically created “consumerism” by creating a culture wherein Americans bought for pleasure instead of buying for survival. For this reason, he was considered by Life Magazine to be in the Top 100 most influential Americans of the 20th century.


Harold Lasswell



In 1939-1940, the University of Chicago was the host of a series of secret seminars on communications. These think tanks were funded by the Rockefeller foundation and involved the most prominent researchers in the fields of communications and sociological studies.

One of these scholars was Harold Lasswell, a leading American political scientist and communications theorist, specializing in the analysis of propaganda.

He was also of the opinion that a democracy, a government ruled by the people, could not sustain itself without a specialized elite shaping and molding public opinion through propaganda.

In his Encyclopaedia of the Social Sciences, Lasswell explained that when elites lack the requisite force to compel obedience, social managers must turn to “a whole new technique of control, largely through propaganda.”

He added the conventional justification: We must recognize the:


“Ignorance and stupidity [of] … the masses and not succumb to democratic dogmatisms about men being the best judges of their own interests.”

Lasswell extensively studied the field of content analysis in order to understand the effectiveness of different types of propaganda.  In his essay Contents of Communication, Lasswell explained that, in order to understand the meaning of a message (i.e. a movie, a speech, a book, etc.), one should take into account the frequency with which certain symbols appear in the message, the direction in which the symbols try to persuade the audience’s opinion, and the intensity of the symbols used.

Lasswell was famous for his media analysis model based on: Who (says) What (to) Whom (in) What Channel (with) What Effect

By this model, Lasswell indicates that in order to properly analyze a media product, one must look at who produced the product (the people who ordered its creation),  who was it aimed at (the target audience) and what were the desired effects of this product (to inform, to convince, to sell, etc.) on the audience.



Related: Was Michael Jackson’s Neverland Ranch A Mind-Control Programming Site?

Using a Rihanna video as an example, the analysis would be as follows: WHO PRODUCED: Vivendi Universal; WHAT: pop artist Rihanna; TO WHOM: consumers between the ages of 9 and 25; WHAT CHANNEL: music video; and WHAT EFFECT: selling the artist, her song, her image and her message.

The analyzes of videos and movies on The Vigilant Citizen place a great importance on the “who is behind” the messages communicated to the public. The term “Illuminati” is often used to describe this small elite group covertly ruling the masses.

Although the term sounds quite caricatured and conspiratorial, it aptly describes the elite’s affinities with secret societies and occult knowledge.



However, I personally detest using the term “conspiracy theory” to describe what is happening in the mass media. If all the facts concerning the elitist nature of the industry are readily available to the public, can it still be considered a  “conspiracy theory”?

There used to be a variety of viewpoints, ideas and opinions in popular culture. The consolidation of media corporations has, however, produced a standardization of the cultural industry. Ever wondered why all recent music sounds the same and all recent movies look the same? The following is part of the answer:


Media Ownership



As depicted in the graph above, the number of corporations owning the majority of U.S. media outlets went from 50 to 5 in less than 20 years. Here are the top corporations evolving around the world and the assets they own.


“A list of the properties controlled by AOL Time Warner takes ten typed pages listing 292 separate companies and subsidiaries. Of these, twenty-two are joint ventures with other major corporations involved in varying degrees with media operations.

These partners include 3Com, eBay, Hewlett-Packard, Citigroup, Ticketmaster, American Express, Homestore, Sony, Viva, Bertelsmann, Polygram, and Amazon.com.

Some of the more familiar fully owned properties of Time Warner include Book-of-the-Month Club; Little, Brown publishers; HBO, with its seven channels; CNN; seven specialized and foreign-language channels; Road Runner; Warner Brothers Studios; Weight Watchers; Popular Science; and fifty-two different record labels.”

– Ben Bagdikan, The New Media Monopoly



AOL Time Warner owns:

64 magazines, including Time, Life, People, MAD Magazine and DC Comics
Warner Bros, New Line and Fine Line Features in cinema
More than 40 music labels including Warner Bros, Atlantic and Elektra
Many television networks such as WB Networks, HBO, Cinemax, TNT, Cartoon Network andCNN
Madonna, Sean Paul, The White Stripes




Viacom owns:

CBS, MTV, MTV2, UPN, VH1, Showtime, Nickelodeon, Comedy Central, TNN, CMT and BET Paramount Pictures, Nickelodeon Movies, MTV Films Blockbuster Videos 1800 screens in theaters through Famous Players




"Disney ownership of a hockey team called The Mighty Ducks of Anaheim does not begin to describe the vastness of the kingdom. Hollywood is still its symbolic heart, with eight movie production studios and distributors:

Walt Disney Pictures, Touchstone Pictures, Miramax, Buena Vista Home Video, Buena Vista Home Entertainment, Buena Vista International, Hollywood Pictures, and Caravan Pictures.
The Walt Disney Company controls eight book house imprints under Walt Disney Company Book Publishing and ABC Publishing Group; seventeen magazines; the ABC Television Network, with ten owned and operated stations of its own including in the five top markets; thirty radio stations, including all the major markets; eleven cable channels, including Disney, ESPN (jointly), A&E, and the History Channel; thirteen international broadcast channels stretching from Australia to Brazil; seven production and sports units around the world; and seventeen Internet sites, including the ABC group, ESPN.sportszone, NFL.com, NBAZ.com, and NASCAR.com.

Its five music groups include the Buena Vista, Lyric Street, and Walt Disney labels, and live theater productions growing out of the movies The Lion King, Beauty and the Beast, and King David.”


– Ibid

The Walt Disney Company owns:

ABC, Disney Channel, ESPN, A&E, History Channel
Walt Disney Pictures, Touchstone Pictures, Hollywood Pictures, Miramax Film Corp., Dimensionand Buena Vista InternationalMiley Cyrus/ Hannah Montana, Selena Gomez, Jonas Brothers





Vivendi Universal owns:

27% of US music sales, labels include: Interscope, Geffen, A&M, Island, Def Jam, MCA, Mercury, Motown and Universal Universal Studios, Studio Canal, Polygram Films, Canal +Numerous internet and cell phone companies Lady Gaga, The Black Eyed Peas, Lil Wayne, Rihanna, Mariah Carey, Jay-Z




Sony owns:


Columbia Pictures, Screen Gems, Sony Pictures Classics
15% of US Music sales, labels include Columbia, Epic, Sony, Arista, Jive and RCA Records
Beyonce, Shakira, Michael Jackson, Alicia Keys, Christina Aguilera
A limited number of actors in the cultural industry means a limited amount of viewpoints and ideas making their way to the general public.

It also means that a single message can easily saturate all forms of media to generate consent (i.e. “there are weapons of mass destruction in Iraq”).  



The Standardization of Human Thought

The merger of media companies in the last decades generated a small oligarchy of media conglomerates. The TV shows we follow, the music we listen to, the movies we watch and the newspapers we read are all produced by FIVE corporations.

The owners of those conglomerates have close ties with the world’s elite and, in many ways, they ARE the elite. By owning all of the possible outlets having the potential to reach the masses, these conglomerates have the power to create in the minds of the people a single and cohesive world view, engendering a “standardization of human thought”.

Even movements or styles that are considered marginal are, in fact, extensions of mainstream thinking. Mass medias produce their own rebels who definitely look the part but are still part of the establishment and do not question any of it.



Related: The New Mind Control: “Subliminal Stimulation”; Controlling People Without Their Knowledge

Artists, creations and ideas that do not fit the mainstream way of thinking are mercilessly rejected and forgotten by the conglomerates, which in turn makes them virtually disappear from society itself.


However, ideas that are deemed to be valid and desirable to be accepted by society are skillfully marketed to the masses in order to make them become self-evident norm.   In 1928, Edward Bernays already saw the immense potential of motion pictures to standardize thought:


"The American motion picture is the greatest unconscious carrier of propaganda in the world today. It is a great distributor for ideas and opinions. The motion picture can standardize the ideas and habits of a nation.

Because pictures are made to meet market demands, they reflect, emphasize and even exaggerate broad popular tendencies, rather than stimulate new ideas and opinions.

The motion picture avails itself only of ideas and facts which are in vogue. As the newspaper seeks to purvey news, it seeks to purvey entertainment.”


– Edward Bernays, Propaganda

These facts were flagged as dangers to human freedom in the 1930?s by thinkers of the school of Frankfurt such as Theodor Adorno and Herbert Marcuse. They identified three main problems with the cultural industry.


The Industry Can:

1. Reduce human beings to the state of mass by hindering the development of emancipated individuals, who are capable of making rational decisions;

2. Replace the legitimate drive for autonomy and self-awareness by the safe laziness of conformism and passivity; and

3. Validate the idea that men actually seek to escape the absurd and cruel world in which they live by losing themselves in a hypnotic state self-satisfaction.



The notion of escapism is even more relevant today with advent of online video games, 3D movies and home theaters.

The masses, constantly seeking state-of-the-art entertainment, will resort to high-budget products that can only be produced by the biggest media corporations of the world.

These products contain carefully calculated messages and symbols which are nothing more and nothing less than entertaining propaganda. The public have been trained to LOVE its propaganda to the extent that it spends its hard-earned money to be exposed to it.



Propaganda (used in both political, cultural and commercial sense) is no longer the coercive or authoritative communication form found in dictatorships: It has become the synonym of entertainment and pleasure.


"In regard to propaganda the early advocates of universal literacy and a free press envisaged only two possibilities: the propaganda might be true, or it might be false.

They did not foresee what in fact has happened, above all in our Western capitalist democracies - the development of a vast mass communications industry, concerned in the main neither with the true nor the false, but with the unreal, the more or less totally irrelevant. In a word, they failed to take into account man’s almost infinite appetite for distractions.”


– Aldous Huxley, Preface to A Brave New World

A single piece of media often does not have a lasting effect on the human psyche. Mass media, however, by its omnipresent nature, creates a living environment we evolve in on a daily basis. It defines the norm and excludes the undesirable.

The same way carriage horses wear blinders so they can only see what is right in front of them, the masses can only see where they are supposed to go.


“It is the emergence of mass media which makes possible the use of propaganda techniques on a societal scale.

The orchestration of press, radio and television to create a continuous, lasting and total environment renders the influence of propaganda virtually unnoticed precisely because it creates a constant environment. Mass media provides the essential link between the individual and the demands of the technological society.”


– Jacques Ellul

One of the reasons mass media successfully influences society is due to the extensive amount of research on cognitive sciences and human nature that has been applied to it.  


Manipulation Techniques


"Publicity is the deliberate attempt to manage the public’s perception of a subject. The subjects of publicity include people (for example, politicians and performing artists), goods and services, organizations of all kinds, and works of art or entertainment.”

The drive to sell products and ideas to the masses has lead to an unprecedented amount of research on human behavior and on the human psyche.



Cognitive sciences, psychology, sociology, semiotics, linguistics and other related fields were and still are extensively researched through well-funded studies.


“No group of sociologists can approximate the ad teams in the gathering and processing of exploitable social data. The ad teams have billions to spend annually on research and testing of reactions, and their products are magnificent accumulations of material about the shared experience and feelings of the entire community.”


– Marshal McLuhan, The Extensions of Man

The results of those studies are applied to advertisements, movies, music videos and other media in order to make them as influential as possible.

The art of marketing is highly calculated and scientific because it must reach both the individual and the collective consciousness.



In high-budget cultural products, a video is never “just a video,” Images, symbols and meanings are strategically placed in order to generate a desired effect.


"It is with knowledge of the human being, his tendencies, his desires, his needs, his psychic mechanisms, his automatisms as well as knowledge of social psychology and analytical psychology that propaganda refines its techniques.”


– Propagandes, Jacques Ellul (free translation)

Today’s propaganda almost never uses rational or logical arguments. It directly taps into a human’s most primal needs and instincts in order to generate an emotional and irrational response.

. If we always thought rationally, we probably wouldn’t buy 50% of what we own.

Babies and children are constantly found in advertisements targeting women for a specific reason: studies have shown that images of children trigger in women an instinctual need to nurture, to care and to protect, ultimately leading to a sympathetic bias towards the advertisement.

Sex is ubiquitous in mass media, as it draws and keeps the viewer’s attention. It directly connects to our animal need to breed and to reproduce, and, when triggered, this instinct can instantly overshadow any other rational thoughts in our brain.



Subliminal Perception

What if the messages described above were able to reach directly the viewers’ subconscious mind, without the viewers even realizing what is happening? That is the goal of subliminal perception.



The phrase subliminal advertising was coined in 1957 by the US market researcher James Vicary, who said he could get moviegoers to “drink Coca-Cola” and “eat popcorn” by flashing those messages onscreen for such a short time that viewers were unaware.


"Subliminal perception is a deliberate process created by communications technicians, by which you receive and respond to information and instructions without being consciously aware of the instructions”


– Steve Jacobson, Mind Control in the United States

This technique is often used in marketing and we all know that sex sells.



Although some sources claim that subliminal advertising is ineffective or even an urban myth, the documented usage of this technique in mass media proves that creators believe in its powers.

Recent studies have also proven its effectiveness, especially when the message is negative.


”A team from University College London, funded by the Wellcome Trust, found that it [subliminal perception] was particularly good at instilling negative thoughts.

There has been much speculation about whether people can process emotional information unconsciously, for example pictures, faces and words,” said Professor Nilli Lavie, who led the research.

We have shown that people can perceive the emotional value of subliminal messages and have demonstrated conclusively that people are much more attuned to negative words.”

A famous example of subliminal messaging in political communications is in George Bush’s advertisement against Al Gore in 2000.

Right after the name of Gore is mentioned, the ending of the word “bureaucrats” – “rats” – flashes on the screen for a split second.




The discovery of this trickery caused quite a stir and, even if there are no laws against subliminal messaging in the U.S., the advertisement was taken off the air.

As seen in many articles on The Vigilant Citizen, subliminal and semi-subliminal messages are often used in movies and music videos to communicate messages and ideas to the viewers.


Desensitization

In the past, when changes were imposed on populations, they would take to the streets, protest and even riot. The main reason for this clash was due to the fact that the change was clearly announced by the rulers and understood by the population. It was sudden and its effects could clearly be analyzed and evaluated.

Today, when the elite needs a part of its agenda to be accepted by the public, it is done through desensitization.

The agenda, which might go against the public best interests,  is slowly, gradually and repetitively introduced to the world through movies (by involving it within the plot), music videos (who make it cool and sexy) or the news (who present it as a solution to today’s problems).



After several years of exposing the masses to a particular agenda, the elite openly presents the concept the world and, due to mental programming, it is greeted with general indifference and is passively accepted. This technique originates from psychotherapy.


"The techniques of psychotherapy, widely practiced and accepted as a means of curing psychological disorders, are also methods of controlling people.

They can be used systematically to influence attitudes and behavior. Systematic desensitization is a method used to dissolve anxiety so the the patient (public) is no longer troubled by a specific fear, a fear of violence for example. […]

People adapt to frightening situations if they are exposed to them enough”.


– Steven Jacobson, Mind Control in the United States

Predictive programming is often found in the science fiction genre. It presents a specific image of the future – the one that is desired by the elite – and ultimately becomes in the minds of men an inevitability.

A decade ago, the public was being desensitized to war against the Arab world. Today, the population is gradually being exposed to the existence of mind control, of transhumanism and of an Illuminati elite.



Related: How To Become Immune To Mind Control | How TV Affects Your Brain Chemistry For The Worse

Emerging from the shadows, those concepts are now everywhere in popular culture. This is what Alice Bailey describes as the “externalization of the hierarchy”: the hidden rulers slowly revealing themselves.


Occult Symbolism in Pop Culture



Metropolis – a movie by the elite, for the elite?

Contrarily to the information presented above, documentation on occult symbolism is rather hard to find. This should not come as a surprise as the term “occult”, literally means “hidden".

It also means “reserved to those in the know” as it is only communicated to those who are deemed worthy of the knowledge. It is not taught in schools nor is it discussed in the media. It is thus considered marginal or even ridiculous by the general population.

Occult knowledge is NOT, however, considered ridiculous in occult circles. It is considered timeless and sacred. There is a long tradition of hermetic and occult knowledge being taught through secret societies originating from ancient Egyptians, to Eastern Mystics, to the Knights Templar to modern day Freemasons.



Even if the nature and the depth of this knowledge was most probably modified and altered throughout the centuries, mystery schools kept their main features, which are highly symbolicritualistic and metaphysical

Those characteristics, which were an intricate part of ancient civilizations, have totally been evacuated from modern society to be replaced by pragmatic materialism. For this reason, there lies an important gap of understanding between the pragmatic average person and the ritualistic establishment.


"If this inner doctrine were always concealed from the masses, for whom a simpler code had been devised, is it not highly probable that the exponents of every aspect of modern civilization – philosophic, ethical, religious, and scientific-are ignorant of the true meaning of the very theories and tenets on which their beliefs are founded?

Do the arts and sciences that the race has inherited from older nations conceal beneath their fair exterior a mystery so great that only the most illumined intellect can grasp its import? Such is undoubtedly the case.”


– Manly P. Hall, Secret Teachings of All Ages

The “simpler code” devised for the masses used to be organized religions. It is now becoming the Temple of the Mass Media and it preaches on a daily basis extreme materialism, spiritual vacuosity and a self-centered, individualistic existence.



This is exactly the opposite of the attributes required to become a truly free individual, as taught by all great philosophical schools of thought. Is a dumbed-down population easier to deceive and to manipulate?


“These blind slaves are told they are “free” and “highly educated” even as they march behind signs that would cause any medieval peasant to run screaming away from them in panic-stricken terror.

The symbols that modern man embraces with the naive trust of an infant would be tantamount to billboards reading, ‘This way to your death and enslavement,’ to the understanding of the traditional peasant of antiquity”


– Michael A. Hoffman II, Secret Societies and Psychological Warfare

This article examined the major thinkers in the field of mass media, the media power structure and the techniques used to manipulate the masses.  The  “mass population” versus “ruling class” dichotomy described in many articles is not a “conspiracy theory” (again, I hate that term), but a reality that has been clearly stated in the works of some of the 20th century’s most influential men.

Lippmann, Bernays and Lasswell have all declared that the public are not fit to decide their own fate, which is the inherent goal of democracy. Instead, they called for a cryptocracy, a hidden government, a ruling class in charge of the “bewildered herd.”



As their ideas continue to be applied to society, it is increasingly apparent that an ignorant population is not an obstacle that the rulers must deal with: It is something that is DESIRABLE and, indeed, necessary, to insure total leadership.

An ignorant population does not know its rights, does not seek a greater understanding of issues and does not question authorities.

It simply follows trends. Popular culture caters to and nurtures ignorance by continually serving up brain-numbing entertainment and spotlighting degenerate celebrities to be idolized.



Related: The War On Reality: How Globalists Occupy Your Mind To Control Everything

Many people ask me: “Is there a way to stop this?”

Yes, there is.  STOP BUYING THEIR CRAP AND READ A BOOK.


"If a nation expects to be ignorant and free, it expects what never was and never will be.”


– Thomas Jefferson


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Carbon Dioxide Revealed As The “Miracle Molecule Of Life” For Re-Greening The Planet & Leonardo DiCaprio’s War On Carbon Is Actually A War Against All Plants, Rainforests And Ecosystems On The Entire Planet
May 23 2017 | From: NaturalNews / Various

The “War on Carbon” is rooted in the most outrageously dangerous, dishonest and degenerate anti-science bunk that’s ever been shoveled into the minds of the masses. Far from being a “pollutant,” carbon dioxide is the “Miracle Molecule of Life” for re-greening the planet through reforestation.



This essential molecule supports the entire web of life on our planet, and without it, all plants, animals and humans would die.

Related: Inconvenient Reality: Al Gore’s Global Climate Apocalypse Never Took Place - He Now Says It Did But You Just Couldn’t Tell + Hero EPA Administrator Speaks Out Against Junk Science – Denies CO2 Is Primary Contributor To ‘Global Warming’!

Yet, despise this undeniable scientific fact, nearly all climate change activists and “environmentalists” have been brainwashed into believing that carbon dioxide is an evil gas that will destroy the planet.

They have been brainwashed into believing exactly the opposite of what is true.

That’s the power of the dishonest media, corrupted science and government-run science myths and depopulation narratives that function as not just a war on facts, but even a war on logic and reason.



Related: Monster snowstorm in Colorado forces postponement of climate change & global warming rally

Quite literally, environmentalists across the world now think the very molecule that all plant life depends on is evil and destructive. They want to eliminate it from the planet. Yet if they succeed, they will murder us all, and there won’t be a single human left alive on the entire planet. Is that what they want?


Climate Change Cultists Are Working to Destroy All Plant, Animal and Human life On the Entire Planet

If the CO2 slanderers get their way, they will drive CO2 toward zero and end up killing all plant life and human life on the planet, which seems to be part of the actual hidden goal of the globalists who openly talk about depopulation of the planet. (Yes, they hate humanity that much.)

These dangerous climate change cultists threaten all life on the planet, yet they ridiculously claim to be protecting life while complaining that there are “billions too many” humans living today.



Related: Al Gore Asks For 15 Trillion Dollars As “Global Warming” Protest Cancelled Due To Blizzards!

Scientifically stated, climate change alarmists are “photosynthesis deniers” who deny the role of CO2 in supporting virtually all known plant life on the planet. Without CO2, nearly all plants die in less than 24 hours. All forests would be dead. All food crops dead. All wetlands dead. A “mass extinction event,” courtesy of the idiotic mind of Al Gore.

Sadly, these people are scientifically illiterate on the subject of CO2, and this includes Bill Nye, Neil DeGrasse Tyson, Barack Obama, Al Gore and all the rest of the climate change alarmists who have no scientific background whatsoever in climatology or atmospheric chemistry.

Far from being science proponents, they are actually science clowns whose alarmist predictions of apocalypse and mass death actually describe what would happen if they eliminate CO2 from the atmosphere. If anything, our planet needs more carbon dioxide, not less, to support rainforests, food products and the re-greening of deserts and semi-arid regions. (See the full video below for details.)



The North Western Courier 1951 - www.weathermodificationhistory.com

Related: Geo-engineering Smoking Gun From 1951

For my own credentials as a scientist, I’m known as the Health Ranger, author of the #1 bestselling Amazon.com science book Food Forensics, as well as the founder and lab science director of CWC Labs, an internationally accredited (ISO-17025) analytical science lab that’s steeped in both organic and inorganic chemistry.

I’m the founder of the Natural Science Journal which has published scientific results for hundreds of water samples collected from across the USA, identifying heavy metals pollution (lead, copper, etc.), and I’m the recipient of two U.S. patents on science innovations, including this invention of “Cesium Eliminator” which removes radionuclides from the body following a nuclear accident.



Related: The CIA, Weather Warfare, and Climate Terrorism

More importantly, unlike Bill Nye and Neil DeGrasse Tyson, I’m not a sellout prostitute to the twisted science narratives of the delusional status quo. As an independent thinker, I’m a real scientist, unlike the climate change cultists who are little more than obedient conformists (which, by definition, is anti-science behavior).

Watch this new video on carbon dioxide to educate yourself about the reality of why CO2 is the “green” molecule for our planet:







Leonardo DiCaprio’s War On Carbon Is Actually A War Against All Plants, Rainforests And Ecosystems On The Entire Planet

When you hear the word carbon dioxide or CO2, what’s the first thought that springs to mind? If you are like most people, the answer will be “a pollutant.” For years scientists, the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), and the mainstream media have reported that the leading cause of climate change is heightened levels of CO2 in the atmosphere.

We have been told that CO2 is the villain wreaking havoc on all life on earth. Some climate alarmists such as Al Gore and Leonardo DiCaprio even started a war on CO2 to make the world a better, greener place. Though we have been told that the science is clear and the climate debate is over, scientific proof of this hypothesis in non-existent.

Related: What Happened To David Bellamy?

To the contrary, a world without CO2 is a goner. CO2 is partially made from carbon. Without carbon, life doesn’t exist. Our body, vitamins, and hormones are made of carbon.

The health-promoting cannabidiols (CBDs) in your hemp extract are made of carbon. Furthermore, plants need CO2 for their photosynthesis. While the list goes on, you get the gist. Carbon is essential to ALL life.

If we let climate change advocates have their way, we should eliminate all CO2, which would mean the end of civilization.

Even though these people call for a better world, what these scientists are really asking for is the suffocation and murder of all life on earth.



Related: BBC shunned me for denying climate change

If CO2 levels were to drop to zero, then the world would be a desolate place. Today, L.A. and other major metropoles around the world are thriving with life. These cities are packed with people, trees, grass, plants, animals, and insects.

Take away CO2, and you’ll take away life.


Have We Been Brainwashed and Tricked Into Believing the Opposite of What’s True?

As stated by Adams, climate change alarmists are not only scientifically wrong and illiterate, they are insane. In the past, when our world was flourishing, CO2 levels were 15 times higher.



Related: Geoengineering and Weather Modification Exposed

These “environmentalists,” however, claim that today’s carbon dioxide levels are at a record high. Although today our world is coping with the 410 part per million CO2 in the atmosphere, double the amount and the world would be more lush and green since plants are starving for CO2.


“Yet, despise this undeniable scientific fact, nearly all climate change activists and “environmentalists” have been brainwashed into believing that carbon dioxide is an evil gas that will destroy the planet.

They have been brainwashed into believing exactly the opposite of what is true.

That’s the power of the dishonest media, corrupted science and government-run science myths and depopulation narratives that function as not just a war on facts, but even a war on logic and reason,”
Adams wrote in a recent article.

Imagine a world where deserts could grow forests, fresh foods become more abundant and affordable, and jungles flourishing with life. You get it, right? CO2 is far from a pollutant; it is the “miracle molecule of life."


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Soros Expands Efforts To Keep “Net Neutrality” Censorship
May 23 2017 | From: Infowars / Various

Soros and Google have funded “net neutrality” Astroturf groups with $72 million since 2006.



When the Soros-funded effort to censor the Internet by preserving the Obama-era FCC “net neutrality” rules turns violent, you know President Trump’s effort to rescind the Obama rules is a battle to preserve the First Amendment on the Internet, turning back the government censorship of conservatives and libertarians the Soros forces truly crave.

Related: The FCC Votes to Kill Net Neutrality, Dismantle Title II Rules Governing ISPs

Mashable on Friday reported Donald Trump Jr. has come to recognize that Twitter is censoring his posts, as evidenced by Trump Jr. Instragram post Thursday morning that included the hastags: #censored, #twitter, #freespeech, and #thought.

On May 9, the Free Beacon reported British apologist John Oliver’s attempt on HBO to run a “Go FCC Yourself” campaign based on Pai’sRestoring Internet Freedom filing resulted in thousands of comments using fake names with bots posing as “Jesus Christ,” “Michael Jackson,” “Homer Simpson,” and “Melania Trump.”

The Free Beacon article also reported that various comments went so far as to issue death threats to Trump-appointed FCC Chair Ajit Pai and his family.



Related: Net Neutrality in New Zealand

A new website, Free Our Internet, has highlighted the key goals of the Soros-funded campaign to preserve the Obama-era “net neutrality” rules that allow the gateway giants like Google, Facebook, and Twitter to censor out conservative and libertarian sites like Infowars.com under their politically motivated “fake news” campaign.

Infowars.com has documented that Soros and Google have funded “net neutrality” Astroturf groups with $72 million since 2006 to control the Internet and censor sites like Infowars.com.

Free Our Internet notes that the Soros-Google funding is aimed at pushing big government allies to take control of the Internet in ways that benefit hard-left politics, with methods that include:

Implementing social media rules that ban viewpoints challenging their leftist worldview.

Threatening private internet platforms to silence and unmask dissenters or face boycotts or even government police action.

Pushing radical “media reform” schemes that insert the heavy hand of government control into our media and information marketplace.

Turning the internet into a government-owned, government-controlled utility.


"This is the most important battle of our generation,”
the Free Our Internet website insists.“It’s a fight against the tech-left, their corporate fellow travelers, and their big government allies to silence dissent and solidify their power once and for all.”

Related: Giving the Behemoths a Leg Up on the Little Guy


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Sweden Withdraws Arrest Warrant For Julian Assange, But…
May 22 2017 | From: Geopolitics / Various

Swedish prosecutors announced this morning that they were terminating their seven-year-old sex crimes investigation into Julian Assange and withdrawing their August 20, 2010, arrest warrant for him.



The chief prosecutor, Marianne Ny, said at a news conference this morning that investigators had reached no conclusion about his guilt or innocence, but instead were withdrawing the warrant because “all prospects of pursuing the investigation under present circumstances are exhausted” and it is therefore “no longer proportionate to maintain the arrest of Julian Assange in his absence.”

Related: Sweden drops investigation against Assange

Almost five years ago - in June, 2012 - the UK Supreme Court rejected Assange’s last legal challenge to Sweden’s extradition request. Days later, Assange entered the Ecuadorian Embassy in London, and two weeks later formally received asylum from the government of Ecuador.

He has been in that small embassy ever since, under threat of immediate arrest from British police if he were to leave. For years, British police expended enormous sums to maintain a 24-hour presence outside the embassy, and though they reduced their presence in 2015, continued to make clear that he would be immediately arrested if he tried to leave.

In February of last year, a U.N human rights panel formally concluded that the British government was violating Assange’s rights by “arbitrarily detaining” him, and it called for his release. But the U.K. Government immediately rejected the U.N. finding and vowed to ignore it.



Chief prosecutor Marianne Ny speaks during a press conference in Stockholm on Friday, May 19, 2017. Sweden’s top prosecutor said Friday she is dropping an investigation into a rape claim against WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange after almost seven years

Related: Sweden Withdraws Arrest Warrant for Julian Assange, but He Still Faces Serious Legal Jeopardy

That’s what normal people consider hypocrisy.

The European oligarchy that is running all of the affairs in the West is fond of spewing the virtues of human rights yet could not observe the same humane treatment even to their own people.

The government of UK is spending millions of taxpayers’ money just to prove a point, i.e. standing up against the monarchy is never tolerated.

So, now that the Swedish prosecution is withdrawing its own case against Assange, the British police announced that they would nonetheless arrest Assange if he tried to leave the embassy.




Defiant Julian Assange Speaks From The London Embassy In Ecuador:

WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange has claimed an “important victory” as he spoke outside the Ecuadorian Embassy in London hours after Sweden dropped the rape case against him.



Related:
CIA is world’s most dangerously incompetent spy agency - Assange

Raising a clenched fist to supporters outside his makeshift home for the past five years, the Australian claimed the “war is just commencing”.


“Today is an important victory for me and for the UN human rights system but it by no means erases… seven years without charge while my children grew up without me.

That is not something I can forgive. It is not something I can forget.”

His comments this afternoon come after he today posted a picture of himself on social media with a beaming smile after Swedish prosecutors dropped the rape case against him.





Trailer: Risk - Julian Assange is undeterred even as the legal jeopardy he faces threatens to undermine the organization he leads and fracture the movement he inspired





Police said Assange was still wanted for the crime of “failing to surrender” - meaning that instead of turning himself in upon issuance of his 2012 arrest warrant, he obtained refuge in the Ecuadorian embassy.

What is puzzling about the Assange case, and Wikileaks in general, is that the governments are not prosecuting those media networks which carried the leaks since the whole thing started.

This illustrates how powerful the corporate media really is in controlling government officials and their policies.



Still on the same subject, Chelsea Manning walks free after serving a 7-year commuted sentence, which also included extended periods of solitary confinement.


Related: Chelsea Manning Is a Free Woman: Her Heroism Has Expanded Beyond Her Initial Whistleblowing


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Republic Or Democracy And Self-Governance
May 22 2017 | From: Omnithought / Various

What exactly is a Republic? Have you ever even asked this question, or anything close to it?



Did you know that a Republic indicates that a Republican form of government is how the government is organized, and from that it is recognized and commonly accepted that the people are Self-Governing in a Republic and thus are, “Free from Things Public,” (Libera Res Publica, or Republic as stated in the Latin). In such a Republic the people are IN their private capacity going about their private business.

Related: The World Economy Explained With Just Two Cows

Comment: This article is very American and Christian in nature. However, it should be noted though that Western law is actually based largely upon Bibllical principles and references.


Republic Governance

A Republican form of government supports and protects the unalienable common rights of the people, who by the way, are the people that make up that very same government. For in a True Republic it is the People who ARE the government, not the people serving in government offices.

This is what is truly meant when it is said, a Government of the people, by the people, and for the people.

So then, government is OF the people, and not OF the “Duly Elected” Public Servants that serve in the Public Offices as Servants of the People. These very same Public Servants have been INTRUSTED with the authority and ordination of the People by Oath to carry out the Will of the People.

In no other way is this possible much less, and more importantly Lawful! Therefore, Public Servants are Agents and Servants FOR the Government and are not the Government!



Related: 8 Ways Control Freak Government Is Sabotaging Freedom And Making Life More Difficult For Us

So then, not out of disrespect for the sacrifices that one makes to serve in a Public capacity, all Public Servants should never be referred to as “The Government” or being OF Government, or, Government anything.

Wherefore, this directly implies that they still in their Private Capacity whilst serving in a Public Office and are using their Private capacity in a Public Office, which is an absolute no-no.

If such a thing were done, then this clearly is an indictable offense for conflict of interest at the very least as, “No man can serve two masters,” applies flawlessly to expose any criminal activities being kept hidden from the All Seeing Eye of the Public.

Can you see from this how Public and Private things are not to be commingled? When one is in and of the PUBLIC then they are to be in and of the PUBLIC only. Their private capacity is to be completely and totally separated from their PUBLIC capacity.

Again, they are the Servants and Agents FOR the People in a PUBLIC capacity ONLY, and the Private People ARE always the Government, never the agents and servants.



Related: Mathematical Report Proves Human Society Is Too Complex To Be Ruled By A Government

It is most unfortunate that this knowledge and under standing has become greatly confused in these modern times. The distinction between these two capacities is immeasurably important.

I hope that IF you do not see and under stand this very important fact-of-life, which is the way things are intended to work properly, that you will come to see and under stand this very important fact-of-life, its intent, and its purpose, and how it relates to government of the people, by the people and for the people.

For, “To Govern,” means CONTROL, and “Ment,” means MIND. In other words, to govern oneself is to, “Control [your] mind” and not have your mind controlled by others, or anything foreign to what you have naturally been created and born to do.



Related: The Rise And Rise Of Control-Freak Government

To have your mind be or become subject to the will and control of any other who is intended to be your equal directly violates, “We hold these truths to be SELF-EVIDENT that all men are created equal.” Equals are never intended to rule over equals, else how are they equals, for this very literally violates your unalienable right to, “Life, liberty and pursuit of happiness.”

Furthermore, and just as important, neither are you to have your mind be controlled by the desires of your own body made of flesh. This is the untaught meaning for, “Subdue the Earth and all that is in it,” which is referring to your body made of flesh and all of your thoughts and desires, which is the sum of who you truly are.

In other words, “Subdue your Body by taking every thought into capacity unto the obedience of Christ as a Joint Heir with Christ the Heir of ALL things, for God makes the Heir, not man.”

In other words, control your thoughts and you will be GOVERNING your mind in honor of the mandate to be SELF-GOVERNING.



Related: Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

This is only possible when you do not allow your thoughts to control, manipulate and drive your mind and desires by the passions and powers of the flesh and its five husbands, your five senses.

For if one cannot, or is unwilling to self-govern, then this is when one is in need of outside governance and administration just as Teddy Roosevelt said and warned the people.

For if one is going to truly ascend into all of the duties, obligations and responsibilities of Self-Governing, then how can this be accomplished without one being in control of their own mind?

I cannot count the number of times when I have heard people speaking of government in a disparaging manner, inferring that government is an evil group of people who are seeking to control them, their property, and their mind. How cowardly an accusation is this?



Related: Inflation: The Most Evil Threat = Governments Robbing Their Citizens

Let me explain just how cowardly this is in light of it is much easier to blame others, or something else, rather than take ownership of the folly, mistakes and gross errors that one has made.

What about your-own God-given responsibility to control your own mind? Do you think that does not exist? Well, have you ever considered these so-called out-of-control Public Servants are in places of power as a result of our lack of control of our own minds with the gifts that we have already been given and have received?

What gifts?! So, you claim you have not received any such gifts, and that they are a figment of one’s imagination… okay, then fine. Be a perpetual slave then, but cease and desist from complaining about your choice, because that is the decision you have made by the denial of the gifts you have already received.

For if you wish to deny and be in denial of, “You have already been given everything you need for Life and Godliness,” then who can possibly show and/or convince you that you do have these things by virtue of the mere fact of you being Born?



Related: Government Versus Anarchy

There are certain gifts that were indeed gifted to you the day you were born, and they are all WITHIN you. So then, it is up to you to discover them, as only you can discover them and no one else can show them to you, much less reveal them to you if you refuse to do your own investigation in to the matter for the sake of your-own benefit and peace.

Is it not the lack of recognizing our duties and responsibilities for Self-Governance that are indeed upon our shoulders as Joint Heirs WITH Christ the very key to all things that appear to be wrong in the world? The government is upon the shoulders of Christ is it not? “Christ is all and in all,” is He not?

Is it possible and most likely that the purpose of the so-called out-of-control Public Servants is to teach the hard facts-of-life pertaining to what it means to fail at self-governance? Since it is true that the power for one to govern themselves is WITHIN, and Christ in you is your only hope of manifesting that glory, then who is responsible?



Related: How A Secretive Elite Created The EU To Build A World Government

Who is at fault? Who is negligent? Who is making the mistake of looking for a source and/or people to blame outside of them, when they should be looking directly into the eyes of their reflection in the mirror saying, “YOU! YOU HAVE DONE THIS TO ME AND NO ONE ELSE!”

Do you have the guts to really fess up to that level of responsibility, or are you going to choose to avoid it and bury your head in the latest and greatest distraction to keep from thinking and considering the indictment that I have just expressed herein?

Have you ever considered that government officials can only be doing what you are failing to do for yourself, because you have allowed for a void to exist by your-own lack of Self-Governance? I should not have to quote the awesome example for this very thing spoken of in the 21st paragraph of former President Theodore “Teddy” Roosevelt’s, Jamestown Exposition speech given April 26, of 1907.



It is one of my most favorites of all time as its meaning is most precious and very revealing. Again, this paragraph sums up this exact point, precisely and without need of negotiation. Nevertheless, I have digressed far enough into this connecting point.

A pure Republic allows and perpetuates the people’s God-given unalienable rights and power of choice with full disclosure of what the consequences and information is for each choice. In other words, no knowledge is withheld, or kept hidden.

All knowledge and consequences are in plain sight! And, as of this posting, that reality is still a dream, unfortunately, as the people have never fully come into the knowledge and under standing of what a Republic and Republican form of government is truly about.



Related: Former CIA Agent Blows Whistle On Secret Shadow Government

Nevertheless, the people of a Republic can and do retain their right to choose, or they can honorably waive it for what ever reason they deem to be most profitable for their own sake, and if also necessary, for the sake of others. For the gain of one in their life is also a gain to all lives that pass-through and/or enter into their sphere of influence of that one life.


Democractic Governance

Now, what about Democracy? How does self-governance fit into DEMOCRACY? Are you aware that Democracy is the next thing to “Socialism” which is another form of “Communism?”

Well, this might be a shock to some of you, but such forms of government do not support Self-Governance, and they never can. That means any form of government that is not a Republican form of government can never  have all the liberties of a Republican form of government present and still remain functional, even at the most minuscule level.

Unfortunately, many people in these modern times of ours confuse the two forms of government quite often, because of grave misunderstandings due to the purposeful misinformation taught and perpetuated by Public education facilities and the major News Media, but more importantly resulting from the lack of desire for the people to want to know the truth no matter what the cost is to them personally, and then to dedicate themselves to living by that truth.



Related: Open Source Government: True Government Of The People, By The People And For The People

This is why knowledge and consequences for choices and decisions appear to be being withheld.

The ugly truth is… we have all chosen to allow ourselves to become distracted from our natural God-given duties and responsibilities to be self-governing.

So then, no matter what the reason, for fickleness, or for folly, we have not taken our duties and responsibilities with all the passion and fire necessary to maintain a Republican form of government…..of Control of our-own Minds.

Rather, we have all chosen to allow ourselves to be susceptible to any outside source of governance, manipulation and/or coercion.

No wonder at the close of the Constitutional Convention in Philadelphia on September 18, 1787, Benjamin Franklin’s reply to Mrs. Powel’s question of, “Well, Doctor, what have we got, a Republic, or a Monarchy?” was, “A Republic IF YOU CAN KEEP IT!”



Related: 10 Government Rulers Who Have Told Us A “Secret Government” Rules The Earth

Based upon historical fact and the current conditions that are now present with the United States, I hereby firmly conclude that Benjamin Franklin knew full well the pitfalls and challenges that the people were facing and most importantly their willful lack FOR self-governance.

Therefore, it is very clear to me that Doctor Franklin’s opinion of the people overcoming the needed flaws of character and shortcomings to maintain the great American Republic was unlikely, and less than favorable to its success. Hence, this is why Doctor Franklin used the key challenging words, “IF YOU CAN KEEP IT,” to give notice and warning to the people in the most ominous of natures.

Literally, I firmly think that Doctor Franklin was saying, “I dare you to prove me wrong.” 

Well, so far, we, as a people, have not succeeded at that now, have we? Who here can honestly speak that such insight was in error, or grossly negligent of understanding the condition and character of the people? But, do not get me wrong about Benjamin Franklin.



He did not say this to bate and provoke us to anger, but to inspire and encourage us to meet the challenge head on by facing who and what we truly are!

He knew then as some know now, this is the only way that true liberty can ever be experienced in this physical form. Therefore, Benjamin Franklin would not be more pleased than the people proving him wrong by their acts and deeds in support of maintaining and perpetuating the greatest of all Republics ever known to Mankind.

Did you know that, “Democracy,” means “Priest rule,” or, “Ruled by the Priest?” Priest? Huh? What Priests? Since when are politicians, judges and bureaucrats priest? Perhaps a better question is, “Who could these Priests possibly be in this modern present moment?”

The class of priest that is being referred to here should be well-known to many of you by now. However, due to the plethora of distractions all around us each and everyday, it is very possible that you may not know, even though I have made an issue of this very point in past writings.

Let me put it to you this way, “Woe, to you lawyers, For you have taken away the key to knowledge.” (How many of you have ever questioned what this key to knowledge is, much less sought after it to find and discover it for yourselves?)



Related: Have You Ever Felt Like The Government Doesn’t Really Care What You Think?

“You did not enter in yourselves, and those who were entering in you hindered.”
In other words, the people who have discovered who and what your kind of priesthood actually is, and its devilish purpose, you go after them directly…lying and manufacturing fabrications in order to maintain your lies and deceits for fear of being exposed.

Yes, folks, in to-days modern world these very priests bare the title of, “ESQUIRE” as members of the Court of Saint James of the Middle Temple BAR of the Knights Templar.

This is part of the reason why the original 13th amendment of the Constitution FOR the united States of America outlawed any one who held a title of nobility from being able to serve the people in a Public Office.


Esquire is indeed a title of nobility. They were fully aware that these pious-pukers were of a priesthood that is foreign to the Law and Commandments of the Most High God, which are fully supported by the Law of the Air, as well as the Law of the Land; not by the Law of the Sea.



In other words, to-day’s ATTORNEY’S, with the exception of Title-42 Lawyers, are exactly the same as the Pharisee’s of old. After all, “There is nothing new under the sun,” is there?

Only the names, terms and words have been changed in order to repackage and deploy the exact same tactics to different generations that have not remembered, or been taught their history.

That is part of the diabolical plan of confusion and misdirection that is at the heart of those that wish to, “Kill the Heir,” (Joint Heirs with Christ) so that the inheritance may become THEIRS.

If you get my underlying point with this connection, then you must also see that this is at the heart of the Spiritual Warfare that has been taking place on this planet ever since mankind found himself domiciled and inhabited on this Earth.



Related: CAFR (Comprehensive Annual Financial Report) Collateral Accounts: Taxes And Government Fraud Against Citizens Around The World

But, you still think that Democracy is not a bad thing, eh? Well, consider that Noah Webster said Democracy is, “Often the most tyrannical government on earth.” With the recent history of the United States, how can anyone deny this and remain with honor much less look at themselves in the mirror?

The Legislative Democracy of the United States has become totally and entirely imperialistic. Who among us cannot see this to be true? More importantly, how is it that anyone cannot see this?

Furthermore, it is very clear that the Forefathers of the great American Republic cherished liberty, N-O-T Democracy! Despite any such beliefs to the contrary, there is no liberty under a Democracy.

Karl Marx even said, “Democracy is the road to socialism.” YIKES!



So then, from Democracy that masquerades AS Government things can only go in one direction, or do you still say otherwise? For all of the facts support irrevocably it is all downhill from a Democracy just as we have witnessed with this nation since the War of Aggression by the North.

Moreover, Plato even postulated, “Dictatorship naturally arises out of democracy.”

This very quote in consideration of the power of the Executive Order that the Command-in-Chief of the Military [Dictatorship] wields should enable you to connect the dots without a problem.

I should not have to ask the question what is the difference between the two of these and how they are connected, because there is no difference. The only question remaining to be answered is, do you see this, or not?

So then, Democracy is made to look like a Republican form of Government, but it is actually a “Mob Rule” form of government giving the impression of representation and rule by it’s citizens.




Related: Radicalisation Awareness Kit: Government's New Booklet For Schools Links Green Activism, 'Alternative Music' To Terrorism

This is why you get to cast a vote that does not count, resulting in the fact that you never actually do lawfully “Elect” a Public Servant anymore.

Mark my words, this is one of the most deceptive means of hidden rule that ought to be plainly known and common knowledge by now, because all of the history that one can self-educate themselves with reveals these facts to everyone so they can clearly see and know the difference.

In this regard, there is no one without excuse for not knowing and under standing the difference between these two forms of government.


Related Articles:

Are You A Mind-Controlled CIA Stooge? + The Term “Conspiracy Theory” Was Invented By The CIA In Order To Prevent Disbelief Of Official Government Stories

Does The Local Government Act Amendment Bill Result In Amalgamation By Stealth? Local Body Developments

And Now The Government Are Coming For Whistleblowers: New Law Targets People Who Leak Classified Information

The Secret Government Rulebook For Labeling You A Terrorist

The Government's Disregard For Evidence Is An Own Goal

How Billionaires Use Non-Profits To Bypass Governments And Force Their Agendas On Humanity

A Constitutional Timebomb: Is New Zealand’s Government And Court System Unlawful?

The Proof Is In: The US Government Is The Most Complete Criminal Organization In Human History


Young People Feel Betrayed By New Zealand Government

‘The Black Spider Memos': Prince Charles, Secrecy And The British Government

Sauron Rules in Washington

How Information Is Controlled by Washington, Israel, and Trolls, Leading to Our Destruction

A Government of Morons

US has “longstanding tradition” of aggression under invented pretexts


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

DNC Staffer Seth Rich Leaked 44,000 Emails To WikiLeaks Before His Murder + Did Washington Post Publish Dubious Russia Story To Distract From Seth Rich Bombshell?
May 21 2017 | From: TrueActivist / Infowars / Various

After almost a year of conspiracy theories linking the staffer’s death to the DNC, private investigator Rod Wheeler has come forward with information indicating that those theories may not be too far off.



New information has surfaced regarding the murder of Seth Rich, the Democratic National Committee staffer who was mysteriously killed last July in what Washington D.C. police claimed was a botched robbery despite no evidence to back the claim. After almost a year of conspiracy theories linking the staffer’s death to the DNC, private investigator Rod Wheeler has come forward with information indicating that those theories may not be too far off.

Related: FBI Has Forensic Evidence That Ties Wikileaks To Seth Rich

The former D.C. detective, hired by Rich’s family, indicated to local Fox affiliate Fox 5 that “there is tangible evidence on Rich’s laptop that confirms he was communicating with WikiLeaks prior to his death.”Wheeler believes the murder is being covered up and said a source inside the department told him D.C. police have been told not to investigate the case.

According to Wheeler:


"
The police department nor the FBI have been forthcoming. They haven’t been cooperating at all. I believe that the answer to solving his death lies on that computer, which I believe is either at the police department or either at the FBI. I have been told both.”

“I have a source inside the police department that has looked at me straight in the eye and said, ‘Rod, we were told to stand down on this case and I can’t share any information with you.’ Now, that is highly unusual for a murder investigation, especially from a police department.

Again, I don’t think it comes from the chief’s office, but I do believe there is a correlation between the mayor’s office and the DNC and that is the information that will come out [Tuesday].”

Asked if his sources have told him that information exists linking Rich to Wikileaks, he said, “Absolutely. Yeah. That’s confirmed.”

Wikileaks founder Julian Assange gave no comment on the allegations but has not denied working with Rich and retweeted the breaking story shortly after it broke Monday evening. Wikileaks has offered a reward of $20,000 for information leading to the conviction of the murderer, and Assange previously implied Rich was involved in the leaks.


Julian Assange on Seth Rich

Julian Assange seems to suggest on Dutch television program Nieuwsuur that Seth Rich was the source for the Wikileaks-exposed DNC emails and was murdered.





A spokesman for Rich’s family, Brad Bauman, stated Tuesday that the family had not authorized Wheeler to speak on their behalf and wanted to keep the focus on finding Seth’s murderers.


“Even if tomorrow, an email was found, it is not a high enough bar of evidence to prove any interactions as emails can be altered and we’ve seen that those interested in pushing conspiracies will stop at nothing to do so. We are a family who is committed to facts, not fake evidence that surfaces every few months to fill the void and distract law enforcement and the general public from finding Seth’s murderers,” said Bauman.

Regardless, Fox News released a separate, full report on Tuesday with new details on the investigation Tuesday morning, dropping the bombshell that a federal investigator has corroborated Wheeler’s claims.

The outlet reported that “an FBI forensic report of Rich’s computer - generated within 96 hours after Rich’s murder - showed he made contact with WikiLeaks through Gavin MacFadyen, a now-deceased American investigative reporter, documentary filmmaker, and director of WikiLeaks who was living in London at the time, the federal source told Fox News.”

According to the report, “44,053 emails and 17,761 attachments between Democratic National Committee leaders, spanning from January 2015 through late May 2016, were transferred from Rich to MacFadyen before May 21.”

D.C. police insisted they’re working with the family to find the killers, offering a reward of $25,000 for information leading to the arrest and conviction of those responsible, while a separate reward of $130,000 has been offered by Republican lobbyist Jack Burman.

According to the anonymous federal investigator, he has “seen and read the emails between Seth Rich and WikiLeaks” and says the FBI is in possession of the damning evidence.



It is important to note that the mainstream media, including the Washington Post, has been widely criticized for citing anonymous sources in its reporting on Russian election hacking claims.

Regardless, the FBI has not yet commented on the allegations.



Did Washington Post Publish Dubious Russia Story To Distract From Seth Rich Bombshell?

DC Police ordered to cover-up revelation that Rich was in contact with Wikileaks.



The Washington Post published its dubious story on President Trump leaking classified information to the Russians less than an hour after the bombshell news broke that murdered DNC staffer Seth Rich was in contact with Wikileaks and that DC Police were ordered to cover it up.

Related: Seth Rich Family Detective Tells FOX 5 DC THERE IS EVIDENCE Seth was “Emailing” Wikileaks

The coincidental timing has led many Trump supporters to accuse the Post of publishing their story in an attempt to distract the rest of the media from focusing on the massive new revelations in the Seth Rich case.


Report: Slain DNC Staffer Was in Contact With WikiLeaks





The Washington Post story was published around 57 minutes after the Seth Rich story broke.



Related: Seth Rich Family Detective Drops Bombshell on Hannity

Rich was murdered in an upscale area of Washington DC on July 10 last year but the killer or killers did not steal anything from the victim, rendering the police’s explanation that the incident was a robbery gone wrong doubtful.

Infowars reported on the questions surrounding Seth Rich’s murder multiple times back in August last year, including how there was around an hour and a half of “unaccounted for” time between Rich leaving a bar and being killed.

Brad Bauman, a crisis communications manager for the Democratic Party, was hired by RIch’s family to act as their spokesman. Bauman’s first action was to insist that people stop questioning the unsolved circumstances behind Rich’s murder.

Speculation later raged as to whether Rich was trying to get in contact with the FBI to speak to agents about an “ongoing court case” involving the Clintons.

During a subsequent television interview in August, Wikileaks Julian Assange appeared to confirm that Rich was the source for the DNC leak, dismantling the claim that Russia was responsible for the leak.


Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window: These officers wore body cams: We need the video of their response, and subsequent handling. Seth Rich was alive when found, and only pronounced dead an hour and a half later

Related: Seth Rich Was Alive When Found: Officers That Handled Seth Rich Had Strong Clinton Ties

Rod Wheeler, a private investigator hired by the Rich family, has now confirmed that Rich’s laptop contains evidence proving that he was in contact with WIkileaks before his death and that DC Police were ordered to cover it up.


“I have a source inside the police department that has looked at me straight in the eye and said, ‘Rod, we were told to stand down on this case and I can’t share any information with you.’ Now, that is highly unusual for a murder investigation, especially from a police department,”
said Wheeler.




Related:
Dems Walk Back Trump Impeachment Calls Amid Seth Rich Probe


“The police department nor the FBI have been forthcoming,"
said Wheeler. “They haven’t been cooperating at all. I believe that the answer to solving his death lies on that computer, which I believe is either at the police department or either at the FBI. I have been told both,”he added.

The true narrative behind Seth Rich’s murder is potentially devastating for Democrats because it would virtually disprove their entire narrative that Russia “hacked” the US presidential election by colluding with Wikileaks and the Trump administration.

It would also raise questions as to whether Seth Rich was murdered in retribution for the DNC leak and to prevent him leaking any further information.



Related: Political assassination? Law enforcement sources claim murdered staffer Seth Rich leaked DNC emails to WikiLeaks, investigation being blocked

Clinton campaign chairman John Podesta, whose email hack was also blamed on the Russians with no evidence, once wrote an email on the subject of leaks negatively affecting Hillary Clinton, stating:


“I’m definitely for making an example of a suspected leaker whether or not we have any real basis for it.”

There is no evidence that Podesta or anyone on the Clinton campaign was involved in Rich’s murder, but that email is doing the rounds once again the aftermath of the huge new revelations about the case.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Attempted Political Coup Now Taking Place In D.C. With Effort To Impeach Trump For Fabricated “Obstruction Of Justice” & CNN’s Bash Bash Admits Comey Memo Is “Deep State” Revenge Against Trump
May 20 2017 | From: NaturalNews / Infowars / Various

The Washington Post, now exposed as a CIA propaganda front, and the New York Times (a fiction-pimping anti-American rag owned by a Mexican national) have tag-teamed their way to their desired finish line: The impeachment and indictment of President Donald J. Trump.



This has been accomplished through the publishing of a seemingly endless stream of utterly fabricated fake news stories, nearly all of which are based on “anonymous sources” that are probably little more than schizophrenic voices in the heads of the reporters writing the “news” in the first place.

Related: There is no chance that Donald Trump will be impeached

The aim has been to accuse President Trump of every imaginable crime, from “leaking intel to the Russians” to “obstruction of justice.” Keep in mind that these same discredited media outlets gave Obama a pass when he laundered $1.7 billion in cash and delivered it to Iran on a military cargo plane.

They are the same fake news media that looked the other way when Bill Clinton met with Loretta Lynch on the tarmac in a private meeting to pressure Lynch to back off any potential criminal investigation of Hillary Clinton’s long list of crimes.

They are the same anti-American media that said nothing when Hillary Clinton cheated during the presidential debates by receiving the debate questions in advance from CNN. (She also pre-sold her anticipated presidency by collecting tens of millions of dollars in “donations” and “speaking fees” from foreign interests.)



Related: The Assault on Trump

They are the same media that stood silent when former President Obama weaponized the IRS to suppress the speech of conservative non-profits. Similarly, nobody in the media seems to be alarmed at all that Obama abused the state surveillance apparatus to spy on his political opponents such as Rand Paul.

These are all serious crimes, serious abuses of power and treasonous acts carried out by Obama, a Democrat. Yet the left-wing media remains silent on every one of them.

What’s obvious from all this is that, according to the left-wing media, Democrats can do no wrong and all their crimes are whitewashed by default (even the obvious murder of Seth Rich). Yet Republicans are instantly guilty of the worst crimes imaginable, even when they’ve done nothing wrong at all.

REAL crimes committed by Democrats are deliberately overlooked, in other words, while FAKE accusations against Republicans are hyped up until they’re made to look legitimate and damning, to the point where Democrats are all madly hyperventilating and claiming to be “triggered” by nearly everything.



Related: Gowdy Hints at Clinton Wrongdoing: It’s Worse Than You Think

It is against this background of wild disinformation, media lies and conspiratorial plotting that President Trump is now facing the most serious challenge of his administration: An aggressive attempt to remove him from office through impeachment and indictment over entirely fabricated, baseless accusations that are lacking any real facts.


Congressman Al Green Just Called for Trump’s Impeachment on the House floor

Right on cue, Texas congressman Al Green (a Democrat from Houston, no surprise) just called for Donald Trump’s impeachment. As Zero Hedge reports:


“For now it is unclear what Congressman Al Green’s reasoning is… apart from anonymously-sourced evidence-free reports from a clearly biased mainstream media perpetuating a narrative designed to ‘resist’.

Apparently the argument is that Trump “obstructed justice”, although we hope Mr. Green has some evidence to back up his accusations
.”

Indeed, nearly every media accusation against Trump has been based on nothing but innuendo, misleading headlines, fake “anonymous sources” (a Washington Post favorite) or outright misrepresentations of hard facts.

The New York Times and Washington Post have deliberately published fake news, then whipped it all into a “media circle jerk” frenzy where the same false stories are repeated across the ‘net, all hyped up by Facebook’s selective oppression of liberty-oriented news so that left-wing media lies are more easily shared.



Related: Deep State / Mainstream Media Pushes Coup D’état Against Trump

Google then tweaks its search engine algorithms to censor truth media while giving extra rankings to the lies of the left-wing media, making sure that all searches on political topics return mainstream media propaganda results rather than independent media stories that are actually far more truthful.

The fix is in, in other words, and it’s a coordinated network involving the media, tech giants, deep state intelligence organizations and of course late night television which drives all the false narratives into the brains of young, gullible hipsters.


The Goal of All This is the Overthrow of the Republic and the Final Crushing of All Voices of Liberty

As should be obvious by now, the Democrats seek to run a totalitarian, fascist police state that they control. It will be called a “tolerant” society, of course, where anyone who disagrees with any left-wing narrative is censored off the ‘net, labeled a threat to humanity and imprisoned or executed.

The Boston Herald is already calling for mass executions of people who disagree with California’s SB 277 vaccine mandate which allows the state government to force mass injections of toxic substances into human babies. Netflix has now memory-holed videos that teach the science of genetics, making sure that nobody remembers how gender is determined by XX or XY chromosomes, not a “momentary feeling” of a gender-confused individual.



Related: POTUS Trump Signs EO to Investigate Voter Fraud

Google eliminated the entire NaturalNews.com website from its index for a six-day period, attempting to memory hole 140,000+ independent news articles, and Facebook is now blocking nearly all sharing of independent media in order to make sure that only the fake news narratives of the delusional Left can be shared on its twisted social media platform (which serves as little more than a front for the NSA to collect intelligence on the citizenry).

The real goal in all this - which is also being pursued by the evil globalist Jeff Bezos, founder of Amazon.com and owner of the fake news Washington Post - is the overthrow of the Republic.

This will be followed, of course, by a massive false flag school shooting, a call for the complete disarmament of the U.S. citizenry, and a final rollout of the totalitarian police state run by Leftists.

All liberty-oriented websites will be de-indexed from Google, banned from Facebook sharing, blocked by email ISPs and possibly even shut down at the domain level through government seizures of domain names. All voices of liberty will be silenced, and only obedient conformity will be tolerated in the name of “tolerance.”



Related: Russia Prepared to Release Transcript of Trump-Lavrov Meeting to Debunk Witch Hunt

We are right now on the very precipice of this unfolding before our very eyes in the days ahead. An effort is under way to impeach President Trump or declare him mentally unfit. Rumors are swirling that his own cabinet is prepared to say he suffers from Alzheimer’s or dementia and is therefore “unfit for command” and must be replaced.

An actual political coup is forming up at this very moment, and the anti-American forces within the media and the bureaucracy are planning to move swiftly to out-pace public awareness or dissent against the coup that’s taking place.



Why a Coup Against Trump Would Likely Set Off a Civil War and a Catastrophic Market Collapse

I plan to discuss this is more detail in a subsequent article, but according to my analysis, a coup against President Trump is likely to be the catalyst for the outbreak of civil war as well as a catastrophic market crash. Comment: While it is highly unlikely that the Alliance will allow a manufactured coup to take place, proceedings are in a fairly tenuous sotuation.



Related: Comey Caught Committing Perjury to Congress?

In that civil war, I predict a strong possibility that the headquarters of Google, Facebook, Twitter and other tech gatekeepers will be overrun by pro-America forces in order to halt their collusion with fascist left-wing traitors who are trying to overthrow the Republic.

We should expect to see similar strategic occupation efforts targeting the Washington Post and the New York Times, which is where all the anti-American propaganda originates, run by nefarious globalists who despise liberty and Trump.

I would not be surprised at all to see all the major media centers of America seized and forced to stop running their anti-American, anti-liberty, fascist propaganda that has deliberately sought to overthrow the duly elected President of these United States.

On the streets, the mass protests will of course spill out across every U.S. city, where brainwashed, delusional left-wing activists will carry out mass violence against innocent white people, looting white neighborhoods and torching white-owned businesses.

Trump Makes Video of Democrat Hypocrisy on Comey Firing






This mass violence will be uncontrolled and unstoppable by local police, who will be vastly outnumbered. At some point, watch for local citizens who own firearms to start shooting back in their own defense, and from there it all escalates into open warfare on the streets of America. (Hint: Gun owners who can accurately shoot rifles will out-range the left-wing criminals who only know how to use handguns.)

If you are not yet prepared for the outbreak of mass violence across America, your time is running short. You will obviously need a means of self-defense, and you will need plenty of organic survival food, a non-electric water filter, emergency first aid items and emergency communications gear.



Related: The ‘Soft Coup’ of Russia-gate

If you don’t yet own a firearm for your protection, find recommended choices for self-defense at Guns.news and Gear.news. You will need plenty of hollow point ammo, which you can find at MidwayUSA.com or AmmoToGo.com.

My personal recommendation is to acquire a Glock 19 as your starting pistol, and get a POF-USA.com rifle if it’s legal to own one in your area. (If it’s not legal to own a rifle, you are living in the wrong state. Time to move…)

Prepare to defend your property, your community and perhaps even your country. It really is coming down to an outbreak of civil war across America, and the insane, fascist Left will stop at nothing to stomp out all voices of liberty and install their own totalitarian system of government under which no dissent is allowed at all.



Related: The Comey affair; lies and reality pass like trains in the night

Leftism is fascism, remember. If you do not agree with all their insane, delusional narratives about climate change, transgenderism, government spending or socialized health care, then you will be silenced and punished.

The book burnings have literally begun; the Left’s calls for the mass killings of the voices of liberty are on the rise, and the Left has become a mindless mass of dangerous zombies who are mentally ill (and extremely violent). This will obviously not end peacefully.



How to Stay Informed Events Unfold:

STOP using Google as your search engine. Start using GoodGopher.com instead.

STOP using Google News to find out what’s happening. Use Censored.news< instead.

STOP using Facebook, period. Use GAB.ai instead.

STOP buying from Amazon.com. Every purchase funds the same owner as the Washington Post, which is a traitorous, fake news propaganda front that’s actively trying to overthrow the Republic.

NEVER believe what you get from NPR, NYT, CNN, WashPost or other anti-American, left-wing media outlets. They are all deliberately fabricating fake news that’s intended to overthrow the Republic and crush all voices of liberty and reason.

Each day, go directly to NaturalNews.com, NewsTarget.com, Trump.news or other websites to find out what’s happening. Natural News is now updated every morning and evening, so check it at least twice a day.

Subscribe to our email newsletter to receive email alerts. Do not use a gmail address, as gmail deliberately blocks Natural News content as a form of censorship.



Related Articles:

Deep State Plots Revenge Against Donald Trump

Trump Faces Deepest Crisis of Presidency With Comey Memo

Fast and Furious: Now They’re Really Gunning for Trump

Putin: Reading US Newspapers Is Dangerous – We Are Willing to Release Transcripts of Trump-Lavrov WH Meeting

Trump 'leaking secrets' to Lavrov shows US plagued by political schizophrenia - Putin

Soros Could Crash US Dollar by Pushing Trump Impeachment

Drudge Slams Media ‘Bloodsport’ Of Going After Trump

President Trump Gives Joint Statements with President Erdogan

Trump’s White House Purge to Begin Today?




CNN’s Bash Bash Admits Comey Memo Is “Deep State” Revenge Against Trump

They "know how to get back, even if you're the president."



CNN’s Dana Bash let slip the true motivation behind the release of the Comey memo when she acknowledged that it was part of the “deep state” taking revenge against President Trump.

Related: If Comey Memo Is Real and He Held It and Did Not Turn It Over – He May Be Prosecuted

In yet another anonymously sourced news story, the New York Times reported yesterday that they were told about a memo (without having seen it) where Trump told former FBI Director James Comey, “I hope you can see your way clear to letting this go, to letting Flynn go, he is a good guy. I hope you can let this go.”

The anti-Trump media immediately ran with hysterical headlines accusing Trump of obstructing justice, with several news anchors and columnists calling for his impeachment.

Amidst all the frenzy however, CNN’s Dana Bash let slip the truth – that the memo is just the latest volley in the Hillary-aligned deep state’s revenge campaign against President Trump.




“If you just take a step back, Wolf, just in the past 24 hours, right or wrong, what this president has done, his first 100 plus days, even before he came into office is pick fights with the intelligence community and now the law enforcement community. Particularly the way, never mind he fired James Comey, but the way in which he did it, not giving him the respect of actually telling him in person or at least not having him find out from cable news,”
said Bash.

“So we know that they talk about the deep state - well these are communities that have a lot of loyalty within and know how to get back, even if you’re the president of the United States,” she added.

Former CIA analyst and retired U.S. Army Reserve Lieutenant Colonel Tony Shaffer echoed Bash’s sentiments during an appearance on Fox Business with Lou Dobbs.


“This is truly deep state,”
said Shaffer. “This is something being done by those in the deep state to upset everything that’s going on and try to undermine the president in every breath.”


Lt.Col. Tony Shaffer: Trump Needs to Understand Deep State Has Declared War on His Administration




Let’s not forget that before Trump was even inaugurated, Senator Chuck Schumer told MSNBC’s Rachel Maddow (with a sadistic glint in his eyes) that the deep state would make it their mission to take down Trump.


“Let me tell you, you take on the intelligence community, they have six ways from Sunday of getting back at you,”
said Schumer, adding that Trump was being “really dumb” to get in their way.

The deep state is intent on pressuring Congress into bringing impeachment charges against Trump because he dared to take them on, and the Comey memo is merely the latest step in that direction.


Chuck Schumer Intentionally Admits Shadow Government Is Above President





Related:
Trump Goes After Fake News and Comey Leaks to Press


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Eleven Common Symptoms Of The Global Depopulation Slow Kill
May 19 2017 | From: WakingTimes

“Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature.” – The Georgia Guidestones


The full-spectrum global attack on human health is quite obvious to see for anyone who is paying attention and in search of wellness.

Related: Mysterious Georgia Guidestones Get Strange 2014 Update

So many of the factors that are negatively influencing public heath could easily be prevented or removed from society, yet the decisions of the ruling class continue to ensure that our food supply is toxic, that our environment is compromised, and that our exposure to chemicals and industrial waste is total. Why?

With the stroke of a pen carcinogenic poisons like Monsanto’s Roundup could be banned. Industrial disasters like Fukushima or the Deepwater Horizon could easily get the attention they deserve from world powers, but the will to intervene on behalf of human and environmental health is zero, while the will to intervene militarily in corporate and political affairs is guaranteed.




People are suffering more than ever from a host of chronic conditions and illnesses that can wreck even the healthiest and strongest of us. To be sick is the new normal, and to be healthy is outstanding and unusual.

Concerned citizens are battling grass roots struggles on all fronts, yet, at the top levels of society the corruption, gross negligence, and seeming incompetence continue unabated, ensuring that important decisions always favor the health of corporations and special interests.

With such obvious disregard for life, it would be naive to presume that our national and global leadership have our best interests at heart, and also to assume that any of this could be accidental.

And when we look at comments and statements from some of the world’s most influential people, a dark philosophy is uncovered, and a shocking agenda to depopulate planet earth is revealed. See for yourself:


"The world today has 6.8 billion people. That’s heading up to about nine billion. Now if we do a really great job on new vaccines, health care, reproductive health services, we could lower that by perhaps 10 or 15 percent.


– Bill Gates


“Frankly I had thought that at the time Roe was decided, there was concern about population growth and particularly growth in populations that we don’t want to have too many of.” – U.S. Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg

“In order to stabilize world population, we must eliminate 350,000 people per day.”

– Jacques Coustea

“If I were reincarnated I would wish to be returned to earth as a killer virus to lower human population levels.

– Prince Phillip, the Duke of Edinburgh

“My three main goals would be to reduce human population to about 100 million worldwide, destroy the industrial infrastructure and see wilderness, with it’s full complement of species, returning throughout the world.”

– Dave Foreman, Earth First Co-Founder

“This planet might be able to support perhaps as many as half a billion people who could live a sustainable life in relative comfort. Human populations must be greatly diminished, and as quickly as possible to limit further environmental damage.”

– Professor of Biology at the University of Texas at Austin Eric R. Pianka

Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature.

– The first of the “new 10 commandments” on the Georgia Guidestones

Make what you will out of these statements, but the fact remains that globally, human health and the environment are in critical condition and there is no sign of relief in sight.

Couple this with the fact that many of the world’s elite do publicly fantasize of culling the human population, and the realization is harsh: we are targets.

Our world simply does not have to be poisoned with chemtrails, radiation leaks, GMO’s, electro-magnetic pollution, frack wells, fluoride, mercury, vaccine adjuvants, depleted uranium, oil spills, antibiotics, endocrine disrupting chemicals, toxic food additives, agro-chemicals, pharmaceuticals, and so much more. 



The aggregated, generations long effect of such total contamination is the explosion of a host of bizarre and life-altering illnesses and ‘conditions,’ that chronically sap our energy and vitality, slowly debilitating us, separating us from our power and putting us into the doctor’s office.

The following 11 common symptoms are signs that the global depopulation slow kill is in play and is effective, and that within a couple of generations the human race will no nothing of health, wellness and vitality.


1. Gut and Digestive Issues

The primary attack on the body’s immune system takes place in the digestive system where the body’s natural bacterial defenses live.



Chronic poor digestion, leaky gut syndrome, gastritis, colitis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, candida overgrowth, food sensitivities and other serious issues are become increasingly common, resulting from the consumption of denatured foods laden with chemicals and sugars, GMO poisoning and so on.

Roundup herbicide is known to kill healthy bacteria in the body after being ingested in only residual amounts. Antibiotic overuse and contamination in the water supply means that building a health but biome is nearly impossible.


2. Chronic Fatigue and Low Energy

The body’s natural store of energy is the first thing to become depleted when the body and mind are over-exposed to pollution and stress. The persistent exposure to toxic foods, poisoned spaces, electromagnetic radiation, psychological attacks, continually forces the body and psyche to be in a state of crisis.

The regular amount of energy needed to perform the ordinary rigors of life is not available, and as a result we become chronically tired, low-energy, lethargic and generally slowed down. 

Even when we balance diet, exercise and meditation, maintaining personal energy is difficult, so many people are having to constantly dose themselves with caffeine and so-called energy drinks just to accomplish an ordinary day.


3. Dietary Diseases Like Obesity And Diabetes

Dietary illnesses such as the sweeping obesity and diabetes epidemics are a sign that the soft kill is greatly impacting public health. Public relations and social engineering have changed the public’s understanding of what food actually is, and as our consumption of crap corporate foods increases, so do our wastelines and our chances for getting getting chronic disease like diabetes. 



Of course, both of these conditions are entirely curable with a proper diet, but in a country where raw milk is illegal, the truth about food and health is rarely spoken in the mainstream.

The maintenance of chronic illness is very profitable for the medical establishment, and obesity is a gateway to many chronic and life-threatening illnesses.


4. Disorientation and Brain Fog

Many people these days suffer from spells of disorientation and fogginess of the mind, without any clear cause or reason as to the mind should be functioning so poorly. Brain fog is a difficult to identify chronic condition where a person feels disconnected, confused and distant, almost an illness of consciousness.



A spell can last for a day, or it can last for years, often persisting until a person finally isolates the primary cause. Candida overgrowth, a condition where negative bacteria is being over-produced within the body, is the result of poor diet and a compromised gut biome, and is thought to cause disorientation and brain fog.


5. Chronic Inflammation

Chronic inflammation is part of a biological response to harmful stimuli and is increasingly being recognized as a serious silent killer because of the health problems it trigger.

The purpose of inflammation is to rid the body of any causes of damage or injury and to initiate repair. It is a defense mechanism that being constantly activated primarily consuming by inflammatory foods. 



Modern wheat
is an example of a food that has been so genetically altered that it now no longer provides nutrition, but rather instead irritates the tissues of the body, causing chronic inflammation, leading to bigger health problems.


6. Allergies

People suffer more seriously from seasonal and random allergy attacks than ever before, and some attacks can be severe enough to temporarily disable a person. Everyone is watching pollen counts on the nightly news, but allergies simply weren’t this serious a generation ago.



Something has changed in the body and in the environment, and with the omnipresence of chemtrails and geo-engineering projects in the sky, suspicion that the respiratory system is being attacked is warranted.


7. Autism

Autism in children is rising frighteningly and without a precise indication of exactly what is causing it, we should be dramatically erring on the side of caution. It could be environmental, it could be vaccines, GMO’s, or household chemicals, but something is taking our children. Will autism rates have to get to one-in-two before a Manhattan Project like effort is initiated to end this?


8. Cancer

It is predicted that soon at least 1 in 3 adults will have some form of cancer, which, as we know, has become a booming industry.



Alternative cures, treatments and therapies are targeted for extermination by the state, and the sick are corralled into risky, expensive treatments that fail to address the root causes of cancer and promote healthier living.



9 . Morgellon’s

This strange and scary disease appears to be an infection of sorts by some still unknown type of organic material. Manifesting as tiny living threads or worms that surface at the skin, irritating the patient, it is believed that no Morgellon’s patient has ever been able to undergo an autopsy due to an attempted global cover up.  



With no clear answers available from science, many point to geo-engineering and chemtrail spraying as the source.



10. Dental Fluorosis

The public fluoridation of water in the US and other nations is medication without consent and without controlling dosages. This is a form of torture. The US government just admitted that Americans are overdosed on fluoride when they lowered the recommended amounts to put in public water supplies.

Fluoride is linked to many health problems including cancer and lowered IQ in children, yet the government still forces into just about everyone. Dental fluorosis is a sign of overexposure to fluoride, and a sign of deliberate poisoning.



11. ‘Chemical Imbalances’

Some will disagree, but mental health issues like ADD/ADHD, anxiety, insomnia, and depression can all be cured with proper diet, exercise and supplementation. In fact, these conditions are fairly new to the human population, and are on the rise, or at least diagnoses are on the rise.



Of course the medical establishment benefits greatly from having more and more patients consuming drugs to remedy mental health issues.



Conclusion

The soft kill is about distracting you from life, debilitating you, and getting you out of the game and into the pharmacy.

It would take very little to eradicate so much of the toxicity from our modern world, but the initiative of the ruling elite is to destroy, contaminate and compromise all that which is most fundamental to life on planet earth. A deliberate soft kill.

Is this an accident, or the global depopulation soft kill strategy working effectively for the world’s elite? What do you think?


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Removing The Blindfold Of Dogmatic Belief
May 18 2017 | From: TheUnbouondedSpirit

A little less than fifteen years ago, when I was a teenage school student, I had a teacher who was teaching a religion class. She was a Christian, and she fervently believed in the teachings of Jesus.



She used to quote sayings from the New Testament on love and the importance of spreading kindness and compassion in our unkind and cruel world. She often spoke about the urgent need of humanity to unite and work together for a brighter future, and explained how people’s alienation from one another is at the root of the troubling times we currently live in.

Related: The Opiate Of The Masses: When Religion Becomes An Addiction

When she was teaching Christianity, she seemed overflown with joy. Her job, however, wasn’t just to teach Christianity, but the world’s major religions, including Islam, Hinduism, and Buddhism, which she didn’t seem to enjoy that much. Whenever she taught religious traditions other than Christianity, she would be very dismissive of them.

In her mind, Christianity was the ideologically superior religion, and she wouldn’t encourage us students to objectively study the rest of world’s religions. On the contrary, she would try to persuade us in any way possible to believe that all religions except Christianity are not to be taken seriously.

She even claimed that all other religions are evil and made use of fear-mongering tactics to make us stay away from them. For example, she would tell us that those who don’t abide by the dogma of Christianity will end up in hell - a dogmatic belief that is common among fundamental Christians.

No matter how much she tried, however, I couldn’t be convinced a bit, unlike most of my classmates. Was it because I was raised by non-religious parents, or was there something terribly wrong with me? I wasn’t sure, but one thing is certain: no claims of her concerning the superiority of Christianity made any sense to me.

As a teenager, I had a curious mind and an inquiring spirit. The only problem was that I also had a loud mouth and I would voice my opinions, even when they were contradicting those of authority. I remember one day during the religion class, I presented some of what I sincerely considered solid logical arguments against the Christian dogma.

Instead of presenting her counter-arguments, my teacher responded by saying that I was not mature enough to understand the essence of Christianity, and that reason can’t fathom its essence since it’s a faith-based religion. Of course, I didn’t consider this as legitimate answer, and so I kept on bringing up my arguments.

To my surprise, her face turned red, she started yelling at me and eventually expelled me from class, because, as she later told me, she felt offended by my “anti-Christian” attitude.

On that day, I wondered: Is this the same person who previously taught about the power of love and unity? How can a person preach such lofty ideals and practice quite the opposite? I was utterly perplexed, and it wasn’t until years later that I realized that this is a much more common behavior among people than I had first thought.

In my 29 years of life, I’ve had the luck to travel to over thirty countries, and during my trips around the world I had the chance to meet people from various religious traditions. An interesting thing that I always came to experience was that the people who were believing the most in a religious dogma were also the ones who behaved in the most paradoxical way.

On the one hand, they would preach love, compassion, unity - the core teachings of most religions - but, on the other hand, they would behave in a very hateful, competitive, non-humane way, especially to those who don’t espouse their beliefs. In other words, they were the ones less likely to practice what they preached.

But why is that so? What could be the possible explanation for this strange psychological phenomenon?

To my understanding, this is an inevitable outcome of being attached to an ideology, whether that is religious or not. When you accept a particular ideology as the sole truth, and you have so much faith in it that you support it and follow it wholeheartedly no matter what - even when facts contradict your beliefs - then your mental capacity to think reasonably and act responsibly is nowhere to be found.



In that fanatic, blinded state of mind, you identify yourself so much with a belief system that, if someone is opposed to it, you feel threatened by that person, since you’re under the impression that when your ideology is attacked, you yourself are being attacked. Then, as a psychological defense mechanism, you are ready to do just about anything to protect your ideology and hence yourself.

When existential fear is coupled with irrationality, the result can’t be anything but nonsensical and damaging. Take, for example, the suicide attacks of Jihadists who blow themselves up injuring and killing so many people in the name of God.

Or think of the times in India where the Hindu custom of Sati used to be practiced, where Hindu widows would jump into their husband’s funeral pyre shortly after their husbands’ death, believing that this way they would prove to God and society how good and devoted wives they were.

Or, contemplate on the witch-hunt of Early Modern Europe when so-called Christians tortured, burned or hanged tens of thousands of women because they thought them to be servants of the Devil. Such fanatic religious people sincerely believe that they are serving God through such violent actions and that this way they are contributing to the betterment of humanity and the world.

In the case of my religion school teacher, her behavior towards me was obviously not as destructive, but it was essentially of the same nature. Her firm belief that the religious ideology she was advocating was the only absolute truth prevented her from conversing in a constructive dialogue concerning Christianity.



In order to avoid her ideology being attacked, she would discourage her students to raise arguments against it, and, if they did, she would try to silence them by telling them that they have no idea what they are talking about, or, at worst, by expelling them from class.

Regardless of how hatefully at times she behaved, in her mind she was doing the right thing for the rest of her students and for the religion she believed in - she was acting out of “love.” Trapped in her dogmatic belief system, she could neither realize the extent of her cognitive dissonance nor the true consequences of her actions.

What this and the aforementioned examples can teach us is that it’s not a good idea to base our opinions on how ethical a person is according to their words, beliefs and ideals - on the contrary, we need to pay attention to their actions and derive our conclusions about who they are from there. No matter how highly one talks of god, love, compassion, and so on, it is their actions and attitude that ultimately reveal what they are made of.

I read somewhere a quote that struck a chord in my heart: “Sometimes, the nicest people you meet are covered in tattoos and sometimes the most judgmental people you meet go to church on Sundays.” How true that statement is!

Many times, those who seem “bad” according to society’s standards have the warmest hearts and those who appear to perfectly conform to the prevailing cultural idea of what it means to be a “good” person are often the ones having the most inflated egos and a very judgmental attitude towards their fellow human beings.

Unfortunately, many people are quick to put labels on others and judge them based on their prejudices.


"“hey are non-believers, therefore they must be immoral, evil individuals,”
 I’ve heard theists talk about atheists. I’ve also heard atheists talk in a similar fashion towards theists: “They are believing in God, therefore they must be ignorant morons.”

 To me, it doesn’t matter whether you call yourself Atheist, Christian, Muslim, Capitalist, Communist, Libertarian, Conservative, or anything else - what matters to me is how the ideology you hold in dear faith is affecting your thought-patterns and in turn your day-to-day behavior.



Does it help improve your quality of life and the well-being of the world you’re living in? If so, that’s fine. If not, you better reconsider it. Of course, the sad truth is that the more attached one is to an ideology, the less one can objectively assess the consequences of their dogmatic beliefs.

Personally, I’ve chosen to not identify myself with any particular religious, philosophical, political, or any other kind of ideology. The reason for doing so isn’t a lack of interest in acquiring knowledge - on the contrary, I’m so enthusiastic about developing a spherical understanding of reality that I find a single ideology can only limit my perspective of life.

Reality is multi-sided and attachment to an ideology or set of beliefs focuses our attention only to a tiny part of it, thus making us neglect the larger view. Therefore, the more open we are to diverse opinions and beliefs, the more able we’ll be to increase our intelligence and grow in our understanding. So why would I want to confine my mind to any particular ideology?

Of course, when I say being open I don’t mean blindly accepting what others present you as truth. What I mean is paying attention to different ideas than the ones you’ve been conditioned to have, while using critical thinking in order to reach your own conclusions about them from your own empirical, evidence-based understanding.

Although I enjoy studying and learning from all kinds of schools of thought, I don’t accept anything on belief alone. I always make sure to use my reasoning, and I only keep in my mind and heart the ideas that resonate with me and help me to lead a better life, while I discard those that don’t contribute to my well-being, regardless of the ideology they are derived from.

For example, I’ve found pearls of wisdom in all of the major religious scriptures, but I’ve also discovered disturbing and nonsensical teachings in them that I would never embrace or practice just because they are considered holy by certain groups of people.

In addition, being aware that actions speak louder than words, I don’t try to impose my own opinions on others. Instead, I live by example, knowing that only this way I can truly influence those around me. I’m trying to be as conscious of my actions as I can and I take full responsibility for their consequences.

I don’t conform to the unconscious herd mentality, I don’t obey to authority, and whenever others are trying to mold my life into a certain form, I rebel against them in order to reclaim my freedom.

Sometimes I imagine a world where people don’t judge one another based on their beliefs, and instead embrace each other no matter their cultural background. A world where people don’t fight one another just because they hold different opinions, and instead are willing to peacefully exchange ideas so they can learn from each other.

A world where people seek to develop their understanding and expand their consciousness, instead of accepting and blindly following all the narrow-minded ideological burden that was handed down to them by tradition. A world where people are willing to doubt their beliefs and raise new questions, instead of letting others tell them what is right and true.

A world where people are unafraid to listen to their inner voice and follow what their heart is dictating them, instead of following a predetermined path that was forced upon them by authority figures.

Wouldn’t such a world be much more beautiful?


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Belt And Road Summit Distracted With #WannaCry Ransomware Epidemic
May 17 2017 | From: Geopolitics / Various

By now, the #WannaCry ransomware attack has made itself to the global consciousness, and may have made money for the CIA who got it from the NSA, and most important of all, eclipsed the historic event now happening in Beijing, at least for the mainstream media audience.



Malware Tech, a botnet tracker, reports that, as of Sunday, some 227,000 computers had been infected with the worm-like virus, which encrypts files and demands victims pay a ransom to release them.

Related: Russia & Qatar Covertly Talking On Restoring Peace in Syria

The UK’s National Health Service (NHS) was particularly badly hit, with patient data and other administrative information reportedly affected. At least 16 NHS organizations have been infected by the virus, the health service confirmed.

London’s Thames Valley Police have urged people to avoid “opening unknown email attachments or clicking on links in spam emails.” - RT



While Western media are focusing on regressive subjects amidst the formal shifting of global control of the East, Chinese media are discussing how the Belt and Road is showing huge potential on how peace can be forged through economic cooperation and cultural exchanges.

The Belt and Road Summit, dubbed as the “Project of the 21st Century” is poised to dictate the trajectory by which the world’s economy will proceed from here on.




President Xi: Build the B&R Into a Road for Peace, Prosperity and Connectivity

Chinese President Xi Jinping has delivered a keynote speech at the opening ceremony of the Belt and Road Forum for International Cooperation on Sunday morning.

At least 29 heads of state and government are attending the forum, the highest-profile international meeting on the Belt and Road since Chinese President Xi Jinping proposed the initiative in 2013.








So, if you’re looking for some positivity in the global news today, try the China Global Television Network channel…




Let us help spread hope for mankind, and let the ongoing development across the vast lands of Eurasia be made known throughout the West.

The East #DontWannaCry.


Related Articles:

Major Developments Strongly Suggest the End of Unipolar World Order

Reports of computer-crippling ransomware spread across globe

In-depth: Security experts explain the WannaCry ransomware's world domination

The Exponential Growth of Insecurity


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Fluoride Officially Classified As A Neurotoxin In World’s Top Medical Journals & Former EPA Senior Scientist Confirms Fluoride Lowers Children’s IQ
May 17 2017 | From: HealingLifeIsNatural / WakingTimes

Ostensibly, the purpose of adding the fluoride to public drinking water supplies is to improve dental health in the community, yet even the U.S. Government had to modify this claim by lowering the national fluoride levels in 2015, citing increases in dental fluorosis.



In 2012, a major Harvard study found that public water fluoridation poses a risk to the developing intelligence of children, essentially lowering the IQ of those in communities with public water fluoridation. This study invigorated the public debate on this issue, yet, fluoridation continues, despite the known risks, and all the while, scientific evidence continues mounts in the case against fluoride.

Related: "Nanogirl" Dr Michelle Dickinson Reneges on Fluoride Debate

A new study published in December of 2016 by the International Society of fluoride Research in New Zealand, entitled, Developmental neurotoxicity of fluoride: a quantitative risk analysis 379 towards establishing a safe daily dose of fluoride for children, concludes that lowered IQ is indeed a risk for children whom consume uncontrollable dosages of fluoride in public water supplies.


"The information now available supports a reasonable conclusion that exposure of the developing brain to fluoride should be minimized, and that economic losses associated with lower IQ’s may be quite large. ”

-
Source

The research team involved in the study was headed by William Hirzy, PhD, a former US EPA senior scientist who specialized in risk assessment. He offers the following explanation of the significance of this particular study:


"The significance of this peer reviewed risk analysis is that it indicates there may be no actual safe level of exposure to fluoride.

Groups of children with lower exposures to fluoride were compared with groups having higher exposures. Those with higher exposures performed more poorly on IQ tests than those with lower exposures.

Applying two different, standard risk analysis techniques used by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency to published data on the impact of fluoride exposure in children shows that daily intakes in excess of about 0.05 mg of fluoride may result in depressed intellectual capability. This calculation involved using safety factors designed to protect the most vulnerable child.

One well-conducted Chinese study indicated that children exposed to 1.4 mg/day had their IQ lowered by 5 IQ points. Current average mean daily intakes among children in the United States are estimated by EPA to range from about 0.80 mg/day to 1.65 mg/day.

Fluoride may be similar to lead and mercury in having no threshold below which exposures may be considered safe.”

- Source




Related: 18 Scientifically Validated Reasons to End Public Water Fluoridation

The study can be read in its entirety, here, and is worth sharing with anyone still on the fence about the so-called benefits of fluoridated drinking water.


Final Thoughts

Water fluoridation is medication without consent, yet people tolerate this abuse from government in many parts of the world without a full understanding of the negative effects of fluoride toxicity. The struggle to stop public water fluoridation is winnable at the community level, though, and every year, the grassroots movement against it grows.



Former EPA Senior Scientist Confirms Fluoride Lowers Children’s IQ

Evidence of how negatively  fluoride can impact our health has been increasing in rapid pace throughout the past few years. People are hoping that by bringing awareness to this that somehow we can get sodium fluoride removed from the world’s water supply.

A big step has been made here recently. In the most prestigious medical journal. One known as The Lancet. fluoride has been at last classified as a neurotoxin one hundred percent. This puts it in the same category as things like lead, arsenic, and mercury.

Related: New Zealand Government Preparing To Drown Whole Country In Fluorides + New Zealand Grants Human Rights To River

This news was released by the author Stefan Smyle who actually cited a report that had been published in The Lancet Neurology, Volume 13, Issue 3 to be exact in the March of 2014 edition. In this, the authors stated that many more of these neurotoxins remain undiscovered throughout the world.

They noted that many children are now being affected by neurodevelopmental disabilities caused by these neurotoxins. These authors have found that while fluoride in our water supplies is a major cause and issue there is another major cause as well, fluoride can actually also be found in heavily processed brands of tea that are grown in most likely overly polluted areas.



Sodium Fluoride is what is added to our water - a toxic insecticide

These authors have found that while fluoride in our water supplies is a major cause and issue there is another major cause as well, fluoride can actually also be found in heavily processed brands of tea that are grown in most likely overly polluted areas.

Most parents have been avoiding fluoridated toothpaste altogether and are jumping on the natural bandwagon in order to help ensure their families safety. A good natural go-to brand is known as Earthpaste for those who may not be aware of it. If you want to get away from fluoridated toothpaste I suggest using it or making your own. I will include a video at the end on how to make natural fluoride free toothpaste.



Fluoride and Cancer



Related: Undeniable Evidence From Numerous Studies Proves That Fluoride Causes Cancer

Fluoride is added to our water supply throughout North America but in most other countries fluoride is banned. Why is this? Because fluoride is extremely dangerous for our health. Fluoride in our drinking water has been linked to many different kinds of cancer. If you haven’t already filtering out the fluoride in your water is a must if you want to help yourself and your family stay healthy.


How To Make Your Own Natural Fluoride Free Toothpaste





Related Articles:

Fluoride Action Network: A Report From New Zealand

Why Does NZ Still Fluoridate? TV Commercial FFNZ

Fluoride: Poison On Tap Official Trailer

The Fluoride Deception

New Zealand Fluoridation Review Unscientific And Intellectually Dishonest Say International Reviewers


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

30 Plus Cold Hard Facts About The IRS: An Agent Of A Foreign Corporation -
A Collection Entity For The Federal Reserve Bank
May 16 2017 | From: StopThePirates / Various

The following is an analysis of the legal and contractual structures enshrouding the Internal Revenue Service. Many people never question the validity of this nefarious organization, and as a result their compliance to tyranny is consent to slavery.



But the letter of the law, as it is described within United States Code, the legal statute, actually only applies to agents of government; employee's. Comment: While this is an American-specific article, in principle it applies similarly in every western country. The US Federal Reserve is just the American version of the privately owned central banking system that operates owrldwide.

Related: The Vortex effect of NZ Taxation and the Global Economy

As a result, all taxation under the IRS is a deceptive fraud, and once this is realized, we can begin to withdraw from this fallacious system.

The money masters of this world have long used methods of secretive control. They push propaganda and intentionally hide the truth to maintain the debt slavery systems that have destroyed the social fabric of the planet. 

But with knowledge comes power, and when the truth about the IRS and how it is legally framed are understood, we will be empowered to pull ourselves out of this system of energy harvesting. The people have always had the power to end these systems, but it must be a coordinated effort based on key knowledge and understanding. 



Related: How the Cabal Maintains Their Power And What You Need To Do To Stop It - Un-Consent | Beyond BRICS: Exposing the Rats

The national debts of nearly every nation on earth are an elaborate fraud. These debts are what keep society locked into self-destructive modes of behavior - many people just can't conceive of a better way and consent to slavery in the absence of knowledge. 

But in the age of information, ignorance is a choice. And many are now facing the hard truths of this world, empowering them to change the status quo. A small group of determined people changed the social fabric to create these systems; as such another small group of determined people must take up their creative powers and undo the harm of previous generations. 

Together we can change the world for the better, but divided we remain a conquered people. When will enough be enough? When will be realize our innate co-creative powers and begin living a life recognizing the fundamental interconnectedness of all things?

I, for one, am starting now. 

The second plank of Karl Marx’s communist manifesto calls for a heavy progressive or graduated income tax. This identical immoral and illegal tax structure plagues our country today.



Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

Related: IRS Are Private, Lying, Globalist-Controlled Thugs - We Want Our Money Back!

We now have socialist and communist politicians who masquerade as Democrats or Republicans. Is there any wonder why so many campaign promises are never kept? Here are some facts concerning this terrorist organization.

The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) is a private Corporation, incorporated in Delaware in1933, and operates under international treaty. (See Public Law 94-564 Reorganization Plan #26)

The IRS (the corporation) is acting as Agent under contract to “the bank” (The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development) and “the Fund” (The International Monetary Fund) a.k.a. the Treasury.

The IRS is acting as the Agent of a Foreign Principal (Federal Reserve) under the terms of the Foreign Agents Registration Act of 1938. The Federal Reserve is not a government agency. It is a Foreign Principal. It is admittedly a private corporation, privately held by 12 families (one American and 11 foreign).

Those who rule the world under this umbrella are the Illuminati, the Bilderberger group, the Council on Foreign Relations, and the Trilateral Commission.



Related: Federal Tax Case Shows Evidence the U.S. Legal System is a Fraud

IRS agents are directed and controlled by the corporate governor of “the Bank” and “the Fund” a.k.a. Secretary of the Treasury IRS, Puerto Rico (See Public Law 94-564, U.S. Government Manual 190/1991 & Treasury Delegation Order 150-10).

IRS personnel are trained under the direction of the “Division of Human Resources” of the United Nations and the Commissioner (International), by the “Office of Personnel Management” which is under the direction of the Secretary General of the United Nations (Treasury Delegation Order #92) (Executive Order 10422).

The IRS is also an Agency of the International Criminal Police Organization, and solicits and collects information for 150 Foreign Powers (22 U.S.C.263a).



Related: Liens Filed Against The Federal Reserve: The Key To Trump Ending The Fed & Returning The Gold Standard?

The IRS is directly engaged in the solicitation and gathering legally protected information of a private and personal nature on everyone contained in their files of records, and does distribute that information to the other member agencies throughout the world without the knowledge or consent of the parties involved (22U.S.C.A. 611 (c) (II)).

The Internal Revenue Service (International) lacks proper authority to act such as a Foreign Agents Registration statement (22 U.S.C.A. 612) and (18 U.S.C.A.219 & 951).

The IRS as a paramilitary organization may not impose military authority into civil affairs (D.O.A. 27100-70).

The IRS acting as the Agent of a Foreign Principal, “the Bank” and “the Fund” under the United Nations Charter, Article 2, Section 7 prohibits the U.N. and its Administrative Agencies from “intervening in matters which are essentially within the domestic jurisdiction of any state”.



Related: How the IRS Helps the Rich Get Richer

The IRS comes before the courts only as the non- registered Agent of a Foreign Principal, acting in the person of its own corporate capacity.

Acting in its corporate capacity the IRS is engaged in commerce as a collection agency under contract. None of the money that you pay in goes to any program or compelled benefit like you think it does.

Almost all of the income tax goes to pay the interest on the so-called “debt” to the Federal Reserve (for illegal fiat money conceived by our bureaucrats, and large corporations), not into the U.S. Treasury. John F. Kennedy warned the people of this fraud and issued executive order # 11.110 on June 4, 1963, and the Treasury started to issue United States notes that looked like our familiar Federal Reserve Notes but only cost the people the cost of paper, ink and printing. Within months he was dead.



Related: The Most Important Financial Meeting Since JFK’s Death Just Took Place

Then Lyndon Johnson inactivated the executive order, and U.S. notes were withdrawn and replaced once again with Federal Reserve notes. Look on the back of any check you have written to the IRS. It will say, “Pay to any branch of the Federal Reserve Bank”. This is an illegal conversion of funds.

All government sponsored programs and compelled benefits come from money continuously borrowed from the Federal Reserve. This is why our paper money is now described as a ‘note’ instead of a ‘silver certificate’. It is illegally loaned in to existence, and has no value except for the faith the American people put in it.

A note for a thing is not the real thing. When you use Federal Reserve Notes instead of real money (silver certificates, silver or gold), you are simply making a promise to pay, not actually paying. Since the dollar is a unit of measurement, just like a ‘pound’ of coffee or a ‘quart’ of milk, and there is nothing of hard value backing the dollar, what is it a dollar of?



Related: Royal Deceit? The Queen's Bank Under Investigation Over Tax Evasion

Sure, you buy goods and products with Federal Reserve Notes, but that which you have of appreciable value could be taken from you without due process of law,simply because you never owned the money in the first place. Look it up. Every time we spend a dollar, we are re-circulating a dollar that was loaned in to existence.

It is because of this debt structure that our nation has a multi trillion-dollar deficit that can never be paid. Your government has your property listed as collateral against the Federal Reserve Notes (promises to pay) they continuously borrow.

The only thing that keeps homeowners from being on the street is the Federal Reserve not calling their note due. When they do call their note due, every man, woman and child will then be their slave.



Related: The Federal Reserve And The Bank Of England Financed The 3rd Reich + International Red Cross Report Confirms The Holocaust Of Six Million Jews Is A Hoax

Thomas Jefferson said:


"If the American people ever allow private banks to control the issue of their currency, first by inflation and then by deflation,the banks and corporations that will grow up around them will deprive the people of all property until their children will wake up homeless on the continent their fathers conquered”.

The IRS acts on the presumption that assigned foundational agreement/instrument exists between the United States and the citizen/franchisee knowing that very few citizens/non citizens have the knowledge or the courage to resist their extortion.

The IRS leadership has departmentalized the functions of tax collection to purposely limit and discourage the exchange of information and/or the lack of authority, between the departments to prevent low level employees from discovering the true nature of their assignments and thus prevent disclosure and whistle blowing.



Related: IRD And Fraud Prosecution Inequalities In New Zealand

IRS references made to any authority for collection proceedings under Title 26 CFR, Subtitle A, are made under color of law as there is no collection authority authorized within Title 26, only penalties for failure to perform a given function.

All Collection authority is found in Title 27 CFR, Part 70 and pertains only to alcohol, tobacco, firearms and explosives (Stamp taxes or duties).

Many IRS agents often use alias names and are paid commissions, written to their real name, on what ever they steal from you.

The IRS is unable to provide documented proof of the authorization that enables the IRS to operate outside the District of Columbia, and insular possessions of the United States, such as Guam, Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands, Philippines, and American Samoa, as required by Title 4, U.S.C., Section 72.



Related: Beware the Banksters: Three Banking Syndicates Want to Enslave You

The IRS uses false documents and presentments that have no legal authority behind them, i.e. 1040 form, Notice of Levy, etc., to solicit and extort money from you using the United States Postal Service.

They also falsely represent themselves on the outside of their envelopes, to be an agency of the United States department of Treasury. Therefore, the Internal Revenue Service is guilty of the crime of Mail Fraud and False Representation.

The IRS agents have no legal authority to demand anything from you, if there are no 3rd party informational documents sent to them with your name on it.



Related: Highly Important Post About “Legal” vs. “Lawful”

They unlawfully and unconstitutionally misapply the revenue laws in an effort to compel you to supply them with confidential information when in fact, their own IRC, 6103, Section (h) and (j) says that they could use this information against you in a criminal proceeding.

This is a gross violation of 4th and 5th amendment rights, which are legally protected by the U.S. Constitution. This is pure extortion. You have the lawful right to correct informational documents, such as W2's, and 1099's, and demand that they recognize you as one “who does not enjoy the privilege of federally connected employment”.

When are the American people going to wake up and realize that our so-called leaders are co-conspirators with the most evil organization ever contrived?



Related: The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families + 7 Not-So-Secret Homes Of Super Secret Societies

This is the vilest fraud ever perpetuated on a free people. People in this country need to ask themselves if they were created for the purposes of the IRS and those who conspire with them, or were they created for the Glory of God. Are we going to continue giving to these ungodly, corrupt, and spiritually wicked people the power that belongs to God?

In the book of Genesis, Adam and Eve gave us the first example of the consequences of ‘obedience without question’ to someone other than Almighty God. The result was separation from God, and His fellowship. If it is not of God, it is of the devil. This is a very simple truth that will never change.


IRS Facts You Need to Know:

Fact 1: "The income tax is both legal and constitutional."

Fact 2The income tax is an indirect excise tax.

Fact 3: "Income" has the same meaning in all of the Income Tax Acts of Congress.

Fact 4: "The income tax utilizes words of art."

Fact 5: The only lawful objects of the "income" tax are for activities for which you are paid by the federal government or a federal agency that are connected with the performance of the functions of a public office, a federal instrumentality, federally chartered state worker, or paid officer of a federal corporation…whew!

Fact 6: Filling out a Form W-4 or W-9 does not make you liable to any tax on income, but it can help to create prima facie evidence that is PRESUMED correct by the IRS until you rebut it.

Please note: While the IRS does provide legal means to correct erroneous information returns, they will resist your corrections, in many cases, for as long as possible simply because they believe they can get away with it. Once you introduce credible evidence to the contrary, the burden of proof shifts to the IRS. A signed affidavit of your truth is credible evidence until the Secretary can provide his own, first-hand knowledge of your participation in a taxable activity.




Related: New Zealand Government Has Pledged Millions Of Dollars Worth Of Taxpayer Funds To The Corrupt Clinton Foundation & Clinton Health Access Initiatives

Fact 7: "...the general term 'income' is not defined in the Internal Revenue Code..." US Supreme Court in U.S. v. Ballard (1976)(why would the IRS try to hide something from you?)

Fact 8: Earnings from an occupation of common right are not the subject of an excise tax.

"An income tax is neither a property tax nor a tax on occupations of common right, but is an EXCISE tax...The legislature may declare as 'privileged' and tax as such for state revenue, those pursuits not matters of common right, but it has no power to declare as a 'privilege' and tax for revenue purposes, Occupations that are of common right." [Simms v. Ahrens, 271 SW 720 ]


Fact 10: "The provisions of the Sixteenth Amendment conferred no new powers of taxation..." United States Supreme Court, Peck v. Lowe, 247 U.S. 165 (1918)

Fact 11: We are PRIVATE-SECTOR CITIZENS NOT EMPLOYEES as noted in Sec. 3401, 3121 and others. We do not receive "WAGES" but do receive "Earnings" for our Labor.

Fact 13: ".. the term "employee" includes an officer, employee, or elected official of the United States, a State, or any political subdivision thereof, or the District of Columbia, or any agency or instrumentality of any one or more of the foregoing. The term "employee" also includes an officer of a corporation."

TITLE 26 > Subtitle C > CHAPTER 24 > § 3401. Definitions Paraphrased: for income tax purposes, the term "employee" means someone working for the United States. “The individual, unlike the corporation, cannot be taxed for the mere privilege of existing. . . . The individual's rights to live and own property are natural rights for the enjoyment of which an excise cannot be imposed.” Redfield v. Fisher, 292 P. 813, 135 Or. 180, 294 P.461, 73 A.L.R. 721 (1931)“


Fact 14: The Supreme Court has declared the meaning of "income" to be fixed and confined to objects proper to an excise. Objects proper to an "income" excise are privileges-- which is to say, activities not of common right - and even then only to the extent that such activities are profitable and properly fall under the taxing authority's jurisdiction.



Related: Central Banking and The Federal Reserve System

Fact 15: The only lawful objects of the "income" tax are activities for which one is paid by the federal government or a federal agency or instrumentality; activities effectively connected with the performance of the functions of a public office; activities as a federal, federal instrumentality, or a federally chartered "State" worker' or activities as a paid officer of a federal corporation.

Fact 16: Sec. 7701. - Definitions: (a) When used in this title, where not otherwise distinctly expressed or manifestly incompatible with the intent thereof - (26)Trade or business - The term "trade or business" includes the performance of the functions of a public office.

Fact 17: Section 6041A(d) Applications to governmental units (1) Treated as persons - The term "person" includes any governmental unit (and any agency or instrumentality thereof).

Fact 18: The statutory definition of a term excludes unstated meanings of that term. (in other words, a term created by Congress has a custom statutory meaning and its regular, common meaning is stripped away).

That's right from Meese v.Keene. See also the doctrines of: Noscitur a sociis (a word is known by its associates, or a word is known by the company it keeps); ejusdem generis (the specific governs the general); Inclusio unius est exclusio alterius (the inclusion of the one thing is the implied exclusion of the alternative)


Fact 19: Not every receipt is "income" within the meaning of the term "gross income." As such, not all payments are 'reportable payments

Fact 20: Payers who issue invalid information returns are subject to civil and criminal penalties.



Related: CAFR (Comprehensive Annual Financial Report) Collateral Accounts: Taxes And Government Fraud Against Citizens Around The World

Fact 21: Title 26 is not positive law. It is only prima facia evidence of law.

Fact 22: The 16th Amendment did not eliminate the requirement of “apportionment” for direct taxes in the Constitution. Article 1, sec. 2,“Representatives and direct taxes shall be apportioned among the several States which may be included in this union, according to their respective Numbers…” and also in Article 1, sec. 9, “No Capitation, or other direct, Tax shall be laid, unless in proportion to the Census or Enumeration herein before directed to be taken.”

Fact 23: "Withholding" (advance payments to the government) is done to both taxpayers as well as nontaxpayers. And humans can make mistakes/misinterpret law.

Fact 24: Withholdings are in fact "Employment taxes" imposed upon "employees" [as such term is defined at IRC 3401(c) embracing an officer, employee, or elected official of the United States, a State, or any political subdivision thereof, or the District of Columbia, or any agency or instrumentality of any one or more of the foregoing, or an officer of a corporation]. To wit:

Fact 25: The theory, which once won a qualified approval, that a tax on income is legally or economically a tax on its source, is no longer tenable, New York ex rel. Cohn v. Graves, 300 U. S. 308, 300 U. S. 313-314; Hale v. State Board, 302 U. S. 95, 302 U. S. 108; Helvering

Fact 26: The IRS LIES...


Related Articles:


Wells Fargo CEO retires amid accounts scandal and is replaced by a longtime company insider

8 Ways Control Freak Government is Sabotaging Freedom and Making Life More Difficult For Us

The Eurocrat Who Makes Corporate America Tremble

The National Debt Is Not For Americans To Payback | History of The Corporate Takeover of The Continental US

How and Why "The Money Masters" Took Control (Full Documentary)



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Empathy Is Killed By Popular Painkiller Found In 600 Different Drugs
May 16 2017 | From: Spring

Acetaminophen - commonly known as Tylenol in the US and paracetamol elsewhere - reduces people’s empathy for the pain of others, new research finds.



Acetaminophen is an ingredient in over 600 different medications, including being the main constituent of Tylenol.

Related: Peter Gotzsche, Founder Of The Cochrane Collaboration, Visits Australia To Talk About Dangers Of Prescription Drugs

The ubiquitous painkiller does not just kill pain, it also kills our fellow-feeling.

Dr Dominik Mischkowski, the study’s first author, said:


"These findings suggest other people’s pain doesn’t seem as big of a deal to you when you’ve taken acetaminophen.

Acetaminophen can reduce empathy as well as serve as a painkiller.”

Previous research has also found that the drug can reduce the positive emotions of those taking it.



Related: The Drugs May Be The Problem – Inconvenient Truths About Big Pharma And The Psychiatric Industry + Psychologist Speaks Out: Psychiatry Is Misleading Public About Mental Disorders

Dr Baldwin Way, a study co-author, said:


"We don’t know why acetaminophen is having these effects, but it is concerning. Empathy is important.

If you are having an argument with your spouse and you just took acetaminophen, this research suggests you might be less understanding of what you did to hurt your spouse’s feelings.”

The research was carried out on 80 college students. Half were given a dose of 1,000mg of acetaminophen and the other half a placebo. They then read a series of stories about people who had been hurt and were asked to rate their pain.



Related: Big Pharma Suffers Another Major Blow As Study Debunks High Cholesterol Myths, Admitting Statins Are Totally Worthless + Statins Kill, Cholesterol Does Not - The Real Effects Of Statin Drugs

The results showed that those who had taken the acetaminophen consistently gave lower pain ratings for the people in the story. The researchers carried out a couple of other variations to test people’s’ empathy for physical and social pain.

Dr Way explained the results of the experiment on social pain:


"In this case, the participants had the chance to empathize with the suffering of someone who they thought was going through a socially painful experience.

Still, those who took acetaminophen showed a reduction in empathy. They weren’t as concerned about the rejected person’s hurt feelings.”

The researchers are now moving on to ibuprofen to see if the findings are the same. The study was published in the journal Social Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience (Mischkowski et al., 2016).

Related: Pharmaceutical Company Misleads Consumers, Caught In Painkiller Scam + Painkiller Drugs More Fatal Than Heroin Or Cocaine


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Digital Revolution Is A Catastrophe
May 15 2017 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / NewYorkTimes / Various

Why did the US National Security Agency develop a hacking tool to install malware? Why is the US Security agency so incompetent that it could not prevent itself from being hacked and the tool stolen and used against 12 countries?



Ambulance staff at a National Health Service hospital in London on Friday. Several hospitals across Britain were hit by a large-scale cyberattack, causing failures to computer systems

The digital revolution is proving to be a nightmare. The digital revolution has destroyed privacy and has made all information and all persons insecure.

Related: Ransomware Based Off of Leaked NSA Exploit Infects Computers Worldwide

The costs of the digital revolution exceed its benefits by many times. The digital revolution rivals nuclear weapons as the most catastrophic technology of our time.

Hackers exploiting malicious software stolen from the National Security Agency executed damaging cyberattacks on Friday that hit dozens of countries worldwide, forcing Britain’s public health system to send patients away, freezing computers at Russia’s Interior Ministry and wreaking havoc on tens of thousands of computers elsewhere.

The attacks amounted to an audacious global blackmail attempt spread by the internet and underscored the vulnerabilities of the digital age.

Transmitted via email, the malicious software locked British hospitals out of their computer systems and demanded ransom before users could be let back in - with a threat that data would be destroyed if the demands were not met.

By late Friday the attacks had spread to more than 74 countries, according to security firms tracking the spread. Kaspersky Lab, a Russian cybersecurity firm, said Russia was the worst-hit, followed by Ukraine, India and Taiwan. Reports of attacks also came from Latin America and Africa.

The attacks appeared to be the largest ransomware assault on record, but the scope of the damage was hard to measure. It was not clear if victims were paying the ransom, which began at about $300 to unlock individual computers, or even if those who did pay would regain access to their data.

Security experts described the attacks as the digital equivalent of a perfect storm. They began with a simple phishing email, similar to the one Russian hackers used in the attacks on the Democratic National Committee and other targets last year.

They then quickly spread through victims’ systems using a hacking method that the N.S.A. is believed to have developed as part of its arsenal of cyberweapons. And finally they encrypted the computer systems of the victims, locking them out of critical data, including patient records in Britain.

The connection to the N.S.A. was particularly chilling. Starting last summer, a group calling itself the “Shadow Brokers” began to post software tools that came from the United States government’s stockpile of hacking weapons.

The attacks on Friday appeared to be the first time a cyberweapon developed by the N.S.A., funded by American taxpayers and stolen by an adversary had been unleashed by cybercriminals against patients, hospitals, businesses, governments and ordinary citizens.

Something similar occurred with remnants of the “Stuxnet” worm that the United States and Israel used against Iran’s nuclear program nearly seven years ago. Elements of those tools frequently appear in other, less ambitious attacks.

The United States has never confirmed that the tools posted by the Shadow Brokers belonged to the N.S.A. or other intelligence agencies, but former intelligence officials have said that the tools appeared to come from the N.S.A.’s “Tailored Access Operations” unit, which infiltrates foreign computer networks. (The unit has since been renamed.)

The attacks on Friday are likely to raise significant questions about whether the growing number of countries developing and stockpiling cyberweapons can avoid having those same tools purloined and turned against their own citizens.

They also showed how easily a cyberweapon can wreak havoc, even without shutting off a country’s power grid or its cellphone network.





Related: Animated Map of How Tens of Thousands of Computers Were Infected With Ransomware

In Britain, hospitals were locked out of their systems and doctors could not call up patient files. Emergency rooms were forced to divert people seeking urgent care.

In Russia, the country’s powerful Interior Ministry, after denying reports that its computers had been targeted, confirmed in a statement that “around 1,000 computers were infected,” which it described as less than 1 percent of its total. The ministry, which oversees Russia’s police forces, said technicians had contained the attack.

Some intelligence officials were dubious about that announcement because they suspect Russian involvement in the theft of the N.S.A. tools.

But James Lewis, a cybersecurity expert at the Center for Strategic and International Studies in Washington, said he suspected that criminals operating from Eastern Europe acting on their own were responsible.


"This doesn’t look like state activity, given the targets that were hit,”
he said.

Those targets included corporate computer systems in many other countries - including FedEx in the United States, one of the world’s leading international shippers, as well as Spain’s Telefónica and Russia’s MegaFon telecom giant.

It could take months to find who was behind the attacks- a mystery that may go unsolved. But they alarmed cybersecurity experts everywhere, reflecting the enormous vulnerabilities to internet invasions faced by disjointed networks of computer systems.

There is no automatic way to “patch” their weaknesses around the world.


"When people ask what keeps you up at night, it’s this,”
said Chris Camacho, the chief strategy officer at Flashpoint, a New York security firm tracking the attacks.

Mr. Camacho said he was particularly disturbed at how the attacks spread like wildfire through corporate, hospital and government networks.

Another security expert, Rohyt Belani, the chief executive of PhishMe, an email security company, said the wormlike capability of the malware was a significant shift from previous ransom attacks.



“This is almost like the atom bomb of ransomware,” Mr. Belani said, warning that the attack “may be a sign of things to come.”

The hackers’ weapon of choice on Friday was Wanna Decryptor, a new variant of the WannaCry ransomware, which encrypts victims’ data, locks them out of their systems and demands ransoms.



Related: The Hidden Data on a Boarding Pass

Researchers said the impact and speed of Friday’s attacks had not been seen in nearly a decade, when the Conficker computer worm infected millions of government, business and personal computers in more than 190 countries, threatening to overpower the computer networks that controlled health care, air traffic and banking systems over the course of several weeks.

One reason the ransomware on Friday was able to spread so quickly was that the stolen N.S.A. hacking tool, known as “Eternal Blue,” affected a vulnerability in Microsoft Windows servers.

Hours after the Shadow Brokers released the tool last month, Microsoft assured users that it had already included a patch for the underlying vulnerability in a software update in March.

Privacy activists said if that were the case, the government would be to blame for the fact that so many companies were left vulnerable to Friday’s attacks.

But Microsoft, which regularly credits researchers who discover holes in its products, curiously would not say who had tipped the company off to the issue. Many suspected that the United States government itself had told Microsoft, after the N.S.A. realized that its hacking method exploiting the vulnerability had been stolen.

Related: NSA to Stop Warrantless Surveillance of American Messages, Will Delete ‘Vast Majority’ of Data Collected

It takes time for companies to roll out systemwide patches, and by notifying Microsoft of the hole only after the N.S.A.’s hacking tool was stolen, activists say the government would have left many hospitals, businesses and governments susceptible.


“It would be deeply troubling if the N.S.A. knew about this vulnerability but failed to disclose it to Microsoft until after it was stolen,”
Patrick Toomey, a lawyer at the American Civil Liberties Union, said on Friday.

“These attacks underscore the fact that vulnerabilities will be exploited not just by our security agencies, but by hackers and criminals around the world.”

During the Obama administration, the White House created a process to review software vulnerabilities discovered by intelligence agencies, and to determine which should be “stockpiled” for future offensive or defensive cyberoperations and which should be reported to the companies so that they could be fixed.

Last year the administration said that only a small fraction were retained by the government. But this vulnerability appeared to be one of them, and it was patched only recently, suggesting that the N.S.A. may have concluded the tool had been stolen and therefore warned Microsoft.

But that was clearly too little, and far too late.

On Friday, hackers took advantage of the fact that vulnerable targets - particularly hospitals - had yet to patch their systems, either because they had ignored advisories from Microsoft or because they were using outdated software that Microsoft no longer supports or updates.



Related: UK Big Brother Invades More Privacy

The malware was circulated by email. Targets were sent an encrypted, compressed file that, once loaded, allowed the ransomware to infiltrate its targets. The fact that the files were encrypted ensured that the ransomware would not be detected by security systems until employees opened them, inadvertently allowing the ransomware to replicate across their employers’ networks.

Employees at Britain’s National Health Service had been warned about the ransomware threat earlier on Friday. But it was too late. As the disruptions rippled through at least 36 hospitals, doctors’ offices and ambulance companies across Britain, the health service declared the attack a “major incident,” warning that local health services could be overwhelmed.

Britain’s health secretary, Jeremy Hunt, was briefed by cybersecurity experts, while Prime Minister Theresa May’s office said on television that “we’re not aware of any evidence that patient data has been compromised.”

As the day wore on, dozens of companies across Europe, Asia and the United States discovered that they had been hit with the ransomware when they saw criminals’ messages on their computer screens demanding $300 to unlock their data.



Related: NYPD Refuses to Disclose Information About Its Face Recognition Program, So Privacy Researchers Are Suing

But the criminals designed their ransomware to increase the ransom amount on a set schedule and threatened to erase the hostage data after a predetermined cutoff time, raising the urgency of the attack and increasing the likelihood that victims would pay.

Without the ability to decrypt their data on their own, security experts said that victims who had not backed up their data were faced with a choice: Either live without their data or pay. It was not clear how many victims ultimately paid.

Security experts advised companies to immediately update their systems with the Microsoft patch.

Until organizations use the Microsoft patch, Mr. Camacho said, they could continue to be hit- not just by ransomware, but by all kinds of malicious tools that can manipulate, steal or delete their data.


"There is going to be a lot more of these attacks,” he said. “We’ll see copycats, and not just for ransomware, but other attacks.”


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Body Is Not A Computer, So Stop Thinking Of It As One
May 15 2017 | From: Gizmodo

When former DARPA chief Regina Dugan announced on stage last month that Facebook planned to build a brain computer interface to allow users to send their thoughts directly to the social network without a keyboard intermediary, it had all the Silicon Valley swagger of Facebook circa "move fast and break things".




With the same audacity with which any other Facebook product might be announced, Dugan explained that the company hopes to have this revolutionary brain-hack ready to ship "within a few years".

Related: Neuroscientist Shows What Fasting Does To Your Brain & Why Big Pharma Won’t Study It

It's an admirable goal, but there's a problem. The body is not a computer. It cannot be hacked, rewired, engineered or upgraded like one, and certainly not at the ruthless pace of a Silicon Valley startup.

Over the past decade, science has made some notable progress in using technology to defy the limits of the human form, from mind-controlled prosthetic limbs to a growing body of research indicating we may one day be able to slow the process of ageing. Our bodies are the next big candidate for technological optimisation, so it's no wonder that tech industry bigwigs have recently begun expressing interest in them. A lot of interest.






Facebook's announcement that it plans to build a brain-computer interface that types at 100 words-per-minute came on the heels of Tesla-founder Elon Musk's announcement that he was forming a new venture, Neuralink, to develop a brain implant capable of telepathy, among other things.

Other rich Silicon Valley types are investing big in pills like nootropics to "hack" their brain chemistry, and still other pills, diets, gut bacteria and DNA data-dives in hopes of achieving a longer, healthier life. "Humans are the next platform," Geoff Woo, the co-founder of Andreessen Horowitz-funded nootropics company Nootrobox told New York Magazine last spring.

Are we really, though?

Take the most computational part of the body, the brain. Our brains do not "store" memories as computers do, simply calling up a desired piece of information from a memory bank. If they did, you'd be able to effortlessly remember what you had for lunch yesterday, or exactly the way your high school boyfriend smiled.



Related: The Real Science On Vaccines, Dental Fillings, And Brain Damage: Stunning Video Shows How Mercury Content Damages Neurons Under A Microscope

Nor do our brains process information like a computer. Our grey matter doesn't actually have wires that you can simply plug-and-play to overwrite depression a la Eternal Sunshine.

The body, too, is more than just a well-oiled piece of machinery. We have yet to identify a single biological mechanism for ageing or fitness that any pill or diet can simply "hack". Research into some of these things is underway, but so far much of what it has uncovered is that the body and brain are incredibly complex.

Scientists do hope, for example, that one day brain computer interfaces might help alleviate severe cases of mental illnesses like depression, and DARPA is currently funding a $US65 million ($88 million) research effort aimed at using implanted electrodes to tackle some of the trickiest mental illnesses.

After decades of research, it's still unclear which areas of the brain even make the most sense to target for each illness.

Related: DARPA's Brain Chip Implants Could Be The Next Big Mental Health Breakthrough Or A Total Disaster

But as Silicon Valley has begun to dip its toes in the realm of biology, it has brought along its hacker ethos. All you need to achieve ambitious feats of technological innovation are a few all-night hackathons, right?

Within a mere two years, Facebook thinks it will know whether its plan to send 100-word-per-minute status updates from our brains to our screens is possible. The current record for typing with a brain-computer interface, by the way, is somewhere around eight words-per-minute with an implant placed inside the brain.

And Musk, famous for taking on seemingly impossible moonshots with no clear deadline, said he imagines Neuralink's brain-computer interface making its debut within a decade. This is despite the fact that the brain-reading technology it relies upon is, at this point, little more than a fanciful blueprint.



Related: Tribalism: New Mini-Documentary Reveals How Globalist Manipulators Hijack The Animalistic Control Centers Of Your Brain

The technology available today can only measure a fraction of the neural activity necessary to link someone's entire brain to a computer, or allow them to communicate with another person without speaking.

In 2009, University of Wisconsin-Madison biomedical engineer Justin Williams oversaw an effort that successfully used a brain-computer interface to send messages from the brain to Twitter.


"Ten years later have we gotten much further? I'm not sure."

"It was both a small and a big step," he told Gizmodo. "Ten years later have we gotten much further? I'm not sure."

Something like an email or a Facebook post, he noted, is infinitely more complicated than a 140-character, text-only tweet.



Related: 5G Telecomm Radiation The Perfect Tool To Mass Modify Human Brain Waves + More Studies Reveal Dangers

Just last spring, for the first time a man was able to not only control a prosthetic arm with his mind, but "feel" the arm move, too. That, however, is still a long way off from understanding all the brain's 100 billion neurons and their 100 trillion interconnections, then developing technology good enough to connect every single one of them to a machine. The issue isn't in the technology - it's in the approach to it.


"Twitter is about as simple as you can get," he said. "Sending an email sounds easy, but take a minute to think about all the processes that are involved - filling out the subject, the address field, the body. From a biological and technological standpoint, that's really complicated. There are a lot of moving parts."



Related: Massive Government Study Concludes Cell Phone Radiation Causes Brain Cancer + The Effects Of Smartphone Light On Your Brain And Body

Startups like Nootrobox and Halo Neuroscience claim that they are already delivering consumer-ready products to make us smarter, faster and stronger. But with so much of this science still so uncertain, it's hard to either prove or disprove their claims.

The complexity of human biology means that this research doesn't always move at the pace of Moore's Law, and yet when the tech industry approaches these problems, said Williams, "there is a get-it-done kind of attitude that's pretty pervasive."

Over time, as technology has changed, so have the metaphors, but the gist is the same: The body is but a fancy machine.

Conflating machines with the body is a very old human habit. In the 1500s, automata powered by springs and gears led thinkers like René Descartes to suggest that humans are simply complex machines.

In the 1800s, German physicist Hermann von Helmholtz compared the brain to a telegraph. In his 1958 book The Computer and the Brain, the mathematician John von Neumann stated explicitly that the human nervous system is "prima facie digital".




Over time, as technology has changed, so have the metaphors, but the gist is the same: The body is but a fancy machine.

This mode of thinking has spawned a philosophical doctrine, generous research funding, and misleading jargon in both the realms of biology and computing (see the brain's "circuits" or deep learning's "neural networks", which have more in common with classical computational models than anything neurobiological).

But this point of view becomes especially troubling when the realms of biology and computing merge. We risk starting to treat the human body - in all its complexity, fragility, resilience and mystery - like the machines we compare it to.

We risk over-promising on the deliverables, wasting time, money and public patience on far-out research we suggest we can hack together in a few years. And we risk compromising our health and well-being in the process.



Related: How To Become Immune To Mind Control | How TV Affects Your Brain Chemistry For The Worse

Both Facebook and Neuralink have hired top scientific minds to tackle their respective projects. Facebook hired Dugan, and has partnered with UC Berkeley, Johns Hopkins Medicine and other leading academic research institutions. Likewise, Neuralink has brought on high-profile academic researchers.

A flush of Silicon Valley funding into basic research at a time when funding is scarce could very well wind up doing more for scientific progress than every NIH grant combined.

At the same time, many scientists are sceptical that the "move fast and break things" approach will work very well when applied to us. After all, we are living, breathing organisms, not inanimate machines. That's something we should try to remember.

Related Articles:

Iodine: The Miracle Mineral For Brain, Body And Spirit

If Vaccines Don't Cause Brain Damage, Why Is GlaxoSmithKline Paying Out $63 Million To Vaccine Victims?



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Trump Cleans Out Some Coup Plotters, Advances Peace & Development Cooperation With Russia, China + Trump Mocks ‘Cryin’ Chuck Schumer For Switching Positions On Comey
May 14 2017 | From: Geopolitics / FreedomOutpost / Various

Donald Trump, in the past 48 hours, took initial steps towards throwing out the garbage in the intelligence community who have been part of the ongoing Color Revolution attempt against the U.S. government.



Comey, together with former NSA chief Clapper, former CIA chief Brennan, and others, have openly participated in a coup attempt against President Trump, using wild lies and tactics last seen in the McCarthy era to terrorize the American population about the supposed danger of Russian aggression, and even Russian control over the U.S. government.

Related: For The First Time, You Can Track Every Dollar The Government Spends

Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov, following a highly productive meeting today with President Trump and Secretary Tillerson in the White House, usefully ridiculed this campaign. Responding to repeated questions from the whorish U.S. press to explain the fake news of Russian interference in the 2016 election, Lavrov responded:


"I think this is even humiliating for American people, to hear that U.S. internal affairs are being governed by Russia. How can it be that such a great nation is thinking in this way?”


Lavrov: Trump Administration Are Business People, Dialogue Free From Ideological Bias


Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov said Russia and the US should seek ways to solve international problems together, despite any difficulties in relations, following a meeting with US President Donald Trump.

Related: Trump and Lavrov meeting round-up





EIR published an extensive dossier on Feb. 27, 2017, titled: "Obama and Soros - Nazis in Ukraine 2014, U.S. in 2017?” (PDF)

The dossier documented that the same people and institutions which ran the neo-nazi coup against Ukraine in 2014 were attempting to carry out a similar Color Revolution against Trump - and for exactly same reason.

As Russian Deputy Ambassador to the UN Security Council Vladimir Safronkov said to British Ambassador Rycroft on April 13:


"Your dream has slipped away, because we’re going to work with the United States. You’re afraid of this. You’re doing everything you can to sabotage this teamwork.”

The Russians understand that the British Empire is pulling out all the stops, even risking a nuclear war, to prevent Trump from leading the U.S. into a partnership with America’s historic and natural friends in Russia and China.

This friendship would mean the end of the British Empire once and for all, ending the division of East and West, and bringing into being a new paradigm based on development and the mutual interests of all nations.



Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

Related: Belt-and-Road Blueprint is Now a Roadmap, Cancel the British System! – LarouchePAC

This is, of course, the New Silk Road - the One Belt One Road Initiative launched by China’s Xi Jinping, which will hold its first international conference in Bejing this coming weekend, with representatives from over 100 countries and 28 heads of state, planning a productive future for mankind and an end to the perpetual warfare of the imperial era.

Helga Zepp-LaRouche, known as the “Silk Road Lady” in China, today reflected on the fact that, with Italian Prime Minister Gentiloni heading his nation’s delegation to the Belt and Road Forum, while former Prime Minister Jean-Pierre Raffarin will represent France, and most other nations in Europe sending significant delegations, the historical momentum in Europe has shifted to the bright future of the New Silk Road.



Related: Bannon Is ‘Right’ - Media Is the Opposition Party Trying to ‘Bring Down Trump’

Only Germany under Merkel seems to be stuck in the old paradigm, ranting about carbon rather than nation building. As yet, President Trump has not indicated whether he or any other U.S. delegation will attend, although China’s President and the Chinese Ambassador to the U.S. have renewed their invitation.

But Trump has unquestionably made the decision to reject the British gameplan, to dump the corrupt intelligence networks which have peddled the anti-Russia, pro-war propaganda on behalf of British intelligence, which has played the US as the “dumb giant” fighting its colonial wars, while preparing for nuclear war against China and Russia.



Related: Putin and Trump to meet in Hamburg in July

In Asia, the newly elected President Moon Jae-in was sworn in this morning, and immediately announced his commitment to restoring the “Sunshine Policy” toward North Korea, and to work with Trump toward a long-term solution on the Korean peninsula.

Such a solution must be based on mutual development and assurances of sovereignty for the North in exchange for resolving the nuclear weapons issue.

Pyongyang has repeatedly stated that if the threats to their nation were permanently ended, a solution could be found. There is now the potential that the divided Korean nation, working with Xi, Putin, and Trump, and possibly Japan’s Shinzo Abe (who is close to both Putin and Trump), can begin the peace and development process which could eventually lead to reunification.



Related:
Donald Trump’s New Website: Trump crashes news gatekeepers to reach Americans

It’s time for President Trump to have that hamburger with Kim Jong-un.

Related: Trump Cleans Out Some Coup Plotters, and Advances Cooperation for Peace and Development with Russia and China

We’ve seen this scenario before, when we separate Obama’s action from that of the warmongering chickenhawks. Will Trump respond positively to the call of the day, and put the Empire at bay?


'Russians Tricked Us': US Media Outcry Over Exclusion From Trump-Lavrov Meeting

U.S. media have been getting worked up about the presence of a Russian photographer at the first meeting between Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov and the American president. Trump's first face-to-face with Russia's top diplomat was held behind closed doors at the White House. After the meeting these photos were released by a Russian news agency. And the U.S. media took that as an affront.







Trump Mocks ‘Cryin’ Chuck Schumer For Switching Positions On Comey

President Donald Trump mocked New York Democratic Sen. Chuck Schumer for claiming lack of confidence in former FBI director James Comey and then acting upset when Trump fired him.



In a tweet posted late Tuesday evening, Trump referred to Schumer as ‘Cryin’ Chuck Schumer for reversing positions on Comey after Trump fired the FBI director earlier Tuesday. Trump made the decision based on the recommendation of Attorney General Jeff Sessions and his deputy Rod Rosenstein. According to the president, the purpose of the firing is to reinvigorate “public trust and confidence.”

Related: Lester Holt: Trump ‘Makes a Fair Point’ About Democrat Hypocrisy On Comey



Trump followed his tweet at the end with the hashtag #draintheswamp, which is reminiscent of a campaign promise to remove graft and waste in Washington D.C.

Following word of Comey’s firing, Senate Minority Leader Schumer told the president:


"With all due respect, you are making a big mistake.”

“This is part of a deeply troubling pattern from the Trump administration,”
Schumer said later at a press conference. “This does not seem to be a coincidence.”

But back in November, Schumer stated that he had completely lost confidence in Comey’s abilities.


"I do not have confidence in him any longer,”
he said. At the time, Schumer criticized Comey’s handling of former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton’s email probe as “appalling.”

President Trump Meets With Former Secretary Henry Kissinger





Related Articles:

Trump Destroys Liberal Critic and Fake Hero Sen. Blumenthal: He “Cried Like a Baby” When Caught Lying

Buchanan: DC Elite Trying to Overturn Election of ‘Courageous’ Trump

Trump Starts Draining The Swamp: Who’s Next?


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Marine Le Pen: The French Election Was Rigged
May 14 2017 | From: YourNewsWire

It’s not some grand conspiracy, but it’s grand theft all the same. Le Pen voters lost their ballots, their rights, by the millions on Sunday.



In France, if a ballot is damaged, it cannot be cast. So the political establishment, who are desperate to prevent Le Pen from taking office, arranged for the destruction of millions of Le Pen ballots.

Related: Allstar of the French Right, Marion Maréchal-Le Pen, to Quit Politics

Up to one third of all ballots sent out to voters, an estimated 60% of Le Pen ballots, were destroyed at the time of mailing.

Only Le Pen ballots arrived destroyed, there is not one report of a single ballot for Macron arriving destroyed.

These ballots arrived at a household that had five eligible voters. 100% destruction rate.



In the week leading up to the election reports began pouring in that an enormous number of ballots for Le Pen were destroyed at the time of mailing. They were torn badly, rendering them void, before they were mailed out.

The randomness of the tears proves they were torn by hand – with intent. This was a major, co-ordinated effort, orchestrated by the establishment.



The Le Pen campaign complained to the election watchdog, claiming ballots had been “systematically torn up” – but the watchdog merely gave a Gallic shrug, and banned the media from reporting on it.


But it Gets Even Worse

Voters in districts which heavily favored Macon also received multiple ballots, enabling them to vote twice. The French election commission even confirmed that multiple votes would count, and wouldn’t be investigated until after the election.




The French election was, in this method, stolen. Macron is not the legitimate president of France.

How Did This Happen?

The French media, forever in the pocket of the elite, refused to report on the issue, allowing the establishment to stifle the will of the people.

However, after the election, mainstream outlets did publish some interesting data. Agence France Press, for instance, admitted that a staggering number of French voters cast ballots which didn’t count.

Nearly one in three French citizens who voted on Sunday did not cast a valid ballot for Macron or Le Pen.

There is always a number of blank or spoiled protest votes in any election. But the number of spoiled ballots in this election was quadruple the usual number in France. Suspicious much?

Agence France Press tried to cover up the fact that many people had their votes destroyed by claiming that these people “declined to choose” between Macron and Le Pen, and reported that many of them had spoiled their ballots.

Spoiled how? Rips and tears? How convenient.

According to Agence France Press:


"A third of French voters declined to choose between centrist Emmanuel Macron and far-right leader Marine Le Pen in Sunday’s presidential election, either abstaining or spoiling their ballots - a record rate in nearly half a century.

According to official results with more than 80 percent of votes counted, the abstention rate stood at 24.52 percent - the highest since the presidential election in 1969.

That would make a total of one French person out of three who decided not to choose between the two candidates. It’s really a lot for a presidential election,” Anne Jadot, political science professor at the University of Lorraine, told AFP."

The steal is in. The French establishment successfully silenced the voice of the people. Now the media is attempting to cover it up.


Macron is a usurper and not a legitimate president. He was selected by the elite, and placed into power via a rigged election that silenced millions of French patriots. What millions of French people suspected has now been visibly and obviously proven to them – will they now join Le Pen’s call for revolution against the establishment?


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Deep State: It Is War, Not Peace That Pays
May 13 2017 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various

The Deep State at work: President Eisenhower warned us. He called the “Deep State” at work the “military-industrial complex.” There will always be people in a society who are more willing than others, more prone to bullying, stealing, and making jackasses out of themselves.



As 18th-century political philosopher William Godwin observed, if a government has any legitimate purpose at all, it is to keep these people from doing harm to their fellow human beings.

Related: Deep State Continues to Suffer Losses in Several WW3 Frontlines

But over time, these bullies will infest government and its related industries. Then, instead of keeping these pests under control, government gives them authority, even funding a kind of fake-respectability. Their predations, illusions, and vanities become public policy.

All major industries – media, education, health care and finance – attract these bullies and jackasses. But the Deep State treats them like a manure pile to a herd of pigs. Soon, they will be rooting and wallowing in the biggest heap of misappropriated resources in all of history.



Related: WikiLeaks’ Vault 7 Shows How CIA Spies On Your TV, Phone, PC, Mac, And More + Napolitano: Trump First President To Confront Deep State

Today, the Deep State’s agents bark at you to take off your belt and shoes at airports. Try to dig a pond in your backyard, or let your teenage son work on the family farm, and they will make a case of it. They snoop and spy, looking for secrets they can exploit to bribe you. They tax. They regulate. And they control.


"Ultimately, and the sooner the better, it will require our system and people to reject Trump and those surrounding him - who have already done so much to disgrace the offices they hold and undermine America’s standing in the world.”

But the ones that are out of control are the cabal members themselves and this must be stopped immediately.

This shadowy secret government whose ultimate goal is the implementation of the so-called New World Order, is pulling the strings on the world’s puppet-heads of state and captains of industry.

The term Deep State has recently gained traction, in addition to the use of terms like; shadow government, cabal, Rothschild Khazarian Mafia, The Powers That Be, the Luciferians, Illuminati, Elite; all referencing the same group of hidden Luciferian Satanists that detest and rob people.



Related: DeepStateGate: Trump Ends The Wiretapping Innuendo Game By Dealing Himself In &
Incompetent And A Criminal: Obama’s Wiretapping Of President Trump Icing On The Cake Of Worst President Ever


The Deep State is an unelected insider-government within in the government. They are not interested in politics, just in money and power, and will continue doing what they are doing, until they cannot do it anymore.


How The Deep State Operates:

A complex web of revolving doors between government, the military-industrial-complex, Wall Street, and Silicon Valley consolidates the interests of defence contractors, banksters, military campaigns, and both foreign and domestic surveillance intelligence, the media, and healthcare, just to name a few.

Money, the economy, and government have all changed since the collapse of the Bretton Woods agreement and the end of gold-backed money. When on August 15, 1971, President Nixon hammered the last nail in the coffin of honest money by abolishing gold backing for the US-Dollar, the world’s reserve currency.



Related: Want To Understand The Deep State? Here Is Your Deep, Deep State

This was not the only reason for the profound changes that followed. There was also the introduction of Communist China to capitalism, the fall of the Soviet Union, and the rise of the Internet, to name just a few.

After the dissolution of the Soviet Union in 1991, the Deep State faced the biggest threat to its existence: It no longer had a plausible enemy. Since then, it has put U.S. jackboots on the ground in a takedown of a series of pseudo-enemies – all laughably inferior.


It is War, Not Peace That Pays:

However, with all its firepower, all its superior military technology, and all its trillions of dollars in spending, America hasn’t won a single one of its many wars since the end of the Cold War by way of a clear or honourable victory.

Not one, but then again, that has never been the intention, the only true intention being to turn around money and power, period. Instead, all wars have led to one fumbled mess after another. Enemies were suddenly promoted into angels; allies morphed into demons.



Related:
Deep State References Including Attempts to Impeach Donald Trump

You’d think this would bring the public to its senses. Maybe all this spending, blustering, and bombing is not really paying off? Maybe it is creating more enemies than it defeats? But that is just the point: For the common man, a war is little more than a Super Bowl with mortal stakes.

They holler and hoot for the Homeland team. They salute their heroes and hate their enemies, even when they’re not sure who the enemy is.

Those who do the thinking and the plotting, on the other hand, have another agenda. They are just as happy with a defeat as a victory. Victory, and the peace that followed World War II, almost put them out of business. It is war, not peace that pays. And war pays well, not to mention all the personal liberties that are confiscated with each fabricated war.


The Trillion Dollar Industry:

The U.S. “security” industry has about $1 trillion a year in spending power. You can buy a lot of votes with that kind of money. The Deep State remains in charge. The fix is always in.

The deep state hides in plain sight and goes far beyond the military-industrial complex. 



While most citizens are at least passively aware of the surveillance state and the conspiracy between the government and the corporate heads of Wall Street, few people are aware of how much the intelligence functions of the government have been outsourced to privatised groups that are not subject to oversight or accountability by the public.


The Money Suckers:

Moreover, while Wall Street and the federal government suck money out of the economy, relegating hundreds of millions of people to poverty and incarcerating more people than China – a totalitarian state with four-times more people than the US.

The deep state has, since 9/11, built the equivalent of three Pentagons, a bloated state
apparatus that keeps defence contractors, intelligence contractors, and has financed privatised non-accountable NGOs.



Related: Trump Versus Deep State: Full-Scale Information War Revealed

Big Business, called Corpocracy aids the deep state. The revolving door between government and Wall Streetmoney allows top firms to offer premium jobs to senior government officials and military yes-men.

Wall Street is the ultimate foundation for the deep state because the incredible amount of money it generates can provide these cushy jobs to those in government after they retire. Nepotism reigns supreme as the revolving door between Wall Street and government facilitates a great deal of domestic strife:


"Bank bailouts, tax breaks, and resistance to legislation that would regulate Wall Street, political donors, and lobbyists. The senior government officials, ex-generals, and high level intelligence operatives who participate find themselves with multi-million dollar homes in which they spend their retirement years, cushioned by a tidy pile of investments.”


How Did The Deep State Come Into Being?

Although the Deep State is an age-old planned entity, originally it may have been named differently. Insiders are of the opinion that ultimately it is the offspring of the military-industrial complex, while others say it came into being with the Federal Reserve Act in 1913, when Woodrow Wilson remarked;


"We have come to be one of the worst ruled, one of the most completely controlled and dominated governments in the civilised world, no longer a government by conviction and the vote of the majority, but a government by the opinion and duress of a small group of dominant men.”

This quasi-secret cabal is pulling the strings in Washington, and much of the world is maintained under the pressure of a corporatist ideology that thrives on deregulation, outsourcing, deindustrialization, and financialization, yielding perpetual war and economic imperialism abroad, while consolidating the interests of the oligarchy.



Related: Trump, Watergate, Nixon, Rockefeller: The Real Lesson & Deep State CEO Obama Running Black Ops To Undermine Trump & Alt-Media

The Deep State is a government within a government that operates off tax dollars but is not constrained by the constitution, nor are its machinations derailed by political shifts.

In this world – where the deep state functions with impunity – it doesn’t matter who is president so long as he or she perpetuates the war on terror, which serves this interconnected web of corporate special interests and disingenuous geopolitical objectives.


"As long as appropriation bills get passed on time, promotion lists get confirmed, black (i.e., secret) budgets get rubber stamped, special tax subsidies for certain corporations are approved without controversy, as long as too many awkward questions are not asked, the gears of the hybrid state will mesh noiselessly”.


Is There Hope For the Future?

For sure there is hope, and the epilogue is imminent. At present, discord and unrest continues to build.

But various groups, establishments, organisations, and portions of the populace from all corners of the political spectrum, including Silicon Valley, Occupy, the Tea Party, Anonymous, WikiLeaks, anarchists, libertarians from both the left and right, Whistleblowers like Edward Snowden and others are beginning to vigorously question and reject the labyrinth of power wielded by the deep state.



Related: US Deep State In Deep Trouble + A Deeper Understanding Of Technocracy

Can these groups – can we, the people – overcome the divide and conquer tactics used to quell dissent? That depends on how many of us wake up and unite in the importance of forging a future with freedom and prosperity.

It lies in our own hands, while help is on its way, as long we all become and remain positive and motivated to eradicate this Deep State Mafia, once and forever! Take into consideration; Our Creator has created planet Earth and its people, not to be destroyed by a small group of Mafiosi, called the Deep State!

9/11 Truth Destroyed British TV Host

US Navy Veteran Jesse Ventura taught CNN host Piers Morgan a lesson about truth. No crackpot points here.  All are sensible points.  Listen to Jesse Ventura.





Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

New Leaks Reveals How Facebook Targets Emotionally Vulnerable Youth
May 13 2017 | From: MintPressNews

The secret document was put together by two Australian Facebook execs and includes information about when young people are likely to feel excited, reflective, as well as other emotions related to overcoming fears.



Facebook has come under fire over revelations it is targeting potentially vulnerable youths who “need a confidence boost” to facilitate predatory advertising practices.

Related: Major Media Organize to Rig Web-Search Results

The allegation was revealed by The Australian which obtained internal documents from the social media giant which reportedly show how Facebook can exploit the moods and insecurities of teenagers using the platform for the potential benefit of advertisers.

The confidential document dated this year detailed how by monitoring posts, comments and interactions on the site, Facebook can figure out when people as young as 14 feel “defeated”, “overwhelmed”, “stressed”, “anxious”, “nervous”, “stupid”, “silly”, “useless”, and a “failure”.

Such information gathered through a system dubbed sentiment analysis could be used by advertisers to target young Facebook users when they are potentially more vulnerable.

While Google is the king of the online advertising world, Facebook is the other major player which dominates the industry worth about $80 billion last year.



Related: A New, More Rigorous Study Confirms: The More You Use Facebook, The Worse You Feel

But Facebook is not one to rest on its laurels. The leaked document shows it has been honing the covert tools its uses to gain useful psychological insights on young Australian and New Zealanders in high school and tertiary education.

The social media services we use can derive immense insight and personal information about us and our moods from the way we use them, and arguably none is more fastidious in that regard than Facebook which harvests immense data on its users.

The secret document was put together by two Australian Facebook execs and includes information about when young people are likely to feel excited, reflective, as well as other emotions related to overcoming fears.


"Monday-Thursday is about building confidence; the weekend is for broadcasting achievements,” the document said, according to the report.

Facebook did not return attempts by news.com.au to comment on the issue but was quick to issue an apology and told The Australian that it will conduct an investigation into the matter, admitting it was inappropriate to target young children in such a way.

The data on which this research is based was aggregated and presented consistent with applicable privacy and legal protections, including the removal of any personally identifiable information,” Facebook said in a statement issued to the newspaper.

However, there is a suggestion that the research could be in breach of Australian guidelines for advertising and marketing towards children.

Many commentators have suspected Facebook engaged in this sort of cynical exploitation of the data it gathers but the leaked document is scarce proof.

Mark Zuckerberg’s company has not been shy about exploring ways it can manipulate the data it collects on users.

For one week in 2012, Facebook ran an experiment on some of its users in which it altered the algorithms it used to determine which status updates appeared in the news feed of nearly 700,000 randomly selected users based on the post’s emotional content.

Posts were determined to be either negative or positive and Facebook wanted to see if it could make the selected group sad by showing them more negative posts in their feed. It deemed it could.

The results were published in a scientific journal but Facebook was criticized by those concerned about the potential of the company to engage in social engineering for commercial benefit.

Facebook’s Data Use Policy warns users that the company “may use the information we receive about you … for internal operations, including troubleshooting, data analysis, testing, research and service improvement.”



Related: In Connected World, Users Are Getting Reared As Slaughter Animals + Facebook Employees Are Quitting Because Of Users Being Censored

Currently information about your relationship status, location, age, the number of friends and the manner and frequency with which you access the site is sold to advertisers. But according to the report, Facebook is also seeking to sell ads to users concerned with insights gleaned from posts such as those concerned with body confidence and losing weight.

Related: The Stakes For Trump And All Of Us + Facebook's Zuckerberg Lobbies For New World Order



Leaked: Facebook Targeted Insecure Children & Vulnerable Trendies

People within Facebook have leaked information that exposes how the social media giant uses its power to weaponize useless idiots.






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Trump Fires Comey: Spin Doctors Go Wild In The Swamp & Deep State Pushes Coup Against Trump Over Comey Firing
May 12 2017 | From: JonRappoport / Infowars / Various

In the political swamp that is Washington, and in the press swamp, motor boats began speeding every which way in the wake of Trump’s decision to fire FBI Director Comey.



People in the boats are holding up signs to explain the reason for the firing.

Related: Infowars Nightly News: Plan To Overthrow President Trump Discovered

The first sign was: COMEY LIED. Comey lied the other day. He lied in testimony before Congress, when he said Huma Abedin, Hillary Clinton’s long-time aide, had sent “hundreds and thousands” of emails to her husband, Anthony Weiner, some of which contained classified information.

The truth was, the FBI says, contradicting Comey, a great many of those emails were merely “backed up” on Weiner’s laptop via “backup devices.” Huh? Does that actually mean something? Weiner obtained those emails out of the sky, delivered by a chariot, and not from Huma?




Roger Stone: Exclusive Details On Trump’s Firing Of Comey

Insider explains what influenced Trump's decision.








Weiner’s laptop was serving as a storage device, a personal little cloud? Somebody not connected to the Hillary campaign was using the social-media’s porn star as a backup for classified data?

Who would that be? Putin? Putin hacked the Hillary/DNC emails, and sent them to both WikiLeaks and Anthony Weiner? “Hi Anthony. Vlad here. Keep these thousands of emails for posterity.”



Anthony Weiner of Pizzagate infamy

Related: Law & Order: SVU Smears Alex Jones, Infowars in Pizzagate-based Episode

The next motor boat running through the swamp featured a sign that said: 'Comey screwed up the Hillary investigation'.

This sign can be interpreted several ways, depending on who is in the boat. One, Comey didn’t press the investigation into Hillary’s personal email server far enough last summer and fall.

He stalled it. He didn’t ask for an indictment. That’s why Trump fired him yesterday. Trump didn’t fire Comey right after he was elected president, when it would have been a simple bye bye. No, Trump waited five months and then lowered the boom. Sure.



Related: Still No Evidence of Collusion Between Russia and Trump Administration

The other meaning of 'Comey screwed up the Hillary investigation' is: Comey improperly told the world (last summer) that the FBI was investigating Hillary. His announcement influenced the election. The FBI is supposed to keep absolutely quiet about ongoing investigations.

Comey didn’t. Then he publicly closed the book on the investigation, opened it again, and closed it again. That’s why Trump just fired him.

Again, Trump waited five months after the election and then got rid of Comey. And of course, Trump was morally outraged that Comey exposed Hillary in the first place, when Comey should have remained silent. Sure. That makes a lot of sense.

The next motor boat speeding across the swamp held up a big sign that said, TRUMP FIRED COMEY TO STOP THE FBI FROM INVESTIGATING THE TRUMP-RUSSIA CONNECTION. You see, for five months, Trump happily left Comey in place, knowing Comey was investigating him, Trump, and yesterday Trump had enough of that, so he fired the FBI director.

Right.




Trump Schools CNN Reporter in 1990 - Then Drops the Mic - Literally

Trump has been calling out (Very) Fake News CNN for decades.

Vintage Donald Trump interview from 1990 shows him calling out the Fake News channel CNN and then he literally drops his mic and walks off. Media analyst Mark Dice has the story.






The next motor boat in the swamp held up a sign that said, this is Nixon all over again, this is Trump's Watergate. The sign refers to the last sign, but ups the ante. And there is another sign that says, in the same vein, now we can impeach Trump.

And another one that says, 'Appoint an independent coundel to investigate the Trump-Russia connection'.

I’m waiting for Bob Woodward of Watergate fame to step in and say, “It’s all right, folks, I’m on the case. I’ll handle it. I was just eating lunch and sipping a fine wine in my underground parking garage when a shadowy figure stepped out of the gloom and whispered, ‘My throat is deep, and I’ll spoon-feed you secrets for the next year, but you’ll have to dig up the facts.

Everybody is involved in the cover-up. Comey, Sessions, Pence, Bannon, Conway, Ivanka, Putin, Gorbachev, Yeltsin, Stalin.”

So why did Trump fire Comey yesterday? I don’t know, but the short answer might be: Comey’s boss, Attorney General Jeff Sessions, told Trump to get rid of Comey. Sessions made the call.

Sessions now has a specific plan to make the FBI over in the image he prefers. Sessions wants to shape the Bureau according to his agendas. Sessions has looked into the Bureau and he now knows which people he wants to fire. He wants to get rid of the Obama crowd.



Related: Sen. Grassley Grills Clapper and Sally Yates on Unmasking of Trump Officials: Both Refuse to Provide Details

He wants loyalists. He doesn’t want a Dept. of Justice that is going in one direction, while the FBI is going in another. Sessions wants a predictable FBI. His own.

Joel Pollak, writing at Breitbart, has a simpler answer to the question, why fire Comey now? Pollak writes:


“But why fire Comey now? The answer is simple. The day before, President Barack Obama’s former Director of National Intelligence James Clapper repeated, under oath, what he told NBC News’ Chuck Todd on Meet the Press on March 5 - that he had seen no evidence of collusion between the Trump campaign and the Russian government.

That gave the Trump administration the breathing room to dismiss Comey - which it simply did not have before.”

In other words, now Trump can’t be accused of firing Comey to stop “the truth” emerging about a Trump-Russia collusion, because there isn’t any collusion.

Theoretically, that might be the case - but the spin machine doesn’t care about the truth or who is right and who is wrong. The machine keeps running. Those motor boats keep moving across the swamp. Signs come out. People yell and scream.




Roger Stone Has Documents Exposing Obama Moles Inside White House/State Department


Find out who is behind the movement to derail Trump.






Chuck Schumer may soon compare Trump to Benedict Arnold.

For the past 65 years, the CIA has been infiltrating media and promoting many messages. In certain cases, an op involves promoting CONFLICTING messages, because the intent is sowing discord, chaos, and division. In this instance (Comey/Trump), it’s a walk in the park (or a ride in the swamp).

All sorts of people on both sides already have steam coming out of their ears, without any nudging or provocation.

A child could run this spin counter-spin op. And we’re just getting started.




Deep State Pushes Coup Against Trump Over Comey Firing


Foreign Policy once again promotes COG rhetoric.



The shadow government is once again pushing its months-old agenda to overthrow Trump, this time using Tuesday’s firing of FBI Director James Comey as the casus belli.

Related: The Simple Explanation for Trump Firing James Comey When He Did

Not long after the news broke that Comey was sacked, a nasty article appeared in Foreign Policy - a premiere globalist mouthpiece - demanding the removal of Trump from office, and “the sooner the better” because America is a “failing state.”

“It will require a bipartisan commitment to truth and justice,” Foreign Policy’s David Rothkopf wrote.


"Ultimately, and the sooner the better, it will require our system and people to reject Trump and those surrounding him - who have already done so much to disgrace the offices they hold and undermine America’s standing in the world.”

The article is heavily biased even for Foreign Policy’s standards – Rothkopf calls Trump a “tin-pot leader” who displays a “deeply worrisome” pattern of behavior.

Ironically, he also claims Trump is now acting “more brazenly and desperately,” which actually aptly describes the anti-Trump articles coming out of Foreign Policy and other globalist-oriented magazines as of late.



Related: How Trump Is Saving America

But what’s really significant in the article is Rothkopf describing the U.S. under Trump as a “failing state,” which in itself sounds like hyperventilating rhetoric except for the fact that the deep state is trying to use a “continuity of government” (COG) mechanism already in place to overthrow the entire Trump administration.

To do that, the globalists need to convince the public the US is a “failing state.”

As Infowars’ Clifford Cunningham reported on May 5, Congress was already holding secret meetings about removing Trump from office.



Breaking: Deep State Admits Plan To Overthrow Trump







Interestingly, he based his report on an article by the New Yorker, which, like Foreign Policy, cheerleads the policies designed by the upper echelons of establishment power.


“Nobody occupies the White House without criticism, but Trump is besieged by doubts of a different order, centering on the overt, specific, and, at times, bipartisan discussion of whether he will be engulfed by any one of myriad problems before he has completed even one term in office - and, if he is, how he might be removed,”
wrote the New Yorker’s Evan Osnos.

And as I reported in March, The Atlantic, another globalist magazine, was also trying to publicly sell the idea of a coup against Trump using COG measures.



Related: Report: Congress Holding “Secret Conversations” About Removing Trump


“…If the election had been stolen, Pence’s place as president would be no more legitimate than that of Trump,”
wrote The Atlantic’s Norm Ornstein. “After Pence - Paul Ryan, the speaker, followed by Orrin Hatch, the president pro tem, followed by Secretary of State Rex Tillerson.”

“If voters’ collective desires were subverted by foreign interference and a party’s collusion, none would have a legitimate claim - especially since the control of the Senate, at least, would have been affected by the Russian role.”

Of course the article failed to mention Hillary Clinton’s deep ties to Russia – the Clinton Foundation brokered a deal giving Putin 20% of US uranium production, according to the N.Y. Times – but that doesn’t matter because the Trump / Russia conspiracy is a fake narrative used to delegitimize Trump because the deep state’s presidential pick, Hillary Clinton, fell short of the presidency.

The ruling elite can’t fully control Trump like they could have with Clinton, and that scares them.


Related Articles:

Radio Station Owner Exposes Plot To Pull Alex Jones Off The Airwaves

Australian Business Leader to Invest $2 Billion in US Thanks to Trump: “Because of His Great Leadership”

Infowars 3-5: Plan To Overthrow Trump Discovered

FCC Will Investigate Colbert’s Vulgar Attacks on President Trump and Take Appropriate Action

Tech Giants Attempting to Destroy Infowars

Comey “You’re Fired”! - Trump Fires FBI Director


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

French Election A Catastrophe For World Peace & French Election Fraud? Images Show Ruined & Stolen Le Pen Ballots
May 12 2017 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / Infowars

Marine Le Pen’s defeat, if the vote count was honest, indicates that the French are even more insouciant than Americans.



Macron gives victory speech in front of an illuminati pyramid


The week before the election the Russian high command announced that Washington had convinced the Russian military that Washington intended a preemptive nuclear first strike against Russia. No European leader saw danger in this annoucement except Le Pen.

Related: British TV Rips Macron: ‘Banker, Pretend Politician, Married to His Nana’

No European leader, and no one in Washington, has stepped forward to reassure the Russians. In the US apparently only my readers even know of the Russian conclusion. Simply nothing is said in the Western media about the extraordinary risk of convincing Russia that the US is preparing a first strike against Russia.

Nothing in the 20th century Cold War comes close to this.

Le Pen, as Trump did prior to his castration by the military/security complex, understands that military conflict with Russia means death for humanity. Why were the French voters unconcerned with what may be their impending deaths?

The answer is that the French have been brainwashed into believing that to stand for France, as Marine Le Pen does, is to place patriotism and nationalism above diversity and is fascist.



Related: Macron emails lead to allegations of homosexual adventurism, drug use and Rothschild money

All of Europe, except for the majority of the British, has been brainwashed into the belief that it is Hitler-like or fascist to stand up for your country. For a French man or woman to escape the fascist designation, he or she must be Europeans, not French, German, Dutch, Italian, Greek, Spanish, Portuguese.

Brainwashed as the French are that it is fascist to stand up for France, the French voted for the international bankers and for the EU.

The French election was a disaster for Europeans, but it was a huge victory for the American neoconservatives who will now be able to push Russia to war without European opposition.




French Election Fraud? Images Show Ruined & Stolen Le Pen Ballots

Arab man appears to remove Le Pen ballots from polling station.



An image posted after Sunday’s French presidential election shows ruined Marine Le Pen ballots, as well as another video that shows an Arab man appearing to steal Le Pen ballots from a polling station.


Related: After 6 Deadly Islamic Attacks and 130 Deaths in 3 Years – Paris Votes 90% for Macron

The video shows the man swiping a pile of Marine Le Pen ballots from a polling station in Le Blanc-Mesnil, northeast Paris, before they are subsequently seen discarded on the street outside as the man and his friends shout “F**k Front National!” in celebration.



Macron's wife is old enough to be his grandmother. They have been together since he was 15 - she was his teacher at a Jesuit school and is purported to be his handler for the Rothschilds

Related: Globalist Macron Defeats Populist Le Pen In French Landslide

It is unclear whether the ballots had been counted or why the man was allowed by election officials to remove them.


Migrants Celebrate Results Of French Election

In President-Elect Macron's acceptance speech, he congratulates the winners of the election - and it's not the natives of France.





An image posted after Sunday’s French presidential election shows ruined Marine Le Pen ballots, as well as another video that shows an Arab man appearing to steal Le Pen ballots from a polling station.

The video shows the man swiping a pile of Marine Le Pen ballots from a polling station in Le Blanc-Mesnil, northeast Paris, before they are subsequently seen discarded on the street outside as the man and his friends shout “F**k Front National!” in celebration.

It is unclear whether the ballots had been counted or why the man was allowed by election officials to remove them.



Related: Europe Surrenders To Islam, Macron Bows To Merkel

The post accompanying the image claims that 60% of Le Pen ballots “were destroyed at the time of mailing,” although this is obviously a gross exaggeration.

However, this wouldn’t be the first instance where questions about fraud have hung over the French election.

Half a million expats living outside of France, the vast majority of whom preferred Macron over Le Pen, received duplicate polling cards before the first round of voting, where it was widely expected that Le Pen, who came second, needed to win to build momentum for the final round.

Police responded to the scandal by saying they wouldn’t even investigate it until after the final round of the election.

Related: French Presidential Predictions Eerily Similar to US Election: Will the Populist Wave Take France?


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Liens Filed Against The Federal Reserve: The Key To Trump Ending The Fed & Returning The Gold Standard?
May 11 2017 | From: TheMindUnleashed

While there are certainly forces within the Deep State or “Shadow Government” that obviously oppose any moves to bring back the gold standard and end the Federal Reserve, the timing may be ideal for a massive push to accomplish both of these tasks.



Arguably, there has been no U.S. president whose every move has been scrutinized and reported on more than that of Donald Trump. He has over 26 million followers on Twitter, is being covered every day and night by every mainstream media outlet and many alternative media outlets.

Related: The Possibility Of Trump The Great + Donald Trump Said Willing To Consider A Gold Standard

Much of what Trump says, does or Tweets about is further reported on and reaches hundreds of millions of people around the world. With respect to bringing back the gold standard and ending the Federal Reserve, Trump needs only to utilize the media’s spotlight to begin making a focused and consistent push in talking, and even tweeting about these two issues.

In essence, Trump can create a groundswell, grassroots movement from the masses in support of these two moves that will cut off the Deep State’s ability to control the global financial system. Though there are certainly complicated logistical moves needed to take place to bring back the gold standard and end the Federal Reserve, the basis of accomplishing these items are surprisingly simple.



To begin, the issues must not only be tweeted and talked about consistently, the public needs to be educated on why these moves will benefit the U.S and the rest of the world.

Most importantly, the public must be educated as to why these moves will benefit democrats, republicans, libertarians and all other parties, including those who don’t engage in politics at all. The masses must learn why these two moves will benefit all people.

As activist and comedian George Carlin once said:


"The owners of the country don’t want an educated populace capable of critical thought sitting around the kitchen table realizing how badly they are getting screwed.”

Henry Ford also made this point very clear:


"It is well enough that the people of the nation do not understand our banking and monetary system, for if they did, I believe there would be a revolution before tomorrow morning.” 

Educating the masses on how badly the U.S. and all nations around the world are being conned by the global elite is a surefire way to create a groundswell that topples the elite and their control systems.

A byproduct of creating a tsunami of awareness around these two issues will be an understanding of which senators and representatives support and oppose the moves to end the Federal Reserve and bring back the gold standard. This is incredibly important in terms of the public being able to put pressure on the right senators and representatives to begin supporting these two moves.

From Trump’s point of view, this would be highly favorable to him as he wouldn’t need to pressure any senator or representative. The masses would do it themselves. The revolution would be in full effect

However, before ending the Federal Reserve, a legitimate 3rd party audit must take place. And no, not another “annual audit” that occurs because of the Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. Sadly, this is but a smoke and mirrors attempt to persuade the masses that the Federal Reserve is compliant, fair and trustworthy.

Can we really trust the Federal Reserve, which is a privately owned, registered corporation masquerading as a lawful and legitimate governmental agency?


A thorough and just audit of the Federal Reserve must take place, much like what is proposed by Rand Paul’s legislation, the Federal Reserve Transparency Act. In fact, the first obstacle to passing this bill has been cleared as of March 28th, 2017 when the Committee on Oversight and Government Reform approved the legislation for a full audit on the Federal Reserve.

The next step will be to pass the House of Representatives, which it has passed twice in recent years. If passed in the House, which it is expected to overwhelmingly do so, it will move on to the Senate for voting.

Among the many things that will be revealed in a true audit of the Fed, the masses will come to learn just how badly the world has been deceived by the Federal Reserve and the elite.

Allowing a privately-owned corporation to print money endlessly, create money out of thin air, act on it’s own authority and illegally manipulate global markets will not be allowed to continue, once finally exposed to the masses.

The banking system will be largely understood for the con that it has been and a return to the gold standard will be the next logical step - one that will then at that time be largely supported.



Related: The Most Important Financial Meeting Since JFK’s Death Just Took Place

But where will the gold come from? The same place John F. Kennedy was about to receive gold and silver from back in 1963 when he signed Executive Order 11110 into effect: The East.


He Who Owns the Gold, Makes the Rules

Some real history must be recalled in order to fully understand. Unbeknownst to many, Kennedy was working closely with Indonesian President Sukarno, who both signed (along with the United Bank of Switzerland) the now infamous Green Hilton Memorial Agreement.

A certified copy of the official Agreement can be seen here, from pages four through twenty.

The agreement was to allow the United States Treasury access to a vast amount of gold, silver and other resources to back a new U.S. Treasury Note and abandon the Federal Reserve Note. The Agreement was officially finished on November 14th, 1963, just eight days before John F. Kennedy was murdered in Dallas, Texas.


Because JFK was about to legally expose and end the Federal Reserve, and because this agreement was finished just eight days before he was murdered, one naturally suspects that his signing of the Green Hilton Memorial Agreement was one of the primary reasons he was killed.



JFK, Soekarno and Lyndon Johnson

Related: The Connection Between 9/11, JFK And The Global Collateral Accounts

It must also be remembered that these vast sums of gold, silver, metals and resources that President Soekarno had access to was the accumulation of Indonesian and other Asian assets. In August of 1945, Soekarno was granted the status of M1, or “Monetary Controller” of these assets, by way of United Nations Resolution MISA 81704.

These assets, while not talked about in any school and university textbooks, are commonly known as the global collateral accounts and were the prized topic of the Bretton Woods agreement and were also the biggest reason for the creation of the BIS (Bank for International Settlements).



Going back even further, recall that the Chinese Kuomintang government sent gold to the Federal Reserve in the U.S. in 1928 and 1934 in exchange for Federal Reserve bonds, because the Japanese had begun looting Chinese gold via the well-documented Operation Golden Lily.

Operation Golden Lily is no longer a fringe topic, thanks to the work of former international and City of London banker turned investigative journalist David Guyatt and his book The Secret Gold Treaty, as well as the work of investigative journalists Peggy and Sterling Seagrave in their book Gold Warriors.

Where this history gets interesting is the involvement of the BIS, which is the central bank of all central banks.



As Zerohedge reported in 2014, the Bank for International Settlements was on the brink of being dissolved because of certain delegates from Norway, the United States and multiple European countries provided proof at the Bretton Woods conference in 1944 that the BIS helped the Nazi regime loot assets (gold included) from countries around the world, including the east Asian countries who held vast amounts of gold, silver and other metals.

While the liquidation and dissolving of the BIS was approved by U.S. President Franklin Delano Roosevelt, it was actually never undertaken and in 1945 when U.S. President Truman came into office, the decision was suspended, and officially reversed in 1948.

In an amazing twist back to the present time, take a look at what Wikileaks tweeted on February 4th, 2017, asking “Where is Vault 7?”



This is a picture of the Nazi gold mine in Merkers-Kieselbach, Germany, where stolen Nazi gold and other treasures were kept. Thus, it is possible that Wikileaks is sending a strong message to those within the BIS and other top-level financiers. Naturally one must ask, does Wikileaks have something to reveal about these stolen assets? We will see.

Coming back to Trump, it would be beneficial for him to not only begin pressing hard for a true audit of the Federal Reserve, but to also work with the East in recovering these vast amounts of assets to back currencies, thus transforming the global financial system.

In fact, Trump could call for a deeper investigation into liens that were filed against the Federal Reserve, the BIS, the European Central Bank and several others for their complicity in illegally using these assets that the banks have no legal authority over.

While the story didn’t make mainstream news back in 2012 (because of the severity of the implicated institutions), those within these institutions know that it is only a matter of time before the world at large came to learn of just how badly we have been deceived about these global collateral accounts.


Two international businessmen, named Neil Keenan and Keith Scott filed liens against the 12 Federal Reserve banks, the BIS, the European Central Bank, the National Bank of Belgium, the Bank of England, the Deutsche Bundesbank, the Bank of France, the Banca D’Italia, the Bank of Japan, the De Nederlandsche Bank, as well as a cease and desist against the United Bank of Switzerland and the BIS.

Certified copies of each of the notices are attached above in the links provided. (Keith Scott is now no longer involved because it was discovered that he was attempting to infiltrate and subvert the legal proceedings of this massive case on behalf of the banks involved.)

As the reader will notice in the UBS and BIS cease and desist document, which also provides the Green Hilton Memorial Agreement document, President Soekarno’s son signed over the rights to the Green Hilton Memorial Agreement to Neil Keenan.

To this day, Neil Keenan is working with multiple Asian countries to bring this massive fraud back into the open, though he has obviously faced much opposition from the implicated parties.

Additionally, Keenan filed a lawsuit in late 2011 in the Southern District of New York against the United Nations, the World Economic Forum, Silvio Berlusconi, Ban Ki-Moon, the Italian Republic and several others in a separate case that also relates to the theft and abuse of the global collateral accounts.



For those that want proof of this lawsuit, here is a screenshot of the filed case. This comes from pacer.gov, which is used to look up filed cases. Take a look at the plaintiff and defendants

The lawsuit was withdrawn by Keenan shortly after because the judge overseeing the case was dismissed and replaced with a brother of one of Barack Obama’s economic advisors. Thus, the case was about to be silenced by the banking elite.

However, because Keenan withdrew the case and has since gathered much more evidence in the time being, this case will once again be brought forth.

In other words, if Trump wishes to really audit and end the Federal Reserve, as well as bring back the gold standard, he must look at the long history that has taken place with respect to the global collateral accounts, and also the recent history of the liens filed against the major banking institutions around the world.

Imagine the movement he could create if he began openly discussing the fact that liens have been filed against these banks as well as a cease and desist order, because of the fraud involved in illegally using the global collateral accounts.

Again, such a movement would need to have nothing to do with political party bias, but instead be based around creating awareness on the level of fraud that the major banking institutions of the world have been implicated in.

The level of understanding of the financial system that Henry Ford talked about would be achieved and the institutions would not able able to stand in their current form. A massive transformation would follow – one that could actually begin to benefit the people. 

Trump has the tools and the media’s attention to be able to start discussing these very important events that have taken place and has the power to work with the East in bringing the gold standard back. He has the power to do just what JFK was about to complete with Soekarno of Indonesia.

In something so big and so covert, it would be in his favor to discuss these things publicly, because publicity offers a form of protection. It is apparent that JFK was doing this in private, with very few people knowing what was happening with his relationship to Indonesia.



Trump can bring this into the open, which will give him not only a more secure position, but will also create an enormous movement of awareness around the topics of ending the Federal Reserve and bringing back the gold standard.

Interestingly, as Politico and Zerohedge reported on April 28th, 2017, the CIA’s missing JFK files about his assassination are set to be released at the latest by October of 2017. As president, Trump has the ability to block the release of these documents. Will he allow them to be released?

Will new revelations about the Green Hilton Memorial Agreement and JFK’s relationship with Indonesia come to light? Will Trump follow in JFK’s footsteps and work with the East to reveal the truth about the global collateral accounts? Will he try to end the Federal Reserve, just as JFK tried? We watch with great anticipation.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Prime Minister Of Hungary: George Soros “Has Ruined” Millions Of Lives & George Soros Battles $10B Lawsuit, Familiar Charges Of Wielding Political Influence
May 10 2017 | From: Constitution / FoxNews

If you think billionaire liberal George Soros is a horrible person, you’re not alone. It’s not just here in America where Soros has earned himself a reputation for being corrupt, malicious, and an ever-ready opponent of liberty.



Apparently, the man who has been leading the Democrat Party for the last 20 years or so, is also quite hated in Europe.

Related: Soros Asset Agnes Callamard Attacks Duterte with an “Academic Visit”

Hungary’s Prime Minister Viktor Orbán delivered a scathing indictment of the world’s liberals and arguing that Hungary had the right to implement whatever immigration policies it chooses to, and that the nation also had the right to fight back against the underhanded efforts of Soros and his minions.

Orbán’s comments echoed sentiments he articulated during an interview a few weeks ago where he explained that George Soros and his lackeys were acting as if they were above Hungary’s laws in their attempts to abuse the system and grab more power for themselves.



From the Hungarian site Miniszterelnok:


"There can be no special privileges, and no one may stand above the law – not even George Soros’s people. I do not believe that the civic intelligentsia would be happy to be allied with people whom the impending legislation will clearly show to be operating with foreign funding, serving foreign interests, and following instructions from abroad.

All this is about the fact that – through his organisations in Hungary, and hidden from the public gaze – George Soros is spending endless amounts of money to support illegal immigration.

To pursue his interests he pays a number of lobbying organisations operating in the guise of civil society. He maintains a regular network, with its own promoters, its own media, hundreds of people, and its own university.

He wants to keep the pressure on Hungary: the country which expects even the likes of George Soros to observe its laws. I believe that George Soros must not be underestimated: he is a powerful billionaire of enormous determination who, when it comes to his interests, respects neither God nor man.

We want to protect Hungary, and so we must also commit ourselves to this struggle."

During his speech on Wednesday Orbán continued with that theme.


"I know that the power, size and weight of Hungary is much smaller than that of the financial speculator, George Soros, who is now attacking Hungary.

Despite ruining the lives of millions of European with his financial speculations, being penalized in Hungary for speculations, and who is an openly admitted enemy of the euro, he is so highly praised that he is received by the EU’s top leaders.”



Orbán continued by noting that Soros was behind much of the mayhem in the continuous flood of illegal migrants into Europe, and that the billionaire was personally financing the efforts in an attempt to strip EU member nations of their sovereignty.


"George Soros and his NGOs want to transport one million migrants to the EU per year. He has personally, publicly announced this program and provides a financial loan for it. You could read this yourselves.

We reject this, we do not want to lose the right of national ratemaking for public utilities, because we fear that this would increase the burdens of the people and once again lead to drastic price increases, from which Hungarian families have suffered enough.”

As such Orbán, and Hungary, would continue to stand against the European Commission’s attempts to bring ever greater numbers of immigrants and refugees into Europe.


"Our position is clear: we do not want, and do not think it is in accordance with the founding treaties of the Union, to settle migrants in our country in a mandatory way. The decision on who we live with can only be made by the Hungarian citizens.”



Related: Trump Foiled Soros’ Master Plan To Impose New World Order + Theresa May: Brexit Britain And Donald Trump Can Lead The World Together

The Hungarian Prime Minister also explained that he and the people of Hungary were tired of the politically correct doublespeak that so often flows out of the European Parliament.


"We talk clearly and unambiguously, so everyone can understand, even if we know that this may not appeal to everyone. We on the other hand are irritated by the restrained political language, unable to name things for what they are, that has become widespread in European public life nowadays.”


Viktor Orbán at the European Parliament: "We Are Not Happy With How the EU Works"



After he finished his remarks, the UK’s representative to the European Parliament, Nigel Farage spoke out and told Orbán that his European colleagues would never listen to him.

Farage reminded Orbán that he had been making similar speeches before the parliament for years and that they had NEVER even pretended to give Hungary a fair hearing.

Finally, Farage wondered when Orbán, who is obviously aperfect follow-up speech to Orbán’s attack on the EU, and it raises some serious questions about whether or not Hungary will remain in the EU long term. n intelligent man, would figure things out and realize that the EU doesn’t care what the people of Hungary want. It was the


Time for Hungary to join the Brexit Club, Mr Orban! - Nigel Farage



The more allies we can find to fight Soros’ evil machinations, the better. President Trump should put a call in to the Hungarian Prime Minister to discuss who our two nations can work together to unmask and weaken Soros.




George Soros Battles $10B Lawsuit, Familiar Charges Of Wielding Political Influence

A $10 billion suit against George Soros accuses the self-styled humanitarian of meddling in the politics of a poor African country in order to settle his own scores, a charge the billionaire’s critics say reflects his longtime modus operandi.



The 86-year-old investor, who controls a web of international nonprofits in addition to his vast financial empire, used his sway with the government of Guinea to freeze Israeli company BSG Resources out of the West African nation’s lucrative iron ore mining contracts, according to the suit filed last month in New York Federal Court by BSG Resources.

Related: The Diabolical World Of George Soros: “I Cannot And Do Not Look At The Social Consequences Of What I Do”

"Soros was motivated solely by malice, as there was no economic interest he had in Guinea," BSGR alleges in court papers.


"Americans do not understand the extent to which Soros fuels this anti-constitutional, anti-American agenda.”

- J. Christian Adams, former DOJ attorney

A spokesman for Soros, who regularly supports nascent democratic governments in Eastern Europe and Africa, said the philanthropist has a lifelong interest in helping impoverished nations, and only backed a probe of BSG out of corruption concerns.

Whatever the ultimate outcome in the current case, it is not the first time Soros has been accused of sowing political upheaval to advance a personal agenda.



Critics around the world, including in the U.S. and in Soros’ homeland of Hungary, say the liberal financier often masquerades as a humanitarian while manipulating the political landscape


"We are committed to use all legal means at our disposal to stop pseudo-civil society spy groups such as the ones funded by George Soros,”
Hungary’s top education official, Minister of Human Capacities Zoltan Balog said recently.

In the U.S., Soros has spent heavily on politics from local district attorney races to presidential campaigns. While his stated goals have included reshaping the justice system, achieving income equality, battling climate change and fighting racism, critics say he has used his money to buy massive influence within the Democratic Party.

Soros has also been accused of using his Open Society Foundation and U.S. diplomatic connections to interfere with the government of Macedonia, according to Sen. Mike Lee, R-Utah.




In 2002, Soros was convicted in France of insider trading for buying stakes in companies previously owned by the government, including the bank Société Générale, based on confidential information.

In the current case, BSG is controlled by Soros’ nemesis and fellow billionaire Beny Steinmetz, who accuses Soros and his nonprofits of orchestrating a bribery probe to manipulate the administration of President Alpha Conde to strip BSGR of mining contracts.

Steinmetz claims Soros was motivated by hostility toward Israel and a 20-year-old grudge against Steinmetz regarding a business in Russia and his alleged hostility towards Israel.


"To Soros, Steinmetz’s success, as well as his active, passionate promotion of Israeli life, business and culture are anathema,”
BSGR said in the complaint. “Soros is also well known for his long-standing animus toward the state of Israel.”

BSG was stripped of its mining rights when it refused to pay hundreds of millions of dollars to keep its mining license, according to the suit, which further alleges Soros enlisted Obama’s Department of Justice to investigate BSG.

Soros has denied all the allegations. A Soros spokesperson told Fox News BSG is trying to divert attention from its own legal issues.


"The allegations in BSGR’s lawsuit are frivolous and entirely false,”
the spokesperson said. “The lawsuit is a PR stunt meant to deflect attention from BSGR’s mounting legal problems across multiple jurisdictions.”

BSG hopes to make Soros’ influence on the U.S. government, and in particular the Obama administration, a key part of its case. After the Soros-backed probe claimed evidence of bribery against BSG, the U.S. Department of Justice convened a grand jury to look into the case. Critics say it is an example of Soros using his political clout to further his goals.

J. Christian Adams, a former DOJ attorney under the Obama administration who is now president of Public Interest Legal Foundation, told Fox News Soros had the Obama DOJ at his beck and call.


"Soros’ organizations in the U.S. were instrumental in shaping DOJ policy under the Obama administration,”
Adams said, noting allegations that Soros was involved in police procedures and voter ID rules across the nation.

“Americans do not understand the extent to which Soros fuels this anti-constitutional, anti-American agenda.”

A DOJ spokesperson declined to confirm or deny whether it is investigating BSG as part of a criminal case, but confirmed it has found jurisdiction in the past to investigate bribery in Guinea’s lucrative mining industry in cases involving neither BSG nor Soros.

Attorney for BSG Resources Louis Solomon told Fox News they hope to begin court proceedings in July in New York City.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Europol, FBI Arrest Nearly 900 In Crackdown On Global Pedophile Ring + Former SEAL: 3,000 Elite Pedophiles Arrested - Media Silent
May 9 2017 | From: DW / YourNewsWire

More than 350 people in Europe alone have been arrested as part of an investigation into online child abuse. However, the case has drawn criticism from civil liberties groups.



US and European police arrested nearly 900 people thought to be connected to an underground child pornography network in a case that has drawn criticism from some civil libertarians.

Related: UN Peacekeepers Caught Running Massive Child Sex Ring - Not One Person Jailed

The announcement of the arrests from the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) and Europol came days after a court sentenced Florida-based Steven Chase, founder of the so-called Playpen pedophilia network, to 30 years in prison.

The arrests were in connection with the Playpen network and followed a more-than-two-year investigation into the group's members around the globe that began after Chase's arrest in 2014. 

Playpen was accessible in what is known as the "darknet," where internet users can engage in illegal activities using encryption and anonymity software in an effort to hide their identities. The secret network allowed anonymous users to engage in a forum where they could share photos and videos showing the sexual abuse of children.



Related: NBC News Report: Hillary Clinton ‘Covered Up’ Elite Pedophile Ring At State Department

As part of its investigation, called "Operation Pacifier," the FBI managed to use to malware to seize the Playpen website and server, which allowed authorities to track and identify Playpen users.

Of the 870 people arrested, 368 were in Europe. The investigation also identified at least 259 sexually abused children.


Criticism from Civil Liberties Groups

Some privacy advocates criticized the investigation, however, suggesting the FBI may have broken the law by using the malware to identify Playpen's users.


"The warrant here did not identify any particular person to search or seize. Nor did it identify any specific user of the targeted website,"
the Electronic Frontier Foundation said, according to the AFP news agency.

EFF said the FBI continued operating Playpen servers after seizing them, allowing the exchange of illegal, pornographic images of children and using malware to hack into many users computers and have the computers send identifying information back to authorities.



An employee of the European Cybercrime Centre in The Hague

Related: Children Are Vanishing At An Alarming Rate In This Small Town - PedoGate In America

In a 2016 post, the digital rights group said such hacking threatened "to undermine individuals' constitutional privacy protections in personal computers.

Authorities countered that as criminals become more technologically savvy, police needed to use additional tools in their investigations.


"Those individuals involved in the sexual abuse of children are becoming increasingly forensically aware and are actively using the most advanced forms of anonymisation and encryption to avoid detection,"
said Steven Wilson, head of Europol's Cybercrime Centre, in a statement.

"The internet has no boundaries and does not recognize borders. We need to balance the rights of victims versus the right to privacy. If we operate 19th century legal principles then we are unable to effectively tackle crime at the highest level," he added.



Related Articles:

Exposing Pedophile Rings Website Shutdown

Dr. Mary Gatter of Planned Parenthood Caught Again Haggling Over Selling Baby Parts!

Documents Tie Berkeley Riot Organizers To Pro-Pedophilia Group, NAMBLA

Harriet Harman’s Paedophile Labour Party

Conspiracy Of Silence - Abuse in Boy's Town




Former SEAL: 3,000 Elite Pedophiles Arrested - Media Silent

Former Navy SEAL Craig Sawyer says that over 3,000 pedophiles belonging to an elite satanic pedophile ring have been arrested, amid a total blackout by the mainstream media. 



Speaking with Infowars‘ Michael Zimmerman at the NRA’s annual convention, Sawyer says that intelligence insiders have confirmed that Trump’s vow to take down the elite pedophile ring in Washington DC is already being fulfilled.


Related: Is Facebook Permitting Pedophilia and Child Porn on its Platform?

According to Sawyer, his independent research has led him to discover that high-level government officials routinely torture and kill young children during satanic rituals. He says that despite a concerted effort by social media and the mainstream to suppress this information, they cannot escape the avalanche of truth being released by the independent media.


Former SEAL: Take Down The Pedophile Elite





Transcript of interview with Former Navy SEAL Craig Sawyer


"We started a nonprofit organization called ‘Veterans For Child Rescue’ and we are raising money to expose high level elite pedophile rings that are snatching up our children. Some of them are into satanic rituals and torturing little infants and toddlers to death.

I’m getting high level information from federal law enforcement and intelligence communities. There have been over 3,000 arrests since January. We have a President now who is not ok with children being raped and tortured to death, thank God.

With all of these arrests going on, I’ve been learning more and more about it and i’ve realised i have to go independent to get around the gatekeepers in the mainstream media who refuse to report on it.

My mission is to inform the American citizens of what they’ve been denied knowing. I want to provide a non permissive environment against these acts for these children and make a better environment for the children going forward. We have to do something.

I’ve assembled a task force of high level intelligence retirees and veterans who are very capable. So we’re going to shoot this documentary and shine a light on this cesspool of corruption and help clean it up.

Immediately after I told Alex Jones and announced our founding of the organisations. I got phone calls from officials saying there are two groups planning to attack the organisation.

I’m going to allow their attacks to illuminate what they’re doing.

Social media is suppressing my reach. Crowdfunding sites have undermined us. But every day we are gaining more and more support from high level officials. Its a grassroots movement that is growing very very quickly."


Related: Outrage: A "Pedogate Coin" from the US Mint


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Barack Obama Is Using His Presidency to Cash In, But Harry Truman And Jimmy Carter Refused
May 9 2017 | From: TheIntercept

Defenders of Barack Obama’s decision to do things like accept a $400,000 check for a speech to a Wall Street brokerage house argue that the former president might as well cash in - everyone else does.



That was Daily Show host Trevor Noah’s defense of Obama. “People are like why doesn’t he not accept the money?"

Related: Obama Unveils Monument To His Failures

"No, f*** that,” Noah said. “So the first black president must also be the first one to not take money afterwards? No no no my friend. He can’t be the first of everything! F*** that, and f*** you. Make that money, Obama!”

This argument, while common, is based on historical ignorance. It assumes that presidents have always found a way to leverage their political connections post-presidency to make money from interest groups and wealthy political actors.

But that isn’t the case. It used to be the norm for presidents to retire to ordinary life after their stint in the White Hous- just ask Harry Truman.



President Truman

Related: Obama's $400G Wall Street speech leaves liberal base stunned

When the Democratic president was getting ready to leave the White House in 1953, he was approached by many employers. The Los Angeles Times noted that if he was “unemployed after he leaves the White House it won’t be for lack of job offers … but [he] has accepted none of them.”

One of those job offers was from a Florida real estate developer, asking him to become a “chairman, officer, or stockholder, at a figure of not less than $100,000” - the sort of position that is commonplace today for ex-politicians. Presumably, had Truman taken the position, it would have been a good deal for both parties: the president’s prestige and connections would also enrich the company.

Truman declined.


"I could never lend myself to any transaction, however respectable, that would commercialize on the prestige and dignity of the office of the presidency,”
he wrote of his refusal to influence-peddle.

Although he had access to a small pension from his military service, Truman had little financial support after leaving office. He moved back into his family home in Independence, Mo., and insisted on being treated like anyone else.

He would tell people not to call him “Mr. President,” and settled on a fairly ordinary routine once he was back in Independence.



Related: Judge Jeanine Pirro Goes All In – Rips Michelle Obama Limb From Limb On Live TV

He would take a morning walk through the town square. He kept an office nearby where he would answer mail from Americans.

He chose to engage with just about anyone who walked into his office - not only people who wrote him big checks, or invited him onto their private yachts and private islands.


"Many people,”
he once said, “feel that a president or an ex-president is partly theirs - they are right to some extent - and that they have a right to call upon him.” Indeed, his office number was even listed in a nearby telephone directory.

He eventually agreed to write a memoir for Life magazine, but it was a lengthy project that provided far from luxurious stipends.

Truman’s modest life post-presidency moved Congress in 1958 to establish a pension system that provides an annual cash payout as well as expenses for an office and staff.

Gerald Ford nevertheless shattered precedent when he joined the boards of corporations such as 20th Century Fox, hit the paid speech circuit, and was made an honorary director by Citigroup.



President Ford

Related: House to Probe Whether Obama Undermined U.S. National Security to Finalize Iran Deal

But his successor, Jimmy Carter, who grew up in a modest home in Plains, Georgia, did not follow Ford’s example. He refused to become a professional paid speaker or join corporate boards. He moved back to Plains, and was welcomed home by a crowd of neighbors and supporters.

He quickly made himself busy as a nonprofit founder and a volunteer diplomat. He did make money post-presidency - but by serving ordinary people, not elites.

He wrote dozens of best-selling books bought by millions of people across the world - the post-presidency equivalent of small donors.



President Carter

Related: New Huma Abedin Emails Reveal Additional Instances of Clinton Sending and Receiving Classified Emails Through Unsecure Server

Carter explained his thinking to the Guardian in 2011, telling them that his;


"Favorite president, and the one I admired most, was Harry Truman. When Truman left office he took the same position. He didn’t serve on corporate boards. He didn’t make speeches around the world for a lot of money.”

The presidents who came after did not choose the same path. At a time when Japan was a major trade rival with the United States, Ronald Reagan flew to Japan for a series of paid speeches after he left office. He accepted $2 million for a pair of 20-minute speeches to the Fujisankei Communications Group. An additional $5 million was arranged for expenses related to the visit.



Presedent Reagan

Related: Clinton Insider Huma Abedin Deserves a Criminal Investigation

Both Bushes also joined the paid speech circuit, and the Clintons made over $100 million from banks and other corporations, shortly after the Clinton presidency deregulated Wall Street.


“I never made any money until I left the White House,”
Bill Clinton lamented to a student group in 2009. “I had the lowest net worth, adjusted for inflation, of any president elected in the last 100 years, including President Obama. I was one poor rascal when I took office. But after I got out, I made a lot of money.”

Obama was hardly facing poverty. He already has a $65 million book deal and that $200,000 annual pension.

By joining the paid speech circuit - his spokesperson Eric Schultz told the press that paid speechmaking will be a fixture for the former president - Obama was making a conscious choice.

Obama could have been like Truman or Carter, but instead chose to be like Bush and Clinton.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Here’s How You Stop Internet Censorship
May 7 2017 | From: Infowars

The Internet was taken away from 'the people'.



A newly-founded non-profit group, Free Our Internet, launched to oppose Soros-funded Internet censorship, has launched a new campaign, #ReportTheBans, inviting participants to report personal experiences.

Related: Censored, Surveilled, Watch Listed And Jailed: The Absurdity Of Being A Citizen In A Police State

“If your voice has ever been silenced by the Internet Censorship Bureau, we want the details,” a #ReportTheBans page on the Free Our Internet website offers.

The #ReportTheBans campaign invites Internet users to “Tell Your Story,” with a box to check requesting confidentiality.






Free Our Internet highlights the campaign with the amazing admission from Google Chairman Eric Schmidt, who said on March 23, 2017:


"It should be possible for computers to detect malicious, misleading and incorrect information and essentially have you not see it. We’re not arguing for censorship, we’re arguing for just take it off the page … right? … Put it somewhere else. Make it harder to find.”

A page on the Free Our Internet website presents a regularly updated list of the “tech-left’s coordinated campaign to silence free speech on the Internet.”

Among the instances cited is the vendor, hired by Google, that utilized a contractor ranking Infowars as “low-quality” content, in a story first posted online by independent journalist Mike Cernovich.




As Infowars reported on May 1, 2017, Free Our Internet’s goal is to educate Americans about how leftist super-elites and their powerful corporate allies have methodically used their wealth and political influence to erode the public’s Internet freedoms and wage war on alternative media.

Founded by Donald Trump’s Maine Campaign Director Christie-Lee McNally, Free Our Internet was organized to empower individuals who support free speech and expression online, protect the diversity of ideas, and oppose government actions that undermine Internet openness and transparency.


"For years, the left and their corporate allies in Silicon Valley have paid lip service to Internet freedom,”
said McNally. “In reality, they work tirelessly to undermine that very freedom by supporting clandestine efforts to make the Internet less free.”



Related: Seasoned Investigative Journalist Exposes Inside Strategies To Censor News

McNally stressed that under President Obama, the Internet was taken away from the American people.


"For the tech-left, the Internet isn’t about openness and protecting the diversity of ideas. It’s about relentlessly working to control online communication, manipulating America’s political discourse to promote their own agendas and line their own pockets,”
McNally continued.

“The activist and political left has found common cause with Silicon Valley monopolies – the companies that actually control the platforms citizens depend on for information and to communicate with one another,” she stressed.


Related: Stop Censorship: Time For Us All To Finally Break Google, Facebook and Twitter?


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Marine Le Pen, If Elected, Will Open The EU-Prison
May 7 2017 | From: FinalWakeUpCall

Pro or anti EU: The French people have spoken, its either a Deep State controlled puppet Macron a supporter of the EU, or the anti EU advocate and non-controlled people’s liberator Marine Le Pen.



If she wins the French elections, it will bring down Merkel in Germany, end the European Union, and give rise to the default of the Euro.

Related: Charismatic First Round Candidate, Nicolas Dupont Aignan, Throws His Support - And Almost Two Million Votes - Behind Le Pen

Macron, a 39-year-old Rothschild banker who nobody had even heard of until last summer, supposedly won the rigged first round. Inside sources say:



 “The French Presidential elections are rigged for sure.”

They point out that Macron has never been elected to public office and in reality is unpopular.

The French have a fighting chance to permanently shut down the EU, for this to be accomplished; people must awaken en masse, to ensure Macron is defeated in the next round. Then the Deep State, will soon be out of oxygen everywhere on planet Earth. Especially, once the Central Banks are abolished, and all currencies are backed by gold or silver, then they won’t have the money to create wars.

Fortunately, many voters are sceptical of Macron , while the see, Le Pen has answers on key issues.  They’ll lose their power structure, their agencies, allies, and weapons of mass destruction, resulting in game over for them.  So, it will be; To Be or Not to Be!



Related: NY Times Smears Le Pen, French Patriots As “Racist Extremists”

Europe needs big, big reforms. The majority of the people in France more and more are against Europe. So the new president has to reform Europe. Don’t think Macron is on the way to do that; he will deliver a weak France, exactly what Brussels and Berlin want.

People who do not underestimate the severity of this are but few as this is an exterminating force that hates human beings. It hates creation, it hates life. And it will do anything to destroy us completely. And the way to do that is to divide humanity.



Divide and conquer is their means to an end.

Humanity is a manifestation of light. It is true creation. As long as we are divided through political parties, religion, skin color, you name it, then – from a Luciferian point of view – the full potential of the enemy, their full power is suppressed or even extinguished.

If people would only embrace their full potential and power, the Luciferians would lose. This monster, this greedy monster would disappear.



Rest assured, now is a time for unity, not division. No country ever showed unity through division. Use your own judgment with all information; the objective is to help bring about the new change and prosperity for all humanity.


The Khazarian Controlled US Corporate Government Must End:

The White Dragon Society is lobbying the US corporate government’s main creditors, Japan and China, to not grant the corporate government any more extensions, as long as it remains under Khazarian mafia control.

They are being told that the controlled demolition of the US corporate government would end the financing for the endless wars, Daesh, false flag terrorism, the spread of bio-weapons etc.



The Khazarian mafia has become what can only be described as institutionally insane in recent days as the bankruptcy deadline looms.

The recent attempts to start World War 3 in Syria and North Korea are being followed up with repeated threats of nuclear and bio-terrorism and such insanity will no doubt continue until they are permanently put out of business.



French People Unite:  

People must unite, against their domestic fascist government. The most formidable enemy is the one that controls every nation’s government, the financial system, the educational system, the health system, and even citizens’ lifestyle.



The force in numbers of the enemy is negligible, while we, the people have an impressive majority; provided many of us are awake and conscious. It is time for all individual citizens to become proactive! And liberate ourselves from the EU-Prison.



Powerful Dictatorship:

The most powerful form of dictatorship and control is one that you cannot see, being unaware of its existence. People are given the illusion of freedom by being allowed to vote every four years or so, but behind the scenes the same few are in control of whichever party of government is officially voted into office.

Democracy is supposed to be rule by the majority, which is a tyranny in itself, but it is not even that. It is the dictatorship by the few hiding behind the smoke screen of a ‘free and open society’.



Every person elected from the left or the right is ultimately controlled by the few at the top of the pyramid and it doesn’t matter which one is elected and put in charge, the RK-crime cabal of the elite brotherhood dictates to them exactly how, what, when and where all is to be done.

In summary, it really doesn’t matter whom you vote for, the hidden hand pulls the strings of those who appear to be in charge and making the decisions. The whole idea is to deceive the people into believing that they are free when they are fundamentally controlled.

Nobody rebels about not being free while believing to be free. When you are in a prison cell and you can’t see the bars people think they are free to leave whenever they choose.



But if you are in a prison cell and you see the bars, you know you’re in a prison.

If you are in the cell and you can’t see the bars you think you are free to leave, until you try, that is, which most people never do, but this is exactly what people should try to do now.

Governments talk endlessly about ‘Freedom’ and the ‘Free World’ because they are selling this prison without the bars.

The fairy tale they sell to us is nonsense of course, but we people are fooled into believing it, otherwise we may realize that in truth, we are living in a one-party dictatorship controlled by a few.



EU-Citizens Have No Influence:

Be aware that in Brussels, important matters are being arranged behind closed doors, on which EU-citizens have no influence, but only suffer the consequences of the disastrous measures taken on our behalf.


“If there is no great outcry and no riots because most people have no idea what has been decided, and we shall continue - until there is step by step no turning back.”

- Jean-Claude Juncker | President of the EU European Commission

Nobody can check the plans or exercise any influence on them, resulting in one undemocratic agreement on top of the other. In 1999 Jean Claude Juncker, the EU Commission President, laid out the EU democracy as follows:


“We take a decision, make that known and then wait and see what happens. If there is no significant opposition, because most people do not understand what we are doing, we go one step further, until we are beyond the point of no return.”

- Der Spiegel 52/1999


Europe Fascist Regime:

The Social Democrats, Christian Democrats, Socialists, Communists, and similar parties have ruled Europe sincethe end of World War 2. They’re all fairly similar in that they promote massive welfare benefits, strong labour unions, large state bureaucracies, very high taxes, strict regulations, and an atmosphere of Cultural Marxism.



Then, every few generations, the voters react and install a “fascist” regime. These keep most of the socialist characteristics, but tend to be supported by, and to be somewhat friendlier to Big Business. Add on a good dose of nationalism, xenophobia, and militarism.

The last time this happened was in the 1930s. In those days it was spurred by the Great Depression. This time it will be spurred by a Greater Depression in addition to massive waves of Muslim migrants from the Middle East and Africa. So, expect to see more neo-fascist political parties everywhere.



EU a Sinking Ship:

Europeans can’t seem to imagine a libertarian alternative of private charities, limited government, minimal taxes, an unregulated economy, intellectual and psychological freedom.

This is another reason the Continent is a sinking ship. The average person doesn’t realise that the country known as Italy today was only created in 1861, a consolidation of many completely independent and very different entities that had been separate states since the collapse of the Roman Empire.



Germany was only unified in 1871, out of scores of principalities, dukedoms, baronies, and so on. Both unifications were very bad ideas; World Wars 1 and 2 are just the tip of the iceberg of a long list of reasons why that’s true.

There are about 200 nation-states in the world. The international “elite,” the Deep State, and organisations like the EU in Brussels, would like to see a much smaller number of more powerful states, steadily moving forward towards a one-world government that they control.

But the actual trend, emanating from the spirit of the people, is in the opposite direction. The trend is the disintegration of nation-states everywhere. There are separatist movements in big Western European countries, like the Basques and Catalans in Spain.



And the Scots in the United Kingdom, who wish they weren’t quite so united with the UK. There are many others, rarely heard about in the mass media, but there are dozens of secession movements throughout Europe and indeed, around the globe.


Bankrupt Banks:

Most of the banks in the world are essentially bankrupt like Deutsche Bank, one of the biggest banks in the world, in fact, this bank and many others, will go under once the economy turns down in earnest.

What are the central banks going to do? Bail them out? Or let them go under? If they let them go under, it’s going to lead to an economic catastrophe without precedent. People will lose their savings, day-to-day commercial activities will be disrupted, businesses will collapse and the entire economy will come to a screeching halt.



On the other hand, if they bail them all out through even more freshly printed money, currencies will lose all value. Which is even worse than the first alternative. It is in effect a disaster either way.

The central banksters have been experimenting and tinkering with the world’s economy and monetary system for decades now and finally the price will have to be paid. Expect a truly major banking crisis. Much worse than that of 2007 - 2009.


Socialism:

The EU is a giant monument to socialism, where everyone believes they can live at the expense of everyone else. As a result, the average European sees his government as a magic cornucopia, a source of unlimited wealth. When something goes wrong, Europeans look to their governments to “do something.”

With this in mind, European Central Bank President Mario Draghi made the front pages on one occasion by saying that he was “ready to act” with a “whole menu of monetary policy instruments.”



This is central banker rhetoric for “I’m willing to print an incredible amount of money in my attempt to keep my job and stimulate the economy by making people think they’re richer than they actually are.”

Draghi’s money printing mania is a disastrously misguided attempt at creating prosperity. It will create bubbles, and cause people and companies to do all manner of things they would never have considered without the false economic signals he emits.

If printing money were the path to prosperity, Zimbabwe and Venezuela would be the richest countries on earth instead of the economic basket cases they are today.



The Euro Will Cease to Exist:

Not one currency in today’s world is backed by a commodity – like gold; they’re backed only by confidence, which can vanish overnight. This is the Deep State’s loophole to steal from the people. The euro is on track to reach its intrinsic value – namely zero.



The best alternative for protecting wealth, of course, is precious metals: gold and silver. Draghi, who deserves the same fate meted out to Mussolini, is acting in a completely predictable manner.



The Truth of Society is the Polar Opposite of the Actual Truth:

Our culture tells us that war is normal, bullying is normal, even encouraged. Power, no matter how ruthless, is correct, might is right. Thinking only with the five senses, and believing only what you can see in the material world is… Normal.

Everything is exactly the polar opposite of how it is labelled. This is the psychological warfare that we are subjected to. This is the lie that we have been told our entire lives… Except, it’s not fiction, and it’s not a novel.

This is Reality.





Artificial Eggs and Sperm on the Global Human Plantation:


In this interview with Max Igan of the Crow House, the global plantation farmer’s market is explored, which offers artificial eggs and sperm, to cultivate desired humans.





Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Complete List Of President Trump’s Major Accomplishments In First 100 Days + Trump Mulling Breakup Of Wall Street Banks
May 5 2017 | From: TheGatewayPundit / Infowars / TheHill

Presidential candidate Donald Trump held his final campaign rally at 1am on election day November 8th, 2016 in Ann Arbor, Michigan.



At the end of his final speech candidate Trump said this:

Related: Kremlin Reveals What Putin, Trump Discussed Over the Phone


"Just imagine what our country could accomplish if we started working together as one people, under one God, saluting one American flag.  I’m asking you to dream big because with your vote we are just hours away from the change you’ve been waiting for your entire life. 

So to every parent who dreams for their child and to every child who dreams for their future I say these words to you tonight.  I am with you.  I will fight for you and I will win for you.  I promise.

To all Americans tonight in all of our cities and in all of our towns, I pledge to you one more time. Together we will make American wealthy again.  We will make America strong again. We will make America safe again and we will make America great again!"





President Trump started off as aggressive as any President ever in working for the American people as he promised.  Now as President Trump’s first 100 days in office come to an end, here is a complete list of his accomplishments and his resulting impact on the economy and world affairs in this very short period of time:

The US Stock Markets are at record highs and millions of Americans are benefitting in their retirement savings accounts.




The DOW daily closing stock market average rose more than 15% since the election on November 8th.  (On November 9th the DOW closed at 18,332 – on March 1st the DOW closed at 21,115).

Since the Inauguration on January 20th the DOW rose 6.5%.  (It was at 19,827 at January 20th and reached 21,115 on March 1st.)

The DOW took just 66 days to climb from 19,000 to above 21,000, the fastest 2,000 point run ever.  The DOW closed above 19,000 for the first time on November 22nd and closed above 21,000 on March 1st.

The DOW closed above 20,000 on January 25th and the March 1st rally matched the fastest-ever 1,000 pooint increase in the DOW at 24 days.

The US Stock Market gained $2 trillion in wealth since Trump was elected!

The S&P 500 broke $20 Trillion for the first time in its history.

In the history of the DOW, going back to January 1901, the DOW record for most continuous closing high trading days was set in January of 1987 when Ronald Reagan was President. The DOW set closing highs an amazing 12 times in a row that month.  On February 28th President Trump matched President Reagan whhen the DOW reached a new high for its 12th day in a row!




President Trump decreased the US Debt in his first 100 days by $100 Billion. (President Obama increased the US debt in his first 100 days by more than $560 Billion.)

The US Manufacturing Index soared to a 33 year high in this period which were the best numbers since 1983 under President Reagan.

President Trump added 298,000 jobs in his first month alone (after President Obama said jobs were not coming back!).

Housing sales are red-hot.  In 2011, houses for sale were on the market an average 84 days. This year, it’s just 45 days.

Illegal immigration is down 67% since President Trump’s Inauguration.

NATO announced Allied spending is up $10 Billion because of President Trump.

After being nominated by President Trump, Constitutionalist Judge Neil Gorsuch was confirmed and sworn in as  Supreme Court Justice in early April.




The President has signed 66 executive orders, memoranda and proclamations as of April 19th, including:

Notifying Congress of a strike on Syria after it was reported that the country used gas on its citizens

Dismantling Obama’s climate change initiatives

Travel bans for individuals from a select number of countries embroiled in terrorist atrocities

Enforcing regulatory reform

Protecting Law enforcement

Mandating for every new regulation to eliminate two

Defeating ISIS

Rebuilding the military

Building a border wall

Cutting funding for sanctuary cities

Approving pipelines

Reducing regulations on manufacturers

Placing a hiring freeze on federal employees

Exiting the US from the TPP


In addition to all this, the President has met with many foreign leaders from across the globe including Xi from China, Abe from Japan, etc.

The President also pointed out numerous times that the MSM (Main Stream Media) reports only on a made up Russia conspiracy story and ignores these accomplishments.  These actions are making the majority of Americans aware of the tremendous bias in the media in the US and abroad.  This too is another major Trump accomplishment.

Winning, Winning, Winning!


Important Comment: To those who let the controlled mainstream media influence their view of what President Trump has and has not achieved, remember that the MSM is still controlled by the Cabal who are throwing everything they can think of at Trump.

President Trump is part of an Alliance that is working to take down the New World Order. It is a grand strategy that sometimes appears as one thing is happening when in fact it is quite the opposeide. This is a war and things are not always as they appear. There has never before in human history on this planet, been an undertaking of this enormity, complexity or importance.
We are fighting for the future of our world.


Trump Goes After FBI Chief Comey On Eve of Senate Testimony

President says Comey 'best thing that ever happened' to Hillary Clinton.



President Trump criticized James Comey on Tuesday night, just hours before the FBI director testifies before the Senate Judiciary Committee.

Related: Fake Media Turns On ‘Pathetic Failure’ Hillary

Trump accused Comey of giving Hillary Clinton a “free pass” in the investigation into whether she mishandled classified information on her private email server.



It is unclear what exactly prompted Trump’s outburst, though it was likely a response to an interview Clinton gave earlier in the day in which she blamed several factors, including Russia, misogyny and Comey, for her November election loss to Trump.

Clinton blasted Comey for re-opening the FBI’s investigation into her emails in late October, just before the election.


“FBI Director Comey was the best thing that ever happened to Hillary Clinton in that he gave her a free pass for many bad deeds!” he tweeted Tuesday.

“The phony Trump / Russia story was an excuse used by the Democrats as justification for losing the election. Perhaps Trump just ran a great campaign?”

Trump expressed measured confidence in Comey during an interview last month. Asked by Fox Business Network’s Maria Bartiromo whether it was too late to fire Comey, Trump said it was not.


“No, it’s not too late, but, you know, I have confidence in him. We’ll see what happens. It’s going to be interesting,” Trump said.

Related: Trump Expresses Confidence In FBI Director But Says He Can Still Be Fired

Comey, who was appointed to his 10-year term by President Obama in 2013, will be in the spotlight on Wednesday during his Senate Judiciary Committee testimony.

In March, during his last appearance on Capitol Hill, Comey acknowledged for the first time that the FBI is investigating whether several Trump advisers cooperated with the Russian government during the campaign.

Iowa Sen. Chuck Grassley, the committee’s chairman, has already indicated that he plans to press Comey over the FBI’s arrangement with the former British spy who authored a dossier of research about Trump.

Grassley has written several letters to Comey asking about agreements that the FBI made with the ex-spy, Christopher Steele. Grassley has noted that Steele was working for an opposition research firm that was in turn working for an ally of Hillary Clinton’s.

Related: Grassley Presses Comey On ‘Material Inconsistencies’ In Trump Dossier Claims

In a letter last week, Grassley told Comey that statements he has made about Steele’s dossier contain “material inconsistencies” compared to records he’s obtained from the Justice Department.


Can James Comey Be Tried For Treason?







Trump Mulling Breakup Of Wall Street Banks

President Trump said Monday he’s considering breaking up major Wall Street banks and could support bringing back a Depression-era law separating consumer and investment banking.



“I’m looking at that right now,” Trump told Bloomberg News. “There’s some people that want to go back to the old system, right? So we’re going to look at that.” 

Related: President Trump Drops by the Independent Community Bankers Association

Stocks initially tanked on the news before quickly rebounding.

Trump, Treasury Secretary Steven Mnuchin and National Economic Council director Gary Cohn have all called for a “21st century” version of the Glass-Steagall Act, a 1930s law banning consumer and investment banks from combining. Most of Glass-Steagall was repealed in 1999.

White House press secretary Sean Spicer said Monday afternoon that Trump was merely restating past support for a "modernized" Glass-Steagall and that the White House wouldn't be proposing anything soon.


"We’re not at a point where we’re ready to roll out details of that yet,”
Spicer said. “He is actively looking at options and considering things. We’re not in a position to make any announcements on this at this time.”



Related: Global Derivatives: $1.5 Quadrillion Time Bomb

Mnuchin and Cohn are both alumni of Goldman Sachs, an investment bank that would do better under such a law than most major consumer-focused operations.

The Republican Party platform was also amended to support a Glass-Steagall-like policy at last year’s GOP convention. It was a surprising move, given the party’s historic support for deregulation 

The Trump administration has not specified what a modern Glass-Steagall should include, and the idea fell flat among Republican lawmakers.

Trump’s comments to Bloomberg come as both the White House and House Republicans take aim at the Dodd-Frank Act, the massive financial regulations passed after the Great Recession.

Trump has signed several executive orders directing Mnuchin to research which parts of Dodd-Frank should be amended or eliminated.

The House Financial Services Committee on Tuesday will also mark up Chairman Jeb Hensarling’s (R-Texas) CHOICE Act, which draws back major portions of Dodd-Frank. 




Democrats are expected to draw out the hearing with dozens of amendments protecting major parts of the post-recession law loathed by Republicans. The CHOICE Act doesn’t include a separation between consumer and investment banking. 

Mnuchin said last week he welcomed the CHOICE Act, but didn’t explicitly endorse it. He told Bloomberg on Monday that the administration is looking beyond legislation to reform Dodd-Frank.


“There are certain things that can be done at regulatory agencies, there are certain things that can be done via executive order, and there are certain things that need to be done with legislation,”
Mnuchin said. “But there’s a lot of things we can do without just looking at rewriting legislation.”

Related Articles:

Report: Trump to Start Amerexit from NAFTA

Diplomat believes Trump should be given chance to improve relations with Russia

Event Horizon - Entering The Point Of No Return

White House: #Trump invites #Duterte to Washington for talks

Trump Says He’d Meet With Kim Jong Un Under Right Circumstances

Video: Batty Democrat Says Trump Is ‘Racist’ For Wanting Immigration Laws Enforced

Roger Stone: Resignation of Justice Kennedy Imminent – Exclusive From White House

Happy Birthday, Melania Trump! Our Beautiful and Accomplished First Lady


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
More Than Half Of Young Europeans Say They Would Join An “Uprising” Against The Elite: Europe’s Youth Don’t CareTo Vote - But They’re Ready To Join A Mass Revolt
May 5 2017 | From: Quartz

Mass resentment against "status quo" driving discontent: More than half of young Europeans say they would join a “large scale uprising” against the elite, a massive poll has found.



A whopping 580,000 respondents in 35 different countries were asked; “Would you actively participate in large-scale uprising against the generation in power if it happened in the next days or months?”

Related: Special Report: Globalists Targeting Patriots For Death

More than half of 18- to 34-year-olds said that they would. The sentiment is likely to be driven by a number of factors, including Europe’s chronic rates of youth unemployment, which have spiked as high as over 50% in Greece and Spain.

Around 580,000 respondents in 35 countries were asked the question: Would you actively participate in large-scale uprising against the generation in power if it happened in the next days or months? More than half of 18- to 34-year-olds said yes.

The question was part of a European Union-sponsored survey, titled “Generation What?” The report went on to focus on respondents from 13 countries to better understand what young people are optimistic and frustrated about in Europe.




Among these spotlighted countries, young people in Greece were particularly interested in joining a large-scale uprising against their government, with 67% answering yes to the question.

Respondents in Greece were also more likely to believe politicians were corrupt and to have negative perceptions of the country’s financial sector.

Greece, Spain and Italy top the poll, with over 60% in all three countries saying they would join a large scale uprising against the establishment. Even in sleepy Belgium and prosperous Switzerland, the figure is higher than 40%.

Respondents in France, where 61% said they would rebel, blamed corruption, high taxes and “too many rich people” for their discontent.

The Quartz study also pinpoints “voter apathy” and being “sick of the status quo” as reasons for why so many young people are ready to engage in civil unrest. But this declining electoral participation is not necessarily evidence of political apathy.

Young people’s willingness to protest suggests they’re still participating in the political process, albeit in a less conventional way. In a 2014 study, young people from Britain, France, and Germany are more engaged in forms of direct action. Compared with older voters, young people were more likely to sign a petition, and more than twice as likely to participate in a protest.

Related: C.S. Lewis Revealed the Secret Plan for Imprisoning the Whole World Back in 1942


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Lavrov Dismantles UK-Led Sarin 'Investigation' In 30 Seconds + CIA Documents: Plans To Topple Assad Family Go Back Six Presidents
May 4 2017 | From: RussiaInsider / Sott

Lavrov blows the whistle on the OPCW and its 'investigations' in Syria.



Russia's Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov has a simple message for the Organization for the Prohibition of Chemical Weapons: Stop with the bullshit

Related: CIA Documents Reveal Plans To Oust Syrian President Assad And Destroy Syria For Oil Pipeline

Speaking with journalists in Moscow on Monday, Lavrov pointed out that the OPCW has taken more than four months to 'analyze' chemical samples from Aleppo, which would likely implicate Syrian 'opposition' forces in war crimes. And surprise, surprise - the OPCW needs even more time before it can release a report. 

Meanwhile, it took this prestigious organization only four days to declare that Sarin was used in the April 4 attack in Khan Sheikhun. 

Lavrov is not amused:


"Four months ago, together with our Syrian colleagues, we sent samples that we got from Aleppo, after it was liberated. We believe these samples are evidence of the fact that opposition armed groups used chemical weapons.

Four months later - no results. And they say they need more time.

But this other unit, that processes complaints about the Syrian regime, as we were told, released a statement several days after the Idlib incident.

And that statement confirms the initial allegations, allegations by NGOs and the White Helmets, that it was Sarin. So in one case we have 4 months - nothing happens, no information is released. But in the other case the other unit issues that statement in just 4 days.

But there’s no data - what laboratory was used, what were the samples like, where were they taken?



Related: Selected Articles: US-NATO Attacks against Syria Geared Towards “Regime Change”

How can this be? Lavrov knows:


"The mission should provide for geographical diversity. As I said, this mechanism is comprised of two units, one receives applications and complains from the Syrian government, and the other processes complaints about the Syrian government.

And both of the units are chaired by UK citizens.

Lavrov then delivers the final blow:


"Jokes aside, it’s an attempt to create a distorted perspective, and then to use this distorted reality to in an attempt to avoid an inclusive dialogue and switch to regime change operations. Another regime change operation in this region.

Okay, we lied. It probably took Lavrov 45 seconds to completely demolish this fraudulent organization and its benevolent 'investigations'. 




CIA Documents: Plans To Topple Assad Family Go Back Six Presidents

Sifting through the CIA's database of 11 million+ declassified documents, WikiLeaks has uncovered a report from 1986 on "possible scenarios that could lead to the ouster of President Assad."



Richard Nixon became the first U.S. President to visit Damascus when he met with the Syrian President, Hafez al-Assad, in 1974

Pointing to the potential for exploiting sectarian tensions, the report nonetheless ironically explains why the US's current regime change strategy is wrong.

Related:
The Assad Family: Nemesis of Nine U.S. Presidents

In January, the US Central Intelligence Agency put over 11 million of its declassified files online. On Monday, WikiLeaks discovered that one of these documents includes a secret report involving scenarios for ousting Hafez Assad (Bashar Assad's father) going back all the way to the Reagan administration.



The document, created under the supervision of the Director of Global Issues by the appropriately named Foreign Subversion and Instability Center, and distributed to senior intelligence officials, as well as officials in the State Department, the Pentagon, Reagan Middle East policy advisor Dennis Ross, and William Eagleton, then-US ambassador in Syria.

The memorandum casually lays out what the CIA envisions to be the "scenarios that could lead to the ouster of President Hafez al-Assad in Syria." The report makes no bones about its "purposely provocative" nature and tone.

Predating the 2011 Arab Spring unrest which would engulf Syria in a bloody foreign-backed civil war by nearly a quarter of a century, the CIA report offered an effective proto blueprint for US intelligence to play up factionalism between the Alawite minority (to which the Assad family belongs) and Sunni Muslims, who make up around three quarters of Syria's population.



The document pointed out that while tensions between the Alawites and Sunnis had declined significantly by the mid-1980s, "the potential for serious communal violence remains."

In fact, the report's authors argued that a sectarian conflict leading to civil war is one of the top three options for regime change in Syria, the other two being a succession power struggle and military setbacks abroad in Lebanon or Israel sparking a coup.



"A Sunni rebellion in the late 1970s and early 1980s ended when Assad crushed the Muslim Brotherhood that spearheaded it," the report noted.

It added, however that "although we judge that fears of reprisals and organizational problems make a second Sunni challenge unlikely, an excessive government reaction to minor outbreaks of Sunni dissidence might trigger large-scale unrest.

In most instances the regime would have the resources to crush a Sunni opposition movement, but we believe widespread violence among the populace could stimulate large numbers of Sunni officers and conscripts to desert or mutiny, setting the stage for civil war."

The failed 'Sunni challenge' being referred to was the February 1982 storming of Hama, known in the West as the 'Hama Massacre', in which the Syrian government crushed an Islamist uprising led by the Muslim Brotherhood in the western Syrian city of Hama.

The storming of the city resulted in the deaths of hundreds of soldiers and militants and several thousand civilians.

Without getting into too many details, the report claimed that any new "general campaign of Alawi violence against Sunnis might push even moderate Sunnis to join the opposition. Remnants of the Muslim Brotherhood - some returning from exile in Iraq - could provide a core of leadership for the movement."

Furthermore, the report estimated that "although the regime has the resources to crush such a venture, we believe brutal attacks on Sunni civilians might prompt large numbers of Sunni officers and conscripts to desert or stage mutinies in support of dissidents, and Iraq might supply them with sufficient weapons to launch a civil war."

Bringing to mind the long-standing ties between Damascus and Moscow, which go back to the 1960s, the CIA attempted to predict the Soviet Union's likely response to any attempt to oust Assad. It concluded that Moscow's best interest would be to preserve the status quo.



At the same time, the report suggested that Washington's best interest would be to see the creation of a 'moderate' Sunni regime, one which:



"Might well include relative moderates interested in securing Western aid and investment. Such a regime probably would be less inclined to escalate tensions with Israel," the report added.

Expanding on the latter idea, the report explained that "business moderates would see a strong need for Western aid and investment to build Syria's private economy, thus opening the way for stronger ties with Western governments."

Interestingly, unlike its Obama-era successors, the CIA of the 1980s had warned that any prolonged chaos and civil war in Syria would turn it into a "dangerously erratic force in the region,"and adding that "a weak government in Damascus might heighten Syria's attractiveness as a base for terrorism."



Ironically, the report also warned that any gains the US might see by Assad's ouster "would be mitigated...if Sunni fundamentalists assumed power."

The reason, again, has to do with Israel's security:



"Although Syria's secular traditions would make it extremely difficult for religious zealots to establish an Islamic Republic, should they succeed they would likely deepen hostilities with Israel and provide support and sanctuary for terrorist groups."

In reality, of course, the effort to destabilize Syria in the early 2010s was a joint effort by the US and its Israeli, Turkish and Gulf State allies.

It would be Turkey, Qatar and Saudi Arabia, not Iraq, that would provide the lion's share of the weapons used by militants.

Furthermore, the CIA report failed to mention or predict the inflow of tens of thousands of jihadists into Syria from abroad, even though it was employing similar tactics in Afghanistan against the Soviet Union during this period.

It's unknown whether the CIA of the 1980s genuinely believed that the 'moderates' in whom they placed their hopes wouldn't immediately be swallowed up by radical Islamists, although US experiences in Iraq and Afghanistan in the 2000s make it unlikely that the CIA of the 2000s couldn't foresee such an eventuality.


Comment: Interesting bits of history divulge the length and breadth of long-range scheming, giving insight into how a game plan goes through definition and redefinition in order to achieve a predictable result.

As citizens we are only privy to the surface action on any given day, not the entrenchment of ideas nor the scope of the manipulation culminating decades later. Within the 'scheme of things', changing plans, swapping scenarios... not so easily done.



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
May 1st: The Day Slavery System Transferred From Monarchies To The Corporations
May 3 2017 | From: Geopolitics

On May 1st 2017, the world labor movements commemorate once again their tangible contribution to our collective development as a human species. This is also the day when they blow their horns on the massive inequality and the continued exploitation of the labor force.



There was never a year when the movement celebrated this day for the kindness of the Corporatists. It doesn’t exist. That’s never the intention.

Related: When Corporatocracy Is Disguised As Rule Of Law

The May Day celebration has its pagan roots, which traditionally marked the return of spring, and is actually performed with the girls circling and dancing in jubilation around a pole, or the Phallus.



Viewed from the top, the ribbons signify the sun rays.

This ancient practice is carried on by the most vicious Usurper of them all.



Related: The Top Of The Pyramid: The Rothschilds, The Vatican And The British Crown Rule World

The Vatican has its own Phallus at the center of the Ovum, and not only the ladies are dancing on its palm, but every living soul on this planet.

Even those who persevered just to get closer to the King and be allowed to enter the temple of the High Priest are mere slaves, too, in the larger scheme of world affairs.



Pope Francis shakes hands with United Nations Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon


Related: The Crown Of England Is Owned And Operated By The Vatican | What Is "The Crown"?

The establishment of different religious groupings has been the earliest tool for social control. However, this divide and conquer method have its limit in the growing awareness of the subjects.

The era of the Reformation came as a shock to the Vatican-led world order of the day. This was started in 1517 with the publication of the Ninety-Five Theses by Martin Luther, and continued on by John Calvin, Huldrych Zwingli, and other Protestant reformers in the 16th century. The Reformation Movement would later be hijacked by the Jesuits by embedding itself with Freemasonry.



Related: The Jesuits & The Vatican

The underlying idea is to prevent the full destruction of the Roman Empire, disguised as the Vatican Church, by transferring power perceptively away from the Crown itself and into the Corporation, i.e. the management of the working class, or slaves, from the direct control of the monarchies and the dukes at that time, into a shell of private corporations, which they will ultimately control from the top.

The relationship between the Jesuits, Knights of Malta, Freemasons, Knights of Templar, and the Rothschild Khazarian Mafia, is fairly well established, and the lines between them has been blurred over the years.



Tim Cook of Apple paying homage to their emperor, the Jesuit pope

Indeed, the Jesuits and Freemasonry continue to play their cloak and dagger games until today. And it serves us better if we assume that we are much better off taking care for ourselves than trust any of them.

In response to the Reformation Movement, another Order must be established by these various control freak European secret societies. Since then, the global game between serfs and landlords had been upgraded.

As a result of this major system’s upgrade, the slaves are now allowed to house and feed for themselves in an atmosphere of the freedom of movement across continents, so that their inherent creativity and industry can be exploited along the way.



Note the Maltese cross


"None are more hopelessly enslaved than those who falsely believe they are free.”

- Johann Wolfgang von Goethe

This novel idea of a “free thinking slave” comes from the Enlightened Ones of the Bavarian Illuminati, which was founded on May 1, 1776, purposely to establish the New World Order, a world order where they are still in full control of through a Pyramid of Cartels.

The first stage of this counter-reformation, however, only “freed” the White Slaves, but the colored race will not enjoy their illusion of freedom for another century with the Emancipation Proclamation of Abraham Lincoln on January 1, 1863.

It could be said that even the establishment of the United States of America itself was a major part of this Jesuit-hijacked Reformation Movement that was sweeping across the Atlantic, which was established on July 4, 1776, exactly 65 days from the establishment of the Bavarian Illuminati.



Related: Khazarian Mafia’s System of Cartels to Subjugate Entire Planet

While the establishment of the American republic saw the explosion of human creativity, it also was showing its potential of an uncontrollable society in much of the 20th century. Something must be done about it.

So, the Globalists started to transfer their industries to the tamed and more controlled population of the East, to show the Western population how to behave properly amidst a growing economic prosperity. Remember, they can only allow relative prosperity for the mass slaves in only the latter would allow themselves to be “guided” by them – the self-proclaimed “Enlightened Ones.”


"The Vatican word Corporation comes from corpus, or corpse, a dead body; Holocaust means a burnt offering, whether from a “Thirty Years War” or from a false flag.
"

From the great Reformation started in the 1500s, to the New World Order of the late 1600s, to the Vatican/UN-led “all-inclusive” global economy, Agenda 2030, the slaves must continue to work for the Elite, even if current technological realities have superseded labor in all facets of human existence.

Instead, the Control Maniacs are now moving in for the kill by maximizing the full potential of artificial intelligence, a product of the slave’s creativity, to automate the control of the more sophisticated slaves of the day. This is now an ongoing system’s upgrade known as Technocratic Dictatorship.



Related: Goodbye Democracy, Hello Technocracy | Patrick Wood

As always, they are still steps ahead of the working class because what has raised the latter’s awareness in the last 3 decades, is also making them apathetic to the fundamental problems of the day. At most, the majority are only content of waging their dissent against the slavery system with mere poking at the keyboard.

Unless the ongoing social media revolution is not translated into an actual raising of the pitchforks and torches, the will of the sick minority will always rule the day - the First of May will always be the Day of the Illuminati.

We created these tools of science for the purpose of gifting  freedom to the multitude. We did, while the Elite engaged themselves in worthless club functions, mass orgies, and in their boredom, plan which country they could reduce to rubbles next.

The self-proclaimed “Enlightened Ones” turned out to be the Deluded Ones. Their continued use of aggressive force, blatant lies and deceptions to control populations does not emanate from an enlightened thinking.

We are the saner bunch, always have been. They aren’t.



Related:
EU Abolishing Cash to Facilitate Technocratic Dictatorship; BRICS Using Asset-backed Currencies Only


They might have successfully projected themselves as a powerful organization through the establishment of various groups, think thanks, foundations, financial institutions, but all of these are merely part of the House of Cards that they are hiding themselves from.

Now that the people are beginning to wake up to the mind games that they’ve been playing along, the entire House of Cards is shaken, just like in the early days of the Reformation. But only a potent action could finish the job and bring the entire control system down, this time around.

Power is never given. It must be taken away from them.

The Slavery System by any other name, i.e. from Monarchy to Corporatocracy, to the current trajectory of Technocracy, must be brought down for good.


Related Articles:


Russia Calls For Elimination Of Khazarian Mafia World Order + Globalist Corporations Are Blind In The Face Of Doom

Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under Corporate Masters

10 Biggest Corporations Make More Money Than Most Of World Combined

Rockefeller, Ford Foundations Behind World Social Forum (WSF). The Corporate Funding Of Social Activism

The [Attempted] Final Control: TPP, TTIP, TISA Global Corporate Takeover

Corporate Philanthropism: Who Exactly Benefits Most From The “Global Giving” By Billionaires?

The Corporation

Rule By The Corporations - Paul Craig Roberts

The New Zealand Government: A United States SEC Registered Corporation



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
CIA Document Confirms Reality Of Humans With ‘Superhuman Powers’
May 3 2017 | From: CommonSenseEvaluation

Superhuman abilities have been studied for thousands of years in all walks of life. Religious ‘miracles’ often with hundreds of witnesses have been said to be due to psychic abilities, but studies in China have overwhelming proof that these stories are more than just speculation.



For the past 20 years scientists have been studying subjects in China who appear to have superhuman powers, and the results have been published in many journals and books.

Related: Physicist Contracted By The CIA Reveals Secrets Of Extrasensory Perception (ESP) & CIA Document Claims To Have Studied Humans With Superhuman Abilities

It is thought that these gifted people have been able to tap into a quantum level, unobservable by the human eye..

To understand properly, you need to be aware of the relationship between our consciousness and our physical reality. Both things are very real, and they have a very complicated relationship. Inventor of quantum theory Max Planck said we should regard consciousness as “fundamental” and matter as “derivative from consciousness.”

Another physicist Eugene Wigner has said on the matter:


"It was not possible to formulate the laws of quantum mechanics in a fully consistent way without reference to consciousness.”

The document containing the information about the events in China is called “Chronology of Recent Interest in Exceptional Functions of The Human Body in the People’s Republic of China.” The document talks about the Chinese government and it’s work with parapsychology, that is remote viewing, telepathy, psychokinesis.



Related: 9 Humans With Authentic ‘Superpowers’ That Completely Baffle Scientists

The document has only recently become available due to a Freedom of Information Act request (FOIA), and it includes interesting details of individuals who have purported superhuman abilities, and that they have been studies countless times by scientists all over the world. The document is on the CIA website, but can only be accessed by the ‘Internet Archives’.

A brief outline of the important items in it the CIA document include:

In 1979, a major Chinese science journal, Ziran Zachi, printed a report on “non-visual pattern recognition” where several accounts of exceptional human body function were confirmed.

In 1980, the Journal and the Chinese Human Body Science Association held a parapsychology conference in Shanghai with participants from over 20 research institutes and universities from around the world.

In 1981, there was a formation of over 100 special places to study children with exceptional abilities with over 100 formally trained scholars.

In 1982, the Chinese Academy of Sciences sponsored a public hearing in Beijing and the sole purpose was to discuss humans with parasychological abilities, there were over 400 scholars in attendance.


Chronology Of Recent Interest In Exceptional Functions Of The Humand Body In The People's Republic Of China




Zhang Baosheng

In April of 1982, the Party’s National Committee of Science at Beijing Teacher’s College held a trial to test the abilities of certain students. Most of the results came back negative, apart from Zhang Baosheng.

The next year, Zhang was studied again, this time by 19 researchers led by Prof. Lin Shuhang of the physics department of Beijing Teachers college, positive results were recorded for his superhuman powers.

Zhang was able to move objects in and out of sealed containers using only the power of his mind. Prof. Shuhang studied Zhang for six months and he was repeatedly able to place small pieces of paper into sealed test tubes, and then take them out again, without touching them. He repeated the tests with other small items like paperclips and insects, and Zhang could move these, too.

A film was made by the Institute of Space-Medico Engineering in 1987 showcasing the results, which showed a medicine pill moving through an irreversibly sealed glass vial, which occurred in three frames of a 400 frame per second film.

Another release from the CIA (Research Into Paranormal Ability To Break Through Spatial Barriers) contains this description of Zhang’s abilities:

A wooden cabinet 120 by 180 by 60 centimeters was used as a sealed container. Sheets of papers and boards with one of a kind markings were used as the target objects and placed inside the cabinet on the upper shelf. Without damaging the cabinet or opening the door, the person with ESP was able to remove the target objects and also was able to put them back inside.

This demonstrates that even when using especially large container it is possible to completely break through spacial barriers, however, the success rate was much lower and was exceptionally difficult. (source)

According to Eric Davis, Ph.D, FBIS, there were other children like Zhang. A declassified US Air Force document obtained via the Federation of American Scientists, contained a report from Shuhuang that ‘gifted children’ could teleport small, physical objects from one place to another.



Objects like watches, horseflies, other insects, radio micro-transmitters, photosensitive paper , without ever touching the objects beforehand. The research was carried out by the prestigious Department of Defense, and is a noteworthy case because it was deemed necessary that an unclassified Intelligence Information Report be prepared for public viewing.

In a similar study, Dr. Dean Radin, Chief Scientists at the Institute of Noetic Sciences they were able to record pieces of paper being teleported into sealed plastic containers, the report was published in 2010 by retired research chemist Dong Shen.

The most fascinating part of this study, is that the teleportation techniques were taught to other students with a success rate of 40%. This information is published in his book, Supernormal.

Dr. Dean Radin, states:


"Evaluating the details and credibility of these studies have been difficult because many of the papers appear only in Chinese.

The techniques have not yet been reported outside of China, and the experimental methods employed in conducting such tests do not appear to be as rigorously controlled as compared to typical Western methods…”

Although, Eric Davis has said;


"The results of the Chinese Teleportation experiments can simply be explained as a human consciousness phenomenon that somehow acts to move or rotate test specimens through a 4th spacial dimension, so that specimens are able to penetrate the solid walls/barriers of their containers without physically breaching them.”

The American Journal of Chinese Medicine has evidence of a similar, amazing story of a woman named Chulin Sun. The study in the US National Library of Medicine documents this lady’s ability to speed up the growth of seeds to an amazing rate.


The Study States:


"Chulin Sun is a woman with exceptional powers (Shen and Sun, 1996, 1998; Sun, 1998). A member of the Chinese Somatic Science Research Institute, she is a practitioner of Waiqi.

Waiqi is a type of qigong that teaches the practitioner to bring the qi energy of traditional Chinese medicine under the control of the mind. Chulin Sun can induce plant seeds to grow shoots and roots several cm long within 20 min using mentally projected qi energy.

This has been demonstrated on more than 180 different occasions at universities as well as science and research institutions in China (including Taiwan and Hong Kong) as well as other countries (e.g., Japan, Thailand, Malaysia, etc.) (Ge et al., 1998; Qin et al., 1998; Lee et al., 1999).

We took part in and repeated the qi germination experiments seven times, and five of them succeeded (Ge et al., 1998). This remarkable effect on seed development has drawn widespread attention (Tompkins and Bird, 1973; Lee, 1998), but the biological mechanisms that underlie this phenomenon are unknown.

Sun is thought to have been able to do this by tapping into a level of Qi.

Qi is described as the ‘oneness’ that is flowing through everything all of the time. It is responsible for every good and bad thing that happens to you, and to harness it and use it for good, you must be free of the constraints of the physical world.

These studies prove that ‘super-humans’ may exist and that they may not fully understood by mainstream science, The unwillingness by the government to allow them to be studied in the public eye means only the secret intelligence services are the ones who really understand the extent of these extraordinary human beings.”



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Pike River: Thousands Of Unreleased Photos
May 2 2017 | From: RadioNewZealand

How does this happen? Six years of grief for these families and it turns out rescue teams have been down there and taken footage and pictures. This kind of thing doesn't stay under wraps, especially under the circumstances, without someone wanting to cover up.



Hundreds of gigabytes of information about the Pike River mine disaster is yet to be released, the mother of one of the miners says. "Pike River mine [supposedly] has not been entered since the explosion in 2010 and the remains of the 29 miners killed in the blast and its aftermath are still inside."

Related: Pike River: The Great Disgrace

Newshub has released footage that shows two men and a robot apparently inside the drift of the Pike River mine three months after the final explosion.

Prime Minister Bill English told Morning Report the footage did not change the assessment of the mine's safety, and would not alter his decision to not re-enter the mine.

However, he had some questions about why the footage did not go before the Royal Commission into the disaster.

The lawyer representing some Pike River families says the footage is both extraordinary and alarming. The video shows two men wearing Mines Rescue uniforms and using breathing apparatus.

The robot they are with appears to emit smoke or steam when it overheats, but there is no fire or flame, which is at odds with claims by the government that the mine is too unsafe to re-enter.

Sonya Rockhouse, whose son Benjamin died in the mine, told Morning Report government responses to her requests for information showed there was more to come.


"I'm just looking at the [Official Information Act response] at the moment and it says that [then-]Minister of Police Honourable Paula Bennett has confirmed the existence of over 24,000 images contained in 265 gigabyte of data. So that's a heck of a lot of footage."

She did not understand how the police were able to say all the relevant footage had been shown to the families, she said.


"Our lawyer at the time put a lot of pressure on the police, and eventually they had to relent and show us the footage that they had. Had [the latest footage] not been leaked to us we would never have seen it to this day."



Some say that the explosion was not an accident and that the real agenda was to make underground mining seem more dangerous than it is - in order to pave the way to stripping New Zealand's national parks of their resources with open cast mining

Related: Pike River Murder Of 29 Miners & Blocking Of Re-Entry

She said the video showed the mine was safer than had been claimed, with some smoke or steam coming from the robot but no flames.


"If it was as dangerous as they are saying, then there would be flames. And let's not forget that there are two men in there with some duct tape and some cardboard, putting it around the robot to stop it from getting wet and they didn't look like they were in any great hurry."

The families felt "absolutely" that the government had been misleading them, Mrs Rockhouse said.


"I was really shocked when I saw this footage - I just thought, 'Oh my gosh, all this time.'"


No Question Workers Were in Drift

Former chief mines inspector Tony Forster has seen the video and he told Morning Report there was no question the workers were in the drift.


"They weren't a long way into the drift ... within a few hundred metres of the entrance."



He said the video showed that in 2011 a robot could travel up to 1600m into the mine.


""That's a long way in. Why not de-gas the drift up to that point, put a seal in at the point and then if it's necessary go forward again."


Footage 'Extraordinary and Alarming', Families' Lawyer Says

Nigel Hampton QC, who has represented some of the families, said the footage showing workers inside the drift was both extraordinary and alarming.

He said this was the first time in six years he had seen or heard about the video.


"The families, or at least some of them, will be incandescent over this. They will be extraordinarily angered by this,"
he said.

He said it was extraordinary the footage was not shown to the Royal Commission, as it was relevant to the issues they had looked at.



Nigel Hampton, QC, said it was the first time in six years he had seen or heard about the video

Mr Hampton said it meant that state agencies, the police and a state owned entity, Solid Energy, had known about the exploration for quite some time, and yet it had never been divulged or revealed to the families.

He was concerned by the police's role in the case, Mr Hampton said.


"First, it was the police intervention that prevented rescuers going into that mine in what was a window of opportunity after the first explosion, before the subsequent explosions,"
he said.

The mine collapsed in the subsequent explosions.


"To have this material in their hands and not reveal it, I find quite alarming,"
Mr Hampton said.

"It is relevant to all the issues that have been discussed over the last six years about re-entry.

It shows that what the family and the family experts have been saying, namely that this drift is recoverable," he said.

The footage also showed that the drift was inert, making re-entry possible providing those who went in wore breathing apparatus, Mr Hampton said.

He urged the government and Worksafe to take another look at the advice they had been given and to make a concerted effort to enable a proper staged recovery of the drift.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Facebook Is Working On A Smartphone That Can Read Thoughts
May 2 2017 | From: VigilantCitizen

Facebook announced that it assembled a team of 60 people to develop a technology allowing users to “think” commands and messages at their smartphones. The system would be able to literally read your mind - constantly. What could go wrong?



The people at Facebook are going down a path that can only be described as post-Orwellian. Not satisfied with the fact that their users willingly share their most intimate information on a daily basis, Facebook is looking to reshape the world and decipher thoughts that haven’t even been verbalized.

Related: The Same Frequencies Used for Pain-Inflicting Crowd Control Weapons Form the Foundation of the Network that Will Tie Together More Than 50 Billion Devices As Part of the Internet of Things

In February, Mark Zuckerberg released the “Facebook Manifesto” which, under a thin veil of altruistic vocabulary, hid a dystopian vision of a “connected world” where the flow of information was overseen and propagated using artificial intelligence and elaborated algorithms. But that’s not enough.

On April 19th, the company revealed its most ambitious (and scary) project to date.




Regina Dugan, head of Facebook’s hardware innovation division Building 8, speaks at F8 – the company’s annual developer conference

Related: Mind Control is Real: United States Patent 6506148 B2 Confirms Human Nervous System Can be Manipulated Through Electromagnetic Fields from Monitors

Facebook has assembled a team of 60 people, including machine learning and neural prosthetics experts, brain-computer interface engineers and neural imaging engineers, to create a “mind reading” smartphone. It’s system would be capable of typing one hundred words per minute – straight from one’s thoughts.


"Facebook plans to develop non-invasive sensors that can measure brain activity hundreds of times per second at high resolution to decode brain signals associated with language in real time. “No such technology exists today; we’ll need to develop one.”

Facebook is looking at using optical imaging – using lasers to capture changes in the properties of neurons as they fire – to glean words straight from our brain before we say them. If these signals can be read, they can be transmitted silently to other people.

If the thought that a company that makes almost all of its money from harvesting your personal data could also have access to your thoughts is scary, that’s because it is.

Dugan attempted to assuage people’s fears by pointing out that Facebook would only decode the words you were going to say anyway. “It’s not about decoding random thoughts,” she said. “We’re talking about decoding the words you’ve already decided to share by sending them to the speech center of your brain.”

- The Guardian, Facebook has 60 people working on how to read your mind

So Facebook is telling people to not be concerned about their thoughts being constantly read by a machine because it would only be able to decode words one was “about to say”. However, the goal of that technology is to read thoughts – without them being said – and to translate them into computer commands.

How can a clear line be drawn between what can and cannot be read in the nebulous realm of human thought? How can we guarantee that this kind of technology won’t be used to actually monitor and control people’s thoughts?



Related: PSA: S.19 5G and S. 88 IoT Hazardous to Public Health

Are there even people willing to give up the sanctuary of their own thoughts for the slight convenience of not moving one’s finger on a touchscreen?

Another reason why Facebook is looking to be able to read brainwaves is to push its augmented reality technology.


"Another reason why Facebook wants to read our brain activity is to develop the equivalent of a “brain mouse” for augmented reality.

She painted a picture of a future where everyone wears augmented reality glasses that supplement our field of vision with additional information such as directions, and enhanced capabilities such as real-time translation of people’s voice or the ability to “mute” specific people and noises from your soundscape.

What’s lacking in this augmented future is a user interface. When we don’t have a smartphone or a computer mouse, how can we select and click on a piece of digital content?

That’s where the brain-computer interface comes in."

- Ibid.

Facebook appears to be keen on answering questions nobody ever asked.



Related: Nervous System Manipulation by Electromagnetic Fields from Monitors

Although the technology is presented as a way of “staying connected with the people around us” reducing the need to look at one’s screen – the true goal of this technology is painfully obvious. They want to know what you’re thinking. All the time.


Related Articles:

Panic! At the Disco’s “LA Devotee” Clearly Celebrates Hollywood’s Satanic Mind Control System

Kanye West Has Reportedly Suffered From Memory Loss Since His Forced Hospitalization

Vigilant Citizen: Symbolic Pics of the Month

Cellular Deception

NY Times Reporter Found Murdered After Exposing MKUltra?

Monarch Mind Control & The MK-Ultra Program


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Carbon Dioxide “Pollutant” Myth Totally Debunked In Must-See Science Video
May 1 2017 | From: NatrualNews / Various

As part of the new Health Ranger Science effort at public education on crucial science issues of our time, I’ve just released this truly must-see video that totally debunks the false narrative of carbon dioxide as a “pollutant.”



As you’ll see explained in the video below, climate change alarmists use visual trickery and deceit to make gullible people falsely believe that CO2 is rising to unprecedented, alarming levels across our planet. In truth, CO2 is at nearly the lowest point ever recorded in the history of the planet.

Related: Ten Years On: Al Gore's 'Inconvenient Truth' Propaganda Film Turns Out To Be Total Bunk - How Is His Profit From Carbon Taxes Not Criminal Fraud?

In fact, using data from the NOAA and even the IPCC, it turns out that CO2 levels were as much as 15 times higher than 400 ppm in the past, and plants across the planet today are starving for CO2, the “molecule of life” for plant life across the planet (including forests, food crops and jungles).

While climate change alarmists absurdly claim CO2 is a pollutant, they neglect to tell you that without CO2, we would all die of starvation because every ecosystem on the planet would almost instantly collapse. If CO2 were dropped to zero, Earth would become a barren global desert of death entirely incapable of supporting human life at all.

Even more shockingly, most climate change cultists still have no idea that their own bodies are made of carbon, and even the THC found in all the weed they’re smoking contains 21 carbon elements per molecule (C21H30O2).



Related: Things You Know That Ain't So - Carbon Dioxide Is A Pollutant

Vegetarians and vegans apparently don’t realize that all the fruits, vegetables, nuts and seeds they eat are also made of carbon, as is their own blood, skin, hormones and tissues. At the same time these people are denouncing carbon as an “evil pollutant,” they are eating carbon, drinking carbon, smoking carbon and even making babies made of carbon.

Watch (and share) my full carbon dioxide science presentation below, and help educate the ignorant masses about the truth on carbon dioxide. Also read Climate Depot to learn more on this topic.


Carbon Dioxide "Pollutant" Debunked

This rational, science-based explanation completely debunks the false "climate change" narrative on carbon dioxide.





Related Articles:

Ending The Hoax: Team Trump Removes All References To ‘Climate Change’ On Whitehouse.gov Web Site + New York Times 1989: No Global Warming Trend

Climate Scare Declared Officially Over- Error In Model Calculations Discovered

When Plutocrats Own The Weather & Nobody Is Buying The “Climate Change” Hoax Anymore

Hollywood Sci-Fi Filmmakers Tapped To Dramatize Fictional Climate Change To Scare Everybody Into Voting For Climate Totalitarians



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The US Is Now The Ultimate Police State: US Detains Journalist For Exercising Free Speech
May 1 2017 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / Sputnik

The US is without any doubt now the worst police state, not only in reality exceeding Gestapo Nazi Germany, but exceeding the human imagination of George Orwell and other authors of dystopias.




And this utterly corrupt criminal police state gets away with pretending to be the “defender of democracy and freedom.” The insouciant American population has no clue. Freedom of speech is dead in America as are all other freedoms.

Related:
Walking Your Children Home From School And Driving While Caffeinated Are Now Felony Crimes In Police State America

US intelligence reporter Barrett Brown was arrested, again, on Thursday morning for criticizing the US government while appearing on radio interviews.

“I would call the people who did this a bunch of chicken-sh*t a**holes that are brutalizing the Constitution,” Brown’s lawyer, Jay Leiderman, said following his client’s detainment


"Brown first won acclaim for reporting on Stratfor’s intelligence operations directed against US civilians. The Justice Department told Bank of America that Stratfor would be ideally suited to conduct these operations.

As the tales of corporate espionage emerged, Brown reported on the leaks, which made waves due to the operations coinciding with the Occupy Wall Street movement."



Related: Endless Black Hole: America’s Top Spies Don’t Know Full Dangers of US Intel Capabilities, Says Barrett Brown

The government tried to paint Brown as the person who leaked these documents, though he’d only reported on them. He initially faced a 100-year sentence. After pleading guilty to two charges pertaining to obstruction of justice and threatening an FBI agent, Brown’s sentence was knocked down to five years and three months. In sum, Brown’s helped spark the war on leaks that persists to this day.

Brown was put in handcuffs during a routine check-in, before being taken to an unknown facility. Since being released early from jail, Brown has not missed a single meeting with prison authorities.

Following his arrest, Brown told his mom he believes authorities brought him into custody over failure to gain “permission” to provide interviews with news outlets after he was released in November. Brown’s first exclusive interview was given to Radio Sputnik’s By Any Means Necessary with the ever-affable Eugene Puryear.

​Brown also spoke to Vice News last week and was slated to go on PBS Friday for another interview, and these appearances may be what landed him back in jail. So much for free speech. 


"If this were happening in another country, [the US government] would deplore it,”
former CIA clandestine operative Barry Eisley tweeted.  

According to his mother, Brown said that the Bureau of Prisons never informed him that he would need to get special permission to do TV or radio interviews. Brown’s point of contact with the BOP, Luz Lujan, refused to give Brown “copies of program statement rules saying this is a requirement during halfway house and/or home confinement status.”

When Lujan finally got back to Brown after a week of not returning his calls, Brown received a form for reporters visiting an inmate in prison, the Intercept reported. The BOP also never showed Brown the document stating why he had to get permission. 



Related: 'Preemptive Defense': Assange Explains What Prompted CIA Chief's Angry Attack on WikiLeaks


"In other words, according to Brown, he was never provided a copy of the form he is now being arrested for not having filled out.
"

“You guys are going to carry out this, you guys are going to characterize this as a refusal of an order that they’re not giving me in writing,” Barrett said in a recorded conversation with his case manager. If failing to cooperate with BOP restrictions on interviews is the reason Brown was stripped of his freedoms during a routine meeting, that would be “disgusting,” his lawyer said, noting that the so-called restrictions seem to have been created on an improvised basis.

Update: "This is a terrible affront to the First Amendment," Leiderman told Sputnik News in an exclusive interview. Ironically, Brown was never required to get permissions to do interviews while he was previously in federal custody, Leiderman added. 

Within the past two days, Brown was asked to produce "prior authorizations" to conduct interviews. "It came out of the blue," Leiderman continued. Brown never actually said no to getting the prior authorizations, but simply requested that the BOP furnish the policy manual which Lujan said was the reason Brown was being asked to get the permissions.

The counselor is "not aware" of any existing precedent where the BOP deployed this policy manual, which adds fire to the claim that this policy measure is being used against Brown personally.


Brown's words "are weapons of mass education, which is why they are targeting him." 


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Banker: I Was Told To Sacrifice Children At An Illuminati Party
April 30 2017 | From: YourNewsWire

Describing his experiences in the banking Illuminati in an gut-wrenching TV interview, Ronald shared details about the way the cabal uses child sacrifice to test and blackmail its members.




“I was warned off when I got into this - don’t do this unless you can put your conscience 100% in the freezer. I heard myself laugh at it back then, but it wasn’t a joke at all.”

Related:
How Bankers Became the Top Exploiters of the Economy


"I was training to become a psychopath and I failed.”

Describing the period his “freezer began to malfunction”, Ronald tells a story about crashing the Italian economy and bankrupting companies leading to suicides and destruction – a success worth celebrating, according to his banker colleagues.


"One of my colleagues said, ‘Ronald, you remember that case with the Italian lira? Do you remember those deals in which we did massive dumping of the lira, which reduced the value of the currency, which caused a company in Italy to be hit in such a way that they went bankrupt?’

And then you hear at the exchange: ‘Do you remember that successful deal with the lira?”

And then they say: “Do you know that the owner committed suicide and left a family behind?”

“And back then we laughed at it. Ha ha ha, altogether, all of us. We looked down on people, mocked them. It was just a product, waste, everything was worthless trash.”

“Nature, the planet, everything could burn and break. Just useless parasites. As long as we met our goals, as long as we were growing.”

Ronald then described “the beginning of the end” for him, at which point he was “deep in the circles” of the Illuminati and had “signed a lifetime contract” - but his conscience had begun to eat away at him.


Ronald Bernard High Finance Shocking Revelations (Dutch with Subtitles)

 

 


"To put it carefully, most people followed a not very mainstream religion. These people, most of them, were Luciferians."

"And then you can say, religion is a fairytale, God doesn’t exist, none of that is real. Well for these people it is truth and reality, and they served something immaterial which they called Lucifer.”

“And I also was in contact with those circles, only I laughed at it, because to me they were just clients. So I went to places called Churches of Satan. So I visited these places and they were doing their Holy Mass with naked women and liquor and stuff."

And it just amused me. I didn’t believe in any of this stuff and was far from convinced any of this was real. In my opinion the darkness and evil is within the people themselves. I didn’t make the connection yet.
"

“So I was a guest in those circles and it amused me greatly to see all those naked women and the other things. It was the good life.

But then at some moment, which is why I am telling you this, I was invited to participate in sacrifices abroad.”



Ronald paused and became visibly emotional at this point. It looks like he will have trouble continuing with his story. But he tries.


"That was the breaking point. Children.”

“You were asked to do that?” asks the interviewer.

“Yes, and I couldn’t do that.”

The former elite banker is now fighting back tears. The interviewer asks him if he’d like to stop for a moment.


"No,”
he says, and continues. “And then I started to slowly break down. I lived through quite a lot as a child myself and this really touched me deeply. Everything changed. But that is the world I found myself in. And then I started to refuse assignments within my job. I could no longer do it. Which made me a threat.”

Ronald now has tears running down his face.


"I was no longer capable of functioning optimally, my performance started to shake and I had refused tasks, I had not participated.

The purpose of everything in that world is that they have everybody in their pocket. You need to be susceptible to blackmail, and blackmailing me proved to be very hard if I look back on it. They wanted to do that through those children, and that broke me.”

Ronald also says the Illuminati blackmail politicians around the world using these same tactics.


“If you Google this you will find there are enough worldwide witness accounts to prove this is not a Walt Disney fairytale. Unfortunately the truth is worldwide they have been doing this for thousands of years. I once studied theology and even in the Bible you find references to these practices with Israelites.”

“The reason the first 10 tribes were banished to Babylonia was because of these rituals with children. Including the sacrificing of children, so this is pertinent, all of this made me believe, because I realized there was more to life than meets the eye. There is a whole invisible world. It is real.”

“You really do talk about a dark force and a manifestation of light.”




Ronald is adamant the Illuminati is real.


“It is a real entity. I have found that what is written in the Bible, and not only the Bible, you can find it in so many books, there really has been a moment of separation from the manifestation of light, in which a group went their own way and are carrying an intense hatred, anger."

“The people who do not underestimate the severity of this are but few. Because this is an annihilating force that hates our guts. It hates creation, it hates life. And it will do anything to destroy us completely. And the way to do that is to divide humanity. Divide and conquer is their truth."

“Humanity is a manifestation of light, that is the true creation. As long as you divide them on political parties, skin color, you name it, then you – from a Luciferian point of view – suppress the full capacities of your enemy, their full power. They can’t stand up for themselves because if they did the Luciferians would lose. This monster, this greedy monster would disappear."

“I tell people about this old American general who puts an entire room of people in the dark. The eyes adapt to the darkness but you can’t see a thing. The general doesn’t say a word and he suddenly flicks on a lighter, one tiny light, and due to the prolonged darkness, you experience a manifestation of light from a single point and suddenly everyone can slightly see each other again. And then he says “that is the power of our light.""


Ronald’s advice for humanity is simple. We must wake up and see what is really happening around us. If we unite in rejecting the darkness, humanity can destroy the Illuminati before they destroy us.




“Unite, unite, come together, and this entire shit story ceases to exist. That’s how fast this could happen.”

Related: Secret Societies and the Illuminati


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Only Marine Le Pen Represents France
April 30 2017 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / Various

Marine Le Pen is the only candidate for the French presidency who represents France. All the rest represent Washington and the EU.




Why are the French people so slow to see the obvious facts? France died with Charles de Gaulle. He was the last French president.

Related:
Le Pen Campaign Bans Globalist Propaganda Media From Press Pool

Washington, of course, hated De Gaulle, because he would not let France be part of the American Empire. He kept France out of NATO. De Gaulle understood that NATO was unnecessary as a military alliance, as there was no threat of a Soviet invasion of Europe.

NATO was Washington’s way of absorbing Europe into the American empire. Stalin himself had made it crystal clear that there would be no Soviet invasion when he eliminated the neoconservatives of his time who wanted to establish Soviet hegemony over the world. “Socialism in one country,” declared Stalin as he killed off the Soviet neoconservatives.




Related: French Presidential Update: Significant Geographic Expansion Of Le Pen’s Front National Across France

Today the entire French establishment reports to Washington and does Washington’s will, which is to keep Le Pen out of the presidency of France at all cost. French president Hollande, whose “socialist” party did not manage a sufficient showing to even be a contender for the presidency has asked the outgoing ministers of his government to do everything possible to ensure the defeat of Marine Le Pen on May 7.

The French government, like every government in Europe, long ago ceased to represent its own people. Instead the French government represents Washington’s interests.

The entirety of elite society in Europe depends on Washington’s subsidies and good will, which is always the situation with vassals.



Related: Marine Le Pen Update

Marine Le Pen is saying that France needs to be an independent country, not a vassal of Washington. For the French elite this means a loss of status and income.

For a French politician to represent France is a revolutionary act. Thus, the French establishment will protect its interests at the expense of France. Le Pen will be defeated [Comment: let's wait and see Paul, you are out of the loop on some critical matters], and if not, the CIA will assassinate her.

Related: Four Steps That Will Lift Marine Le Pen to Victory in the General Election


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Israeli Defense Minister Confirms Israel Backing Of ISIS In Syria
April 29 2017 | From: Geopolitics

Khazarian Jews are not shy in admitting genocide through terror proxies everywhere because they can, under the able support of their long hijacked corporate US government.



They are doing this in Syria and in what remains of the Palestinian lands in Gaza and in the West Bank.

Related:
Netanyahu Admits ISIS Are Israeli Soldiers

Alliance of Convenience: Israel Supports Syria’s ISIS Terror Group

Washington created and supports ISIS, along with other anti-government terrorists in Syria and elsewhere. NATO, Turkey, Saudi Arabia, Qatar and other regional rogue states supply them with weapons and other material support.

So does Israel. In June 2015, the Times of Israel quoted former Israeli defense minister Moshe Ya’alon, saying:


"We’ve assisted (anti-government terrorist groups in Syria on) two conditions. That they don’t get too close to (Israel’s) border, and…don’t touch the Druze.”



Related: Israeli Policymakers Say ISIS is a 'Useful Tool' in Undermining Syria

Israel provides hospital treatment for hundreds, maybe thousands, of terrorist fighters, calling it “humanitarian assistance,” according to Ya’alon, adding it’s “not in their interest” to publicize Israeli aid – including weapons and munitions supplied, along with Israeli air strikes, he failed to explain.

On April 24, FARS News reported increased US/UK/Israeli aid to al-Nusra terrorists – aiming “to create an autonomous region in Southern Syria, but the plan is confronted by Iran and Russia’s intensified intelligence and military operations.”

At the same time, Washington supports Kurdish fighters and terrorist groups in northern Syria.


"Israel is (providing) logistical, intelligence and medical support for terrorist groups, and the Israel-West-Jordan operations room is supervising (their) activities.”

Russia, Damascus and Tehran oppose the establishment of autonomous regions in southern and northern Syria, supporting the country’s sovereignty and territorial integrity.



Related: Five Facts That The Israeli Government Would Prefer You Did Not Know

On April 24, the American Herald Tribune said:


"Ya’alon has admitted to a tacit (Israeli) alliance with ISIS.”

On Israeli television, he said:


"Within Syria there are many factions: the regime, Iran, the Russians, and even al-Qaeda and ISIS.”

“In such circumstances, one must develop a responsible, carefully-balanced policy by which you protect your own interests on the one hand, and on the other hand you don’t intervene.”

“Because if Israel does intervene on behalf of one side, it will serve the interests of the other; which is why we’ve established red lines.”

“Anyone who violates our sovereignty will immediately feel the full weight of our power. On most occasions, firing comes from regions under the control of the regime.”

“But once the firing came from ISIS positions, and it immediately apologized.”


Israel has a longstanding alliance of convenience with regional terrorist groups and rogue states – including Saudi Arabia, Qatar, other Gulf states, Jordan and Egypt.



Related: The Israeli Government Is The Most Anti-Semitic Organisation On The Face Of The Earth: Enough Of The Zionist Satanism

In December 2014, The Jerusalem Post said a:


"UN Disengagement Observer Force (UNDOF) (report) reveals that Israel has been working closely with Syrian rebels in the Golan Heights and have kept close contact over the past 18 months. The report was submitted to the UN Security Council at the beginning of the month.”

Fact: All so-called anti-Assad rebel groups are terrorists. No moderates exist. All commit gruesome atrocities, including CW attacks – toxins supplied by Turkey and Saudi Arabia.

Fact: Pentagon contractors train terrorists in use of CWs. They make some on their own.

Western media suppress what’s most important to know about ongoing war in Syria. The country was invaded. Conflict isn’t civil. All anti-government forces are terrorists. No moderate rebels exist.

Washington, Israel and their rogue allies want regime change, Syrian sovereignty destroyed. Peace talks since 2012 accomplished nothing because Washington and Israel want another imperial trophy, Iran isolated ahead of plans to oust its government.



Related: Checkmate! U.S. Loses Syria & Turkey; Erdogan Will Visit Putin + John McCain Is “Directly Responsible” For ISIS

Russia is the only major power standing in the way of achieving these disturbing objectives. Putin is on the right side of history, resisting imperial lawlessness.

The Khazarian Jews are justifying this systematic murder by saying that they are doing the killings solely to protect themselves from Iran, Hezbollah, Syria which did not attack them in the first place.

To say that Palestine did not exist until Israel came is like saying that the 100 million Native Americans did not exist at all prior to the invasion of the Europeans.


The Truth of Native Americans Before The Genocide

 


No, the existence of Palestinian lands cannot be a subject of a debate, as mere corporate existence of an Israel cannot supplant the true existence of indigenous peoples in all parts of the planet.

Israel’s existence has no historic bearing other than the constant use of terror even today.

Muslims are not terrorists. Those who are occupying privileged positions of  power are.


Blindfolded Muslim Man With Sign “Do You Trust Me?” Hugs Hundreds in Paris





Related Articles:

Top Israeli General Speaks Out Against Israel’s Crimes Against Palestinians + Parallels Between Israel & 1930's Germany & Ten Facts Why Netanyahu Is A Criminal And That Israel Is A “Rogue State”

Donald Trump Accuses Israel Of Funding ISIS

Israeli Colonel Leading ISIL Terrorists Captured In Iraq

How ISIS is Getting its Adolescent Fresh Blood

The Truth Of ISIS Exposed In Four Minutes

Trump Is Right: Here’s Proof Hillary & Obama Founded ISIS + Obama Admits ‘We’re Training ISIL’

Wikileaks Confirms Hillary Sold Weapons To ISIS + Wikileaks Will Release More Emails On The Clinton Foundation – FBI Has Enough Evidence To Indict


Israel Supports the Islamic State (ISIS)

Trial and Terror: The U.S. government has prosecuted 796 people for terrorism since the 9/11 attacks. Most of them never even got close to committing an act of violence

The Released: More Than 400 People Convicted of Terrorism in the U.S. Have Been Released Since 9/11

Le Pen Responds: Shut Down Paris Mosques to Stop Terror

British Parliament Confirms Libya War Was Based On Lies - Turned Nation Into a “Shit Show” - Spread Terrorism

Nevada Assemblywoman Michele Fiore: The BLM is a Domestic Terrorist Agency


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Trump: ‘Most Of The Media Is Fake’ + Donald Trump Invites Conservative Media To White House For Exclusive Briefing
April 28 2017 | From: Infowars / Brietbart / Various

President touts 'very good' news despite 'fake' polls.




President Trump has again attacked the news media as being mostly ‘fake’ as polls were released by both ABC and NBC analyzing his approval ratings.

Related:
Trend: Americans Trolling Anti-Trump Media on Camera

On Sunday night, Trump tweeted “New polls out today are very good considering that much of the media is FAKE and almost always negative.”



The stories about the polls almost exclusively focused on Trump being the most unpopular president in modern times after 100 days.

The President noted that there was still some positive information as far as he and his supporters are concerned contained within the polls.


"Would still beat Hillary in popular vote. ABC News/Washington Post Poll (wrong big on election) said almost all stand by their vote on me & 53% said strong leader.”



The ABC News/Washington Post poll released Sunday found that 42 percent of Americans say they approve of the job Trump is doing as president.

However, the survey indicated that 96 percent of those who voted for Trump in November still believe it was the right decision, with only 2 percent saying they have regrets.

The poll also found that fewer Clinton supporters, only 85 percent, would have stuck by their candidate. This would have meant Trump would still have won a hypothetical rematch by 43 percent to 40 percent.



Related: Google Rewrites Algorithm To Bury ‘Fake News’ in Search Results

The NBC News and Wall Street Journal poll found that 45 percent of respondents believe Trump is off to a poor start, while his approval rating stands at 40 percent.

Monday morning, Trump revisited the subject, calling the polls fake.

“The two fake news polls released yesterday, ABC & NBC, while containing some very positive info, were totally wrong in General E. Watch!” he tweeted.



During the election Trump declared that all polls forecasting Hillary would defeat him were fake. In February, Trump further stated that “any negative polls are fake news”.

In a wide ranging interview with the Associated Press, Trump expanded on his attacks on the media as ‘fake news’. Here is a partial transcript from the interview:


"I have learned one thing, because I get treated very unfairly, that’s what I call it, the fake media. And the fake media is not all of the media.

You know they tried to say that the fake media was all the, no. The fake media is some of you. I could tell you who it is, 100 percent. Sometimes you’re fake, but - but the fake media is some of the media.

It bears no relationship to the truth. It’s not that Fox treats me well, it’s that Fox is the most accurate."

AP: Do you believe that? That Fox -

TRUMP: I do. I get treated so badly. Yesterday, about the thing, you know when I said it’s a terrorism … it may be. I said it may be a terrorist attack and MSNBC, I heard, went crazy, “He called it a terrorist attack.”

They thought it was a bank robbery. By the way, I’m 10-0 for that. I’ve called every one of them. Every time they said I called it way too early and then it turns out I’m … Whatever. Whatever. In the meantime, I’m here and they’re not.

...

AP: Do you feel that one of the things with cable is there’s such real-time reaction with everything you say?

TRUMP: Yeah.

AP: Can you separate that sometimes from that actual decision?

TRUMP: The one thing -

AP: That you have to do -

TRUMP: OK. The one thing I’ve learned to do that I never thought I had the ability to do. I don’t watch CNN anymore.

AP: You just said you did.

TRUMP: No. No, I, if I’m passing it, what did I just say (inaudible)?

AP: You just said -

TRUMP: Where? Where?

AP: Two minutes ago.

TRUMP: No, they treat me so badly. No, I just said that. No, I, what’d I say, I stopped watching them. But I don’t watch CNN anymore. I don’t watch MSNBC. I don’t watch it. Now I heard yesterday that MSNBC, you know, they tell me what’s going on.

AP: Right.

TRUMP: In fact, they also did. I never thought I had the ability to not watch. Like, people think I watch (MSNBC’s) “Morning Joe.” I don’t watch “Morning Joe.” I never thought I had the ability to, and who used to treat me great by the way, when I played the game.

I never thought I had the ability to not watch what is unpleasant, if it’s about me. Or pleasant. But when I see it’s such false reporting and such bad reporting and false reporting that I’ve developed an ability that I never thought I had. I don’t watch things that are unpleasant. I just don’t watch them.

AP: And do you feel like that’s, that’s because of the office that you now occupy -

TRUMP: No.

AP: That you’ve made that change?

TRUMP: I don’t know why it is, but I’ve developed that ability, and it’s happened over the last, over the last year.

AP: That’s interesting.

TRUMP: And I don’t watch things that I know are going to be unpleasant. CNN has covered me unfairly and incorrectly and I don’t watch them anymore. A lot of people don’t watch them anymore, they’re now in third place.

But I’ve created something where people are watching … but I don’t watch CNN anymore. I don’t watch MSNBC anymore. I don’t watch things, and I never thought I had that ability. I always thought I’d watch.

AP: Sure.

TRUMP: I just don’t. And that’s taken place over the last year. And you know what that is, that’s a great, it’s a great thing because you leave, you leave for work in the morning you know, you’re, you don’t watch this total negativity. I never thought I’d be able to do that and for me, it’s so easy to do now. Just don’t watch.

AP: That’s interesting.

TRUMP: Maybe it’s because I’m here. I don’t know.


Related Articles:


Emergency Martial Law Warning For President Trump

Anti-Infowars Propaganda At All-Time High

What Chuck Schumer is revealing out in the open




Donald Trump Invites Conservative Media To White House For Exclusive Briefing


President Donald Trump met with a group of conservative media reporters, columnists, and radio hosts to discuss his first 100 days as president, speaking about trade issues, foreign policy, and infrastructure spending.

The event was billed as a reception, as White House aides and members of the press office mingled with about 20-30 individuals from conservative media outlets to discuss Trump’s first 100 days and issues of importance.

Related: NY Times Reporter Admits Trump More Open to Press Than Obama

But the event turned into an impromptu press conference after the president entered the room flanked by senior advisers Reince Priebus, Steve Bannon, and Jared Kushner. At one point economic advisor Gary Cohn peered in the door to view the event.


Trump Economy: The Good The Bad & The Trending

Overall breakdown on how the U.S. economy is doing 100 days into Trump’s presidency.



White House press secretary Sean Spicer was also present, as Trump held a discussion, which the White House press staff put on the record afterwards. Conservative journalists asked Trump policy questions - particularly about trade; foreign affairs in North Korea, Iran, and Syria; and social policy.

Trump announced that he wanted to levy a 20 percent tax on Canadian soft lumber and suggested he wanted to address milk imports as well.


"It means we’re going to start doing lumber in our country, it’s going to mean that farmers are going to start selling milk in our country,”
Trump said.

A senior administration trade official said that the issue was a “long simmering problem” with Canada, accusing them of charging lumber companies low subsidized rates.


"We love Canada, wonderful people, wonderful country, but they have been very good about taking advantage of us through NAFTA,”
Trump said.

Trump said that he would explore allowing more logging on federal lands with the Department of Interior and the Environmental Protection Agency.



Related: Senator Cruz Pushes ‘El Chapo Act’ to Pay for Trump Border Wall


"We’re actually having some of those horrific fires because this stuff is sitting there, virgin stuff for so long, and it’s in very bad shape,”
he said.

Trump seemed to think that Syrian dictator Bashar al-Assad would not use chemical weapons again.


"Wait and see if he uses them again, OK?”
he said, adding that the Obama administration was wrong about Syria getting rid of their chemical weapons.

“That turned out to be false,” he said. “They duped the Obama administration.”


Trump continued to highlight the problems with North Korea but remained elusive about what he was planning to do in the country.

He mused that North Korea’s dictator Kim Jong-Un was probably not as strong militarily as he appeared.


"I’m not so sure he’s so strong like he says he is; I’m not so sure at all,”
he said.



Related:
Crazy Pelosi: Trump’s Border Wall Will Take Food from Babies and Cause Dirty Air and Water

Trump criticized modern presidents for not acting decisively on the North Korea threat.


“This should have been done by Obama and it should have been done by every president since, really, Clinton,”
he said, referring to the former president’s memoirs.

He also discussed the ongoing crisis of persecuted Christians in the Middle East.


“Nobody’s been treated worse, it seems to me, than Christians in the Middle East,”
he said, arguing that it was easier for Muslims to come into the United States as refugees than Christians, although it was far more dangerous there for Christians.

“We’re going to be helping the Christians big league,” he said.

Trump defended his plan to spend big on infrastructure, pointing out that the United States spent $6 trillion in the Middle East with little to show for it.



Related: Elite Panic: Call For Trump To Be Put Into Mental Institution


“I tell you what we got, it’s 20 times worse than it first was when we first started bombing the hell out of Iraq,”
he said.

“Iraq was thrown in the hornets nest and it’s a disaster, far worse than anybody understands.”

Trump said he wanted to spend $1 trillion on building new infrastructure and repairing existing infrastructure projects like bridges, roads, and airports.

When asked if he still believed DACA was illegal, Trump demurred, instead focusing on his efforts to crack down on MS-13 gang members.


“We’re getting rid of people, and people in towns, they’re cheering. These are rough people,”
Trump said, saying that DHS Secretary Gen. John Kelly called MS-13 members as bad as Al-Qaeda. “We have people that came into this country that should have never ever in a million years been allowed into this country.”




Why I Think Trump & Putin Are Trolling The World Right Now






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
On Changes In The Earth’s Vibrational Frequency, Known As The Schumann Resonance Frequency
April 27 2016 | From: Farouk

"They'll stone you when you're driving your car, they'll stone you when you're playing your guitar..." - Bob Dylan.



For those in the know, the Earth’s vibrational frequency, known as the Schumann Resonance Frequency, has been increasing dramatically over the last few years. Traditionally it was very stable around 7.83 Hz which is the frequency humans pass through when going from an awakened mental state to sleep or from sleep to being awake.

Related:
Humans Are Waking Up: For First Time In Recorded History, Schumann Resonance Jumping To 36+

Every living thing on Earth is attuned to this atmospheric frequency as this is the beat of the Earth.

But the Schumann Frequency has been changing. A few years ago it was creeping up on 20 Hz. Last year the beat was averaging over 40 Hz. Now in 2017 common recordings are in the 50-60 Hz range (the same as the electrical power grid). Then last Easter Sunday it peaked at over 90 Hz.

What does the mean?

For those that are experimenting in frequencies and their human effects there have been many frequencies that are either beneficial or harmful to human health. Researchers have now mapped out most of these and are now are designing machines (frequency generators) that can replicate and amplify both good and bad frequencies.

Neil Keenan’s latest healing machines are now state of the art in this field scanning and replicating millions of frequencies that heal.



Related: Introduction / Overview: The ‘Healing Computer’ Technology

Military and police sonic disruptors are a negative application, as are HAARP and other antenna array devices that directly affect the atmosphere. Metal particulate chemtrails are part of this as they are directly linked to the various types of antenna arrays and atmospheric disturbances.

It is my assumption that the dramatic changes in the Schumann Frequency is the direct result of this artificial HAARP activity being used for weather and other subversive purposes.

This was done in the 60’s and 70’s by both the Russians and US using directed ELF (Extremely Low Frequency) waves which resulted in areas of unrest and rioting (LA Watts riots). This is a Black Ops weapon system.



Related: 'Conspiracy Theorists' Vindicated: HAARP Confirmed Weather-Manipulation Tool

Of course, the technology has become more sophisticated since then. Now they can cause heart attacks or complete muscular failure (13 Hz and harmonics) or identify and program your brain with images and voices and even transfer “you” and all your acquired knowledge into a “clone”.

What is interesting is the “intentional” recent peaking at 90 Hz as the 90-110 Hz band is known to stimulate human endorphin production in the brain.

Endorphins are “endogenous morphine” which has the effect of dilating the blood vessels throughout the body (making you feel good and allowing you to heal yourself) and giving you a natural “High”!


You naturally make endorphins when you are at rest, exercising or laughing, but they can easily be made with direct electro-cranial stimulation which brings to wonder why the Schumann is ringing so HIGH!


Bob Dylan - “Everybody must get stoned”



Is this an intentional attempt to get the whole world “high”... euphoric? Talk about population control! Who will give a sh**! We’re all STONED! Is this a fake Ascension? Rise up my friends and FLY!

On the Good Guy’s side there are other efforts being done to “awaken” the masses by stimulating everyone’s “Crown Chakra”. This opens up the real awakening.

If in the next few weeks you start to feel like you have a crown sitting on your head, a tingling sensation around your temples or above your ears or a twitching of your Third Eye, that is just the Good Guys running tests. If you experience these feelings, just sit back and relax and meditate on some good thoughts to help family, friends, mankind and your amazing self. Enjoy the experience.


Related Articles:

Chemtrails, Geoengineering, Weather Modification & Weather Warfare

The 'Smart' Meter Itself Is The “Hazardous Condition” + Studies On Radiation From Smart Meters Show That Electromagnetic Frequencies Disrupt And Damage The Nervous System

What Is This GWEN Tower Really For? + ELF, GWEN Towers, And HAARP Connection

The A=432 Hz Frequency: DNA Tuning And The Bastardisation Of Music


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Le Pen: ‘It Is Time To Free The French People’
April 27 2016 | From: Infowars / Various

Patriots will battle globalists for future of France and EU.



Marine Le Pen delivered a rousing speech to her enthusiastic supporters last night, declaring that it is time to “free the French people” from the destructive policies of open borders, open immigration and crushing EU regulations.

Related:
Le Pen Responds: Shut Down Paris Mosques to Stop Terror






"The French have a very simple choice to make,”
she declared. “Either we continue on a path to total lawlessness, without borders nor protection, and leading to delocalization, unfair international competition, mass immigration, and free circulation of terrorists.”

“Or you can choose a France with borders which protect jobs, buying power, our security and national identity.”

“It is time to free the French people,” she announced.

Le Pen called her opponent, phony ‘outsider’ Emmanuel Macron, the “heir of Hollande,” and warned that the former Rothschild banker would continue with the status quo – a “reign of money” – on a pathway towards the demise of national sovereignty at the demands of the globalist establishment.


"The first step to lead the French to the Elysees is passed,”
she said. “The French must seize this historic opportunity.”

“The great issue in this election is the rampant globalization that is putting our civilization at risk.”




She addressed the incredible headwind her campaign has faced, as the “system” has worked feverishly to prevent her and French patriots from raising the critical issues afflicting France and the rest of Europe.


"It is clear to all French that the system tried by all means to prevent the great political debate that this election was supposed to be,” she said. “This debate is finally going to happen.”

Le Pen and Front National have managed to overcome a variety of roadblocks put in their path by the devious government-media-technology machine.

Facebook targeted 30,000 pro-Le Pen accounts for censorship, claiming that they were spreading ‘fake news.’



Emmanuel Macron

Related: Globalists Claim Russian Hackers Targeted Macron’s Campaign to Benefit Le Pen

500,000 voters – the vast majority of whom were likely anti-Le Pen – were provided with the opportunity to vote twice with duplicate ballots, but the French government opted to postpone an investigation into the matter until after the election.

The European Union has burndened her with major legal distractions, including retroactively lifting her parliamentary immunity to prosecution for simply tweeting images of ISIS terror attacks back in 2015, for which she could face up to three years in prison if convicted.

French authorities recently arrested her top advisor and bodyguard under suspicion of misuse of public funds in a political witch hunt that ultimately backfired.


"French authorities have made yet another monumental error in judgment after arresting Marine Le Pen’s chief of staff and bodyguard for questioning over alleged misuse of public funds to pay parliamentary assistants – the equivalent of a jaywalking ticket in terms of public opinion,”
reported Zero Hedge.

“By making le mountain out of le molehill, this latest debacle by French authorities is the most recent in a long list of backfired attempts to delegitimize the National Front candidate – including the refusal of French banks to lend money to Le Pen’s campaign, and the MSM’s ongoing hit-jobs (calling Le Pen “far-right” and “extreme” on a regular basis, for example.)”

The fight will only increase in intensity between now and the May 7 final vote.


The Truth About the French Election

It's the people vs. the establishment once again.





Related: French Presidential Candidate Marine Le Pen Steps Down as Head of Party to Focus on Voters



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Urgent National Security And International Terrorism Alert
April 26 2016 | From: NesaraNews

The following was written to inform you of large-scale human rights violations and systematic physical attacks on the civilian population within all countries of the world using modern electromagnetic weapons and neuro-weapons, often in combination with non-consensual implants and covertly administered nanotechnology.



What makes these weapons particularly dangerous and devastating for societies is that they act covertly. Using the fact that electromagnetic waves propagate without being noticed by humans and can penetrate walls, these weapons can be used to destroy human life and permit the perpetrators to escape detection.

Related: CIA plane lands at Wellington Airport ahead of Five Eyes meeting

The systematic and clandestine nature of the crimes and their striking similarity around the world indicate that it is a global program run by the international military-intelligence complex committing premeditated mutilation, torture, systematic subjugation and a silent genocide of parts of the population.

It amounts to crimes against humanity and a global death camp program.

I am writing to formally request that under you statutory duty to investigate crimes against humanity, protect the civilian population from acts of terrorism, communicate matters of national importance to your government and uphold human rights, or otherwise, you pass on this message to the relevant authorities and you yourself act within your means to ensure that all victim cases are investigated and that these large-scale criminal operations are shut down in your country by 1st June 2017.



Related: Diary Of A Person Of Interest & Oxford PHD Katherine Horton "Intelligence Agencies Are Attacking Me With Direct Energy Weapons!"

The actions you take in response to this communication will be followed up over the coming months and, should it turn out that you chose to ignore this notification and your duties to act to stop these crimes and to support the victims, you might be charged with, for example, official misconduct, malfeasance in office, dereliction of duty, conspiracy, aiding and abetting crimes against humanity, high treason or your legal system's equivalent of such offences.

Should that be the case, you will be called to account and held liable in one of the upcoming court or tribunal cases for crimes against humanity.

The attacks on victims are launched from mobile directed energy weapon units as well as telecommunication infrastructure such as cell towers and satellite systems. This is an integrated weapons system that has been built up covertly around the world.

The weapons system is now fully operational around the world and is destroying innocent victims' life in the millions and is subverting nations covertly.

Individual victims are hounded and tormented by the national surveillance networks, encircled by perpetrators at all times and systematically tortured and mutilated with electromagnetic as well as ultrasonic weapons in public as well as in their homes.



Related: Electromagnetic Hypersensitivity From Microwave Technology Finally Medically Proven

The assaults exploit the fact that beams from electromagnetic weapons are silent, invisible and can penetrate the walls of buildings such that victims can be assaulted everywhere without leaving traces that lead back to the perpetrators.

By these means, victims are effectively placed into individual concentration camps that are erected around them by the intelligence agencies, corrupted members of law enforcement and their network of criminal operatives.

This operation is accompanied by targeted slander campaigns, infiltration and subversion of every aspect of victims' life, including their social circle, their family, their work place and especially their medical care.

Operatives enter victims' home clandestinely, damage property, sabotage computer equipment directly or remotely, poison food and run harassment campaigns to psychologically disintegrate the victims so that they are eventually driven to suicide or are murdered.



Related: Do You Really Understand The Health Risks From Microwave Technology? + The Health Effects Of Microwave Radiation Spelled Out

The electromagnetic and neuro-weapons have capabilities that transcend anything that the world has experienced in terms of weapons technology in the past.

Due to their ability to attack and manipulate biological processes, inner organs and the human nervous system as well as neurological processes, these devices are the most dangerous weapons produced by mankind to date.

The effect on humans is devastating as the weapons can simulate many illnesses, cause pain and organ damage, brain damage, strokes, heart attacks and death. The most common form of harm through the use of these weapons is DNA damage and tumour formation and eventually cancer.

DNA damage in the reproductive eggs of women alters the mitochondrial DNA and thus damages entire future generations. The operations of these weapon systems is therefore a threat to the future of humanity itself.

Another insidious aspect of these weapons is that they can be used to impair, alter and control human bodily functions, movement, behaviour and even thought processes often without the  realisation of the victim.



Related: Are Microwave Transmission Weapons Of Mass Destruction Being Used To Trigger Catastrophic Earthquakes? + New Zealand Earthquake: The world’s biggest offshore seismic blasting ship the Amazon Warrior 

This can be used to subvert the functioning of every aspect of human endeavour from personal relationships, business endeavours, to democratic processes and the national security infrastructure of a nation.

Mobile directed energy weapons come in all sizes and have various capabilities. They are hidden by the perpetrators in adjacent properties, cars, drones, planes and even parts of the national infrastructure. Agents of the surveillance networks carry assault weapons in bags and rucksacks.

This covert weapons system is fully integrated and centrally controlled. Victims who fled to other countries discovered that their assault protocol travels with them and is continued by the local surveillance and law enforcement system in whichever country they reside.



Related: Microwave EMF Science: Deliberate Claptrap Misinformation? + ElectroSensitivity - A Case Study

From what could be established from declassified documents, the organisational matrix of the assault teams follows the protocol used for the death squads run by the large intelligence agencies in, for example, Vietnam and South American countries. It is of paramount importance for national security to stop this terrorism and shut down the funding and the systems that enable its proliferation.

The weapons technology itself has largely been classified for a very long time. There are, however, countless publicly known cases from around the world where the weapons have been applied to individuals over many years with the intent to intimidate, torture, maim and murder.

From the testimonies of those victims, many of whom have shared their plight online on blogs and through social media, publicly known patents and declassified documents, we know of the devastating effect of these weapons and the staggering scale of the crimes being committed around the world.

Please assist us in stopping this global silent Holocaust.


Related Articles:

Technological Holocaust: Targeted in America

Remote Neural Monitoring Satellite Terrorism

12 Facts About Microwave Ovens That Should Forever Terminate Their Use


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
CFR: Trump Sabotaging Globalist World Order
April 26 2016 | From: Infowars / Various

Calls for proponents to block Trump's America First agend.



President Donald Trump is “a hostile revisionist power” at the heart of the free world dedicated to overturn the “U.S.-led liberal order,” according to Foreign Affairs – the mouthpiece of the globalist Council on Foreign Relations.

Related:
Trump: the Man vs. His Ideas


"The United States and Europe were supposed to stand shoulder to shoulder to protect the gains reaped from 70 years of cooperation. Instead, the world’s most powerful state has begun to sabotage the order of created,”
wrote Gilford John Ikenberry, Professor of Politics and International Affairs at Princeton University and a member of the Council on Foreign Relations.

“A hostile revisionist power has indeed arrived on the scene, but it sits in the Oval Office, the beating heart of the free world.”

President Trump broke “70 years of tradition by signaling the end of U.S. support for the European Union”
when he endorsed Brexit and expressed “common cause with right-wing European parties that seek to unravel the postwar European project,” Ikenberry added.


In order for the “liberal international order” to survive, Ikenberry called on its supporters to rally behind globalist leaders like Japanese Prime Minister Shinzo Abe and German Chancellor Angela Merkel to counter rising populist movements.





"The centrist and progressive governing coalitions that built the postwar order have weakened,” Ikenberry claimed. “Liberal democracy itself appears fragile, vulnerable in particular to far-right populism.”

“Much will rest on the shoulders of Prime Minister Shinzo Abe of Japan and Chancellor Angela Merkel of Germany, the only two leaders of consequence left standing who support it.”

When Ikenberry accuses Trump of “abdicating responsibility for the world the United States built,” he is actually referring to the world order created by globalist interests using American economic and military power.

By rejecting “internationalism” (a political principle rejecting nationalism), “free trade” (globalist bodies like the World Trade Organization and deals like the Trans-Pacific Partnership), “multilateral rules and institutions” (the UN, Bretton Woods monetary system, and environmental regulations), and “the multicultural and open character of American society” (open borders), Trump is launching a “frontal assault” on the global order.

Though Ikenberry admits the globalist world order was under siege prior to President Trump’s victory, he suggests those who support it will regain the upper hand if they “make it tough for Trump to pursue an ‘America First’ agenda.”


Media Crucifies Trump For Calling Terror Attack A Terror Attack






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Spray And Pray 'Just Asking For An Environmental Disaster'
April 25 2016 | From: RadioNewZealand / Various

An intensive farming practice taking off in the Rangitikei, known locally as spray and pray, is an environmental disaster waiting to happen, according to Fish and Game.



The method involves aerially spraying steep hill country with herbicide, then sowing a winter crop and aerially spraying with fertiliser.

Related: NZ: 1080 Control Taken Away From Regional Councils, Use “Enforced”

Stock are then fed in mobs on the crop during winter, which strips it back to bare land.

It has locals, including farmers, worried about what it is doing to waterways, particularly the protected Rangitikei River, which is one of 15 rivers in the country with a water conservation order on it.

Fish and Game chief executive Bryce Johnson said he first heard about the practice from a fishing guide in Rangitikei, who was noticing the river was clouding with sediment on fine days and becoming increasingly discoloured.



Related: Battle for the Birds - 1080 drops Kahurangi - Pre drops completed, real drop has begun

He said spray and pray was disgusting and pushed the boundaries.


“It's intensifying land that shouldn't be intensified in that way. This is really steep, erodable hill country and it's just asking for an environmental disaster, and that's obviously what's starting to show up."

Labour Party environment spokesperson David Parker said he was alerted to the practice by Rangitikei locals.

He thought it was abhorrent it was being allowed to happen.


"It's just a recipe for disaster and I think it's completely irresponsible of the local regional council not to be controlling that activity."



Related: Death by 1080 Poison is Like Being Electrocuted for Two Plus Days, Says Vet

The practice was not regulated by the Manawatu-Whanganui Regional Council, and therefore not monitored.

The council said the practice came about after its regional plan was devised 10 years ago, but it was in the process of looking at it more closely.

RNZ seriesWater Fools? - running each day this week, on air and online - looks at the troubled state of New Zealand's freshwater. Check here for new stories as they are published.

Related: Rescue Helicopters Used to Poison Deer – Tourists Speak Out


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
A New, More Rigorous Study Confirms: The More You Use Facebook, The Worse You Feel
April 24 2016 | From: HBR

The average Facebook user spends almost an hour on the site every day, according to data provided by the company last year. A Deloitte survey found that for many smartphone users, checking social media apps are the first thing they do in the morning - often before even getting out of bed.



Of course, social interaction is a healthy and necessary part of human existence. Thousands of studies have concluded that most human beings thrive when they have strong, positive relationships with other human beings.

Related: The Stakes For Trump And All Of Us + Facebook's Zuckerberg Lobbies For New World Order

The challenge is that most of the work on social interaction has been conducted using “real world,” face-to-face social networks, in contrast to the types of online relationships that are increasingly common. So, while we know that old-fashioned social interaction is healthy, what about social interaction that is completely mediated through an electronic screen? When you wake up in the morning and tap on that little blue icon, what impact does it have on you?

Prior research has shown that the use of social media may detract from face-to-face relationships, reduce investment in meaningful activities, increase sedentary behavior by encouraging more screen time, lead to internet addiction, and erode self-esteem through unfavorable social comparison.

Self-comparison can be a strong influence on human behavior, and because people tend to display the most positive aspects of their lives on social media, it is possible for an individual to believe that their own life compares negatively to what they see presented by others.



Related: Facebook Knows A Whole Lot About Your Offline Life + The World's Best Security Engineers Are Working On Flappy Bird

But some skeptics have wondered if perhaps people with lower well-being are more likely to use social media, rather than social media causing lower well-being. Moreover, other studies have found that social media use has a positive impact on well-being through increased social support and reinforcement of  real world relationships.

We wanted to get a clearer picture of the relationship between social media use and well-being. In our study, we used three waves of data from 5,208 adults from a national longitudinal panel maintained by the Gallup organization, coupled with several different measures of Facebook usage, to see how well-being changed over time in association with Facebook use.

Our measures of well-being included life satisfaction, self-reported mental health, self-reported physical health, and body-mass index (BMI). Our measures of Facebook use included liking others’ posts, creating one’s own posts, and clicking on links. We also had measures of respondents’ real-world social networks.



Related: Why Now? Tangled Webs: Google, Microsoft, Facebook, The Internet Giveaway, And The Wild, Wild West Of Information

In each wave, respondents were asked to name up to four friends with whom they discuss important matters and up to four friends with whom they spend their free time, so that each participant could name up to a total of eight unique individuals.

Our approach had three strengths that set it apart from most of the previous work on the topic. First, we had three waves of data for many of our respondents over a period of two years. This allowed us to track how changes in social media use were associated with changes in well-being.

Most studies done to date only use one period of data, limiting interpretations of conclusions to simple associations. Second, we had objective measures of Facebook use, pulled directly from participants’ Facebook accounts, rather than measures based on a person’s self-report.

Third, in addition to the Facebook data, we had information regarding the respondents’ real-world social networks, which would allow us to directly compare the two influences (face-to-face networks and online interactions).



Related: In Connected World, Users Are Getting Reared As Slaughter Animals + Facebook Employees Are Quitting Because Of Users Being Censored

Of course, our study has limitations too, including that we could not be certain about how fully representative it was because not everyone in the Gallup sample allowed us access to their Facebook data.

Overall, our results showed that, while real-world social networks were positively associated with overall well-being, the use of Facebook was negatively associated with overall well-being. These results were particularly strong for mental health; most measures of Facebook use in one year predicted a decrease in mental health in a later year.

We found consistently that both liking others’ content and clicking links significantly predicted a subsequent reduction in self-reported physical health, mental health, and life satisfaction.

Our models included measures of real-world networks and adjusted for baseline Facebook use. When we accounted for a person’s level of initial well-being, initial real-world networks, and initial level of Facebook use, increased use of Facebook was still associated with a likelihood of diminished future well-being.



Related: Mark Zuckerberg Is Claimed To Be David Rockefeller’s Grandson - Facebook Started With $500 Million From The C.I.A.

This provides some evidence that the association between Facebook use and compromised well-being is a dynamic process.

Although we can show that Facebook use seems to lead to diminished well-being, we cannot definitively say how that occurs. We did not see much difference between the three types of activity we measured -  liking, posting, and clicking links, (although liking and clicking were more consistently significant) - and the impact on the user.

This was interesting, because while we expected that “liking” other people’s content would be more likely to lead to negative self-comparisons and thus decreases in well-being, updating one’s own status and clicking links seemed to have a similar effect (although the nature of status updates can ostensibly be the result of social comparison-tailoring your own Facebook image based on how others will perceive it).



Related: Facebook To Become Left-Wing Propaganda Echo Chamber With Orwellian Plan To Label Independent Journalism “Fake” + Facebook Jumps On ‘Fake News’ Fact-Checker Train, Will ‘Roll Out’ With PolitiFact

Overall our results suggests that well-being declines are also matter of quantity of use rather than only quality of use. If this is the case, our results contrast with previous research arguing that the quantity of social media interaction is irrelevant, and that only the quality of those interactions matter.

These results then may be relevant for other forms of social media. While many platforms expose the user to the sort of polished profiles of others that can lead to negative self-comparison, the issue of quantity of usage will be an issue for any social media platform.  

While screen time in general can be problematic, the tricky thing about social media is that while we are using it, we get the impression that we are engaging in meaningful social interaction. Our results suggest that the nature and quality of this sort of connection is no substitute for the real world interaction we need for a healthy life.

The full story when it comes to online social media use is surely complex. Exposure to the carefully curated images from others’ lives leads to negative self-comparison, and the sheer quantity of social media interaction may detract from more meaningful real-life experiences.  What seems quite clear, however, is that online social interactions are no substitute for the real thing.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Total Chaos: Cyber Attack Fears As Multile Cities Hit With Simultaneous Power Grid Failures: Shockwave Of Delays In San Francisco, Los Angeles, New York
April 23 2016 | From: SHTFPlan

The U.S. power grid appears to have been hit with multiple power outages affecting San Francisco, New York and Los Angeles.



Officials report that business, traffic and day-to-day life has come to a standstill in San Francisco, reportedly the worst hit of the three major cities currently experiencing outages.

Related: Are Today’s Massive Power Outages Really Secretly Part of the Operation Gotham Shield Nuclear EMP Drill?

Power companies in all three regions have yet to elaborate on the cause, though a fire at a substation was the original reason given by San Francisco officials.


“A series of subsequent power outages in Los Angeles, San Francisco, and New York City left commuters stranded and traffic backed up on Friday morning. Although the outages occurred around the same time, there is as of yet no evidence that they were connected by anything more than coincidence.

The first outage occurred at around 7:20 a.m. in New York, when the power went down at the 7th Avenue and 53rd Street subway station, which sent a shockwave of significant delays out from the hub and into the rest of the subway system.

By 11:30 a.m. the city’s MTA confirmed that generators were running again in the station, although the New York subways were set to run delayed into the afternoon.

Later in the morning, power outages were reported in Los Angeles International Airport, as well as in several other areas around the city."

Via : Inverse

"The San Francisco Fire Department was responding to more than 100 calls for service in the Financial District and beyond, including 20 elevators with people stuck inside, but reported no immediate injuries. Everywhere, sirens blared as engines maneuvered along streets jammed with traffic.

Traffic lights were out at scores of intersections, and cars were backing up on downtown streets as drivers grew frustrated and honked at each other."

Via: SF Gate

The cause of the outage has not yet been made clear, though given the current geo-political climate it is not out of the question to suggest a cyber attack could be to blame. It has also been suggested that the current outages could be the result of a secretive nuclear/EMP drill by the federal government.




Operation Gotham Shield | NYC & NJ on April 24th - 26th





As we have previously reported, the entire national power grid has been mapped by adversaries of the United States and it is believed that sleep trojans or malware may exist within the computer systems that maintain the grid.

In a 2016 report it was noted that our entire way of life has been left vulnerable to saboteurs who could cause cascading blackouts across the United States for days or weeks at a time:


“It isn’t just EMPs and natural disaster that poses a threat to the grid, but there is also the potential for attacks on individual power substations in the vast network of decentralized and largely unguarded power grid chain. A U.S. government study established that there would be “major, extended blackouts if more than three key substations were destroyed.”

Whether by criminals, looters, terrorists, gangs or pranksters, it would take very little to bring down the present system, and there is currently very little the system can do to protect against this wide open threat.

Whether the current outages are the result of a targeted infrastructure cyber attack or simply a coincidence, most Americans think the impossible can’t happen, as The Prepper’s Blueprint author Tess Pennington highlights, a grid-down scenario won’t just be a minor inconvenience if it goes on for more than a day or two:


Consider, for a moment, how drastically your life would change without the continuous flow of energy the grid delivers. While manageable during a short-term disaster, losing access to the following critical elements of our just-in-time society would wreak havoc on the system.

Challenges or shut downs of business commerce
Breakdown of our basic infrastructure: communications, mass transportation, supply chains
Inability to access money via atm machines
Payroll service interruptions
Interruptions in public facilities – schools, workplaces may close, and public gatherings.
Inability to have access to clean drinking water"

Full report: When the Grid Goes Down, You Better Be Ready!

It is for this reason that we have long encouraged Americans to prepare for this potentially devastating scenario by considering emergency food reserves, clean water reserves and even home defense strategies in the event of a widespread outage.



The majority of Americans have about 3 days worth of food in their pantry. Imagine for a moment what Day 4 might look like in any major city that goes dark.

Prepare for the worst, because this is one scenario you do not want to face.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Very Short Explanation Of Everything: [The Hidden History Of Debt Slavery In The “USA”]
April 23 2016 | From: Omnithought

In March of 1933, a bank operative elected as President (FDR) declared the United States of America, Inc. insolvent. A process of debt assumption expedited by the use of similar names fraud was instituted as a means to seize assets and bankrupt millions of Americans and their states of the union.



In November of 1999, this bankruptcy ended.  The United States of America, Inc. emerged from bankruptcy the same way you might, battered and worn and clipped clean, sporting a bad credit rating, but still alive even though its enemies had gratuitously vacated its public offices and shanghaied its people into foreign jurisdictions.

Related: Exposé On Cabal-Driven Worldwide Terrorism Implemented By The United States And It's Allies

In March 2009, the purported “successor” to the United States of America,Inc. - another governmental services corporation dba UNITED STATES, INC. declared itself insolvent - but amazingly, the banks continued to loan it vast amounts of money even after it declared insolvency.


This was done to:

1. Create insurmountable debt to force liquidation (not just bankruptcy) of the UNITED STATES and all its sureties including the STATE OF______ and ________COUNTY and JOHN HENRY DOE, and

2. Give the banks an excuse to claim virtually all private property in America without paying much more than the administrative cost of doing so.



The banks had cause to know they were lending money to a bankrupt entity. They also had cause to know that more than $20 trillion has been embezzled out of this country.

Faced with this reality, I complained to the head of this whole corporate shooting match, Pope Benedict XVI. His response? “Nobody told me!” He promptly retired from his office as Roman Pontiff and handed the heavy lifting to FRANCISCUS.




Related: The Crown Of England Is Owned And Operated By The Vatican

So, I claimed back my property and good name and claimed all the fifty states owed to the United States of America, Inc. and put the entire country back on the game board.  Then, I rolled the entire thing back into the flag ship, the united States of America Trading Company.

Then I followed up and in the name of Jesus, the Nazorean, acting as His Fiduciary, I placed His Credit on the books of the Vatican Chancery Court which is the bank for the Holy See and the highest Equity Court on Earth.

Mr. Obama met with Pope Francis on April 15. It doesn’t take rocket science to figure out the topic of conversation.  Mr. Obummer and his mostly British pals will be asking the Roman Pontiff to find in their favor and commandeer the United States of America, Inc., once again, so that their fraud game and false claims can continue.


The Roman Pontiff no longer has a say.

The united States of America is a Trading Company and always has been. It doesn’t deal in commerce and isn’t subject to the Roman Pontiff. I already by-passed the United States of America, Inc. and placed the actual assets of this country back in our undelegated international domain.